ssw_aix_72 - Documentation Index

Table of Contents

• Welcome
• What's new
• AIX PDFs
• AIX Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.5 Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.5 Expansion Pack Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.4 Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.4 Expansion Pack Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.3 Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.3 Expansion Pack Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.2 Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.2 Expansion Pack Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.1 Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.1 Expansion Pack Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.0 Release Notes
  • AIX 7.2.0 Expansion Pack Release Notes
• Accessibility features
• EU Data Act
• Installing
  • What's new
  • Scenarios: Installing AIX
    • Installing new and complete overwrite BOS from media
      • Remove disk reservations
    • Migrating your system from media
    • Creating and installing a software bundle
    • Adding open source applications to your AIX system
    • Cloning a rootvg using alternate disk installation
    • Configuring NIM using EZNIM
    • Installing a client using NIM
    • Network installation of a JS20 blade
    • Creating a system backup to tape
    • Cloning a system using a system backup tape
    • Cleaning up a failed software installation
    • Installing AIX using the media device to install a partition with an HMC
    • Installing AIX using the media device to install a partition without an HMC
    • Configuring the AIX system after a new installation
    • Activation Engine
      • Activation Engine overview
      • Using Activation Engine
      • Creating AE Template File
      • Creating AE scripts
      • Creating AE template extensions
  • Installing the Base Operating System
    • Using BOS menus
    • Electronic license agreements
    • AIX update access key
    • BOS installation options
    • The bosinst.data file
      • bosinst.data control_flow stanza descriptions
      • bosinst.data target_disk_data stanza
      • bosinst.data target_iscsi_data stanza
      • bosinst.data file locale stanza
      • bosinst.data large_dumplv stanza
      • bosinst.data dump stanza
      • bosinst.data livedump stanza
    • Installing new and complete BOS overwrite or preservation
      • Step 1. Completing the prerequisites
      • Step 2. Preparing your system for installation
      • Step 3. Setting up an ASCII terminal
      • Step 4. Booting from your installation media
      • Step 5. Verifying or changing the installation settings
      • Step 6. Finishing the BOS installation
      • Related information
    • AIX relocatable installation
      • User Specified Installation Location (USIL)
      • Relocatable installation utilities
      • Relocatable applications packaging
      • Relocatable application execution
      • USIL connector ODM class object
    • Installing BOS on an iSCSI disk
      • Using the iSCSI configuration menus
      • Accessing maintenance mode to recover iSCSI parameters
    • Installing BOS to an alternate disk
      • Alternate disk installation filesets
      • Installing an alternate mksysb disk
      • Cloning the rootvg to an alternate disk
        • Performing an alternate disk phased installation
      • Performing an alternate disk migration installation
        • Preparing for an alternate disk migration
        • Alternate disk migration limitations
        • Alternate disk migration installation usage
        • Installing alternate disk migration
      • Accessing data between the original rootvg and the new alternate disk
      • Running alternate disk installation by using SMIT
      • Installing an alternate disk through dynamic logical partitioning
      • Examples: Installing an alternate disk
    • Using the multibos utility
      • Requirements of the multibos utility
      • Standby BOS setup operation
      • Booting the standby BOS
      • Mounting the standby BOS
      • Unmounting the standby BOS
      • Customizing the standby BOS
      • Removing the standby BOS
      • Rebuilding the standby BOS boot image
      • Using the standby BOS shell operation
      • Additional multibos options
    • Customizing your installation
      • Customizing and using the bosinst.data file
      • Using a customized bosinst.data file with NIM
      • Creating and using a supplementary bosinst.data media
      • Creating and using a supplementary bosinst.data diskette
      • Installing AIX on a system with multiple disks
    • Installing content for the man command
  • Configuring AIX
    • Configuring AIX with the Configuration Assistant
    • Configuring AIX with the Installation Assistant
    • Related information
  • Troubleshooting your installation
    • Troubleshooting an installation from a system backup
      • Installing when booting a system backup fails
        • Booting system backup from the product media
      • Configuring mksysb image on system backup tapes
        • Restoring a file from the second image or tape
      • Troubleshooting problems with installation from mksysb backup
    • Troubleshooting migration installation
      • Troubleshooting boot logical volume errors
      • Troubleshooting insufficient disk space for migration
    • Troubleshooting alternate disk installation errors
      • Troubleshooting other problems with alternate disk installation
    • Troubleshooting after a BOS installation
    • Troubleshooting a system that does not boot from the hard disk
      • Preparing to access a system that does not boot
      • Accessing the system if unable to boot from the hard disk
    • Troubleshooting a full /usr file system
    • Viewing BOS installation logs
      • Viewing BOS installation logs using SMIT
      • Viewing BOS installation logs with the alog command
    • Interpreting installation-related system and error messages
  • Network Installation Management
    • NIM concepts
      • NIM objects
      • NIM machines
        • Operating NIM on client machines
        • Defining NIM clients
        • Standalone NIM clients
          • Booting a standalone client from the network
          • Managing software on standalone clients
        • Diskless and dataless clients
          • Resources for diskless and dataless clients
          • Initializing diskless and dataless clients
          • Managing software on diskless and dataless clients
        • Defining WPAR clients
        • Managing WPAR clients
          • Creating WPAR clients
          • Starting WPAR clients
          • Stopping WPAR clients
          • Checking WPAR clients
          • Listing characteristics of WPAR clients
          • Change characteristics of WPAR clients
          • Synchronizing software on WPAR clients
          • Creating backups of WPAR clients
          • Installing software on WPAR clients
      • Resolving host names with NIM
      • Naming NIM object definitions
      • NIM environment control
      • Using NIM with Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
    • Configuring NIM
      • Configuring the NIM master and creating basic installation resources
        • Configuring the NIM master and creating basic installation resources using SMIT
        • Configuring the NIM master and creating basic installation resources from the command line
        • Using NIM for installing AIX updates and new packages over the HTTP protocol
      • Adding a management object to the NIM environment
        • Adding HMC management objects to the NIM environment
        • Adding CEC management objects to the NIM environment
        • Adding VIOS management objects to the NIM environment
        • Adding IVM management objects to the NIM environment
        • Adding BCMM management objects to the NIM environment
        • Adding a nas_filer management object to the NIM environment
        • Adding PowerVC management objects to the NIM environment
      • Adding standalone clients to the NIM environment
        • Adding a client with the network information using SMIT
          • Adding a client with the network information using SMIT when client is not running (method A)
          • Adding a client with the network information using SMIT when client is running (method B)
        • Adding a client with the network information from the command line
          • Adding a client with the network information from the command line when client machine is not running (method A)
          • Adding a client with the network information from the command line when client machine is running (method B)
        • Adding a client without the network information using SMIT
        • Adding a client without the network information from the command line
        • Verifying the status of your client machine
      • Adding WPAR clients to the NIM environment
        • Adding a WPAR client to the NIM environment using SMIT
        • Adding a WPAR client to the NIM environment using the command line
      • Using NIM with ATM networks
        • Converting a generic network into an ATM network
        • Recovering a client on an ATM network after boot failure
        • Stopping the reboot of a client on an ATM network
      • Customizing NIM clients and SPOT resources
        • Customizing NIM clients and SPOT resources by using SMIT
        • Customizing NIM clients and SPOT resources from the command line
        • Installing an Interim Fix into a SPOT resource
        • Listing interim fixes installed in a SPOT
        • Uninstalling an interim fix from a SPOT
      • Configuring the NIM master and creating resources to support diskless and dataless clients
        • Configuring the NIM master and creating resources to support diskless and dataless clients using SMIT
        • Configuring the NIM master and creating resources to support diskless and dataless clients from the command line
      • Adding a diskless or dataless client to the NIM environment
        • Adding a diskless or dataless client to the NIM environment using SMIT
        • Adding a diskless or dataless client to the NIM environment from the command line
      • Uninitializing diskless and dataless machines
        • Uninitializing diskless and dataless machines using SMIT
        • Uninitializing diskless and dataless machines from the command line
      • Tuning client-request processing
        • Tuning client-request processing using SMIT
        • Tuning client-request processing from the command line
      • Unconfiguring the NIM master
        • Unconfiguring the NIM master using SMIT
        • Unconfiguring the NIM master from the command line
      • Defining /usr versus non-/usr SPOTs
        • Defining /usr versus non-/usr SPOTs using SMIT
        • Creating the /usr-SPOT from the command line.
        • Using the installp command
      • Re-creating SPOT resources from existing directories
      • Defining an lpp_source on DVD-ROM versus hard disk
        • Defining an lpp_source on CD/DVD-ROM versus hard disk using SMIT
        • Defining an lpp_source on CD/DVD-ROM versus hard disk from the command line
      • Using secondary adapters
        • Secondary adapter files
        • Using secondary adapter file keywords
          • Using required adapter attributes
          • Using optional attributes
        • Working with secondary adapter file rules
        • Working with secondary adapter definitions
        • Troubleshooting secondary adapter file stanza errors
      • Using the NIM service handler for client communication
        • Using NIMSH
          • NIMSH service port
          • NIMSH system resource control
          • NIMSH authentication process
          • Logging NIMSH operations
        • Setting up NIMSH
          • Preparing to set up NIMSH
          • Setting up NIMSH using SMIT
          • Setting up NIMSH from the command line
        • Enabling cryptographic authentication
          • Preparing to enable cryptographic authentication
          • Enabling cryptographic authentication using SMIT
          • Enabling cryptographic authentication from the command line
        • Enabling a secondary port
          • Preparing to enable a secondary port
          • Enabling a secondary port from SMIT
          • Enabling a secondary port from the command line
        • Disabling push operations using NIMSH
        • Verifying NIMSH startup
      • Creating additional interface attributes
        • Creating additional interface attributes from SMIT
        • Creating additional interface attributes from the command line
      • Creating network boot images to support only the defined clients and networks
        • Creating network boot images to support defined clients and networks using SMIT
        • Creating network boot images to support defined clients and networks from the command line
      • Using client machines as resource servers
        • Using client machines as resource servers using SMIT
        • Using client machines as resource servers from the command line
      • Using concurrency control
        • Using concurrency control from SMIT
        • Using concurrency control from the command line
      • Migrating the Virtual I/O Server using NIM
    • Installing with NIM
      • Using installation images to install the base operating system on a NIM client
        • Using installation images to install the base operating system on a NIM client using SMIT
        • Using installation images to install the base operating system on a NIM client from the command line
      • Performing a nonprompted BOS installation
        • Performing a nonprompted BOS installation using SMIT
        • Performing a nonprompted BOS installation from the command line
      • Using a mksysb image to install the base operating system on a NIM client
        • Using a mksysb image to install the base operating system on a NIM client using SMIT
        • Using a mksysb image to install the base operating system on a NIM client from the command line
        • Using an ios_mksysb image to install the base operating system on a NIM client from the command line
        • Using an ios_mksysb image to install the base operating system on a NIM client using SMIT
      • Installing to an alternate disk on a NIM client
        • Installing to an alternate disk on a NIM client using SMIT
        • Installing to an alternate disk on a NIM client from the command line
          • Installing mksysb on an alternate disk
          • Cloning the rootvg to an alternate disk
          • Installing to an alternate disk on a NIM client from the command line - examples
      • Installing the Virtual I/O Server using NIM
        • Installing the Virtual I/O Server using installios
        • Installing the Virtual I/O Server using ios_mksysb
      • Using NIM to install clients configured with Kerberos authentication
        • Using NIM to install clients configured with Kerberos 4 authentication
        • Using NIM to install clients configured with Kerberos 5 authentication
        • Using NIM to install clients with NIM resources that are exported with Kerberos authentication
      • Using NIM to install clients configured with SSL authentication
        • Using NIM to install clients configured with SSL authentication using SMIT
        • Using NIM to install clients configured with SSL authentication from the command line
        • Troubleshooting NIM OpenSSL
      • Verifying installation with the lppchk operation
        • Verifying installation with the lppchk operation using SMIT
        • Verifying installation with the lppchk operation from the command line
      • Performing a network installation of an IBM Power Systems over a virtual I/O Ethernet adapter
      • Setting default paging space during BOS installation through NIM
    • Setting up NIM networks
      • Supported NIM network types
      • Defining NIM networks
      • Determining a network's IP address
      • Defining NIM routes
      • Defining a heterogeneous network
      • Adding another network type to a NIM network
        • Adding another network type to a NIM network using SMIT
        • Adding another network type to a NIM network from the command line
      • Establishing a default NIM route between networks
        • Establishing a default NIM route between networks using SMIT
        • Establishing a default NIM route between networks from the command line
      • Establishing a static NIM route between networks
        • Establishing a static NIM route between networks using SMIT
        • Establishing a static NIM route between networks from the command line
    • Booting with NIM
      • Booting in maintenance mode
        • Booting in maintenance mode using SMIT
          • Initiating the maint_boot operation from the client
          • Initiating the maint_boot operation from the master
        • Booting in maintenance mode from the command line
      • Performing boot diagnostics on NIM clients
        • Booting diagnostics using SMIT
          • Initiating the diag operation from the client
          • Initiating the diag operation from the master
        • Booting diagnostics from the command line
        • Verifying the diag operation
        • Loading diagnostics without the diag operation
      • Initializing and booting a diskless or dataless machine
        • Initializing and booting a diskless or dataless machine using SMIT
        • Initializing and booting a diskless or dataless machine from the command line
      • Booting over a router on an FDDI
    • Administering NIM
      • Recovering the /etc/niminfo file
        • Recovering the /etc/niminfo file from the command line
      • Backing up the NIM database
        • Backing up the NIM database using SMIT
        • Backing up the NIM database from the command line
      • Restoring the NIM database and activating the NIM master
        • Restoring the NIM database and activating the NIM master using SMIT
        • Restoring the NIM database and activating the NIM master from the command line
      • Removing machines from the NIM environment
        • Removing machines from the NIM environment using SMIT
        • Removing machines from the NIM environment using the command line
      • Removing members from machine groups
        • Removing members from machine groups using SMIT
        • Removing members from machine groups from the command line
      • Preventing machines from adding themselves as clients
        • Preventing machines from adding themselves as clients using SMIT
        • Preventing machines from adding themselves as clients from the command line
      • Adding mount options to NIM clients
      • Exporting NIM resources globally
        • Exporting NIM resources globally using SMIT
        • Exporting NIM resources globally from the command line
      • Enabling NIM alternate master support
        • Preparing to enable NIM alternate master support
        • Initializing the alternate master
          • Initializing the alternate master using SMIT
          • Initializing the alternate master from the command line
        • Synchronizing the alternate master's NIM database
          • Synchronizing the alternate master's NIM database using SMIT
          • Synchronizing the alternate master's NIM database from the command line
        • Taking control of the NIM environment
          • Taking control of the NIM environment using SMIT
          • Taking control of the NIM environment from the command line
        • Removing an alternate master from the NIM environment
          • Removing an alternate master from the NIM environment using SMIT
          • Removing an alternate master from the NIM environment from the command line
        • Configuring SSL authentication on an alternate master
      • Migrating a NIM client to an IBM Power Systems server logical partition
        • Migrating a NIM client to an IBM Power Systems server logical partition using SMIT
        • Migrating a NIM client to an IBM Power Systemsserver logical partition using the command line
      • Viewing installation, configuration, and boot logs
        • Viewing installation, configuration, and boot logs using SMIT
        • Viewing installation, configuration, and boot logs from the command line
      • Disabling master push permissions in the NIM environment
        • Disabling master push permissions using SMIT
        • Disabling master push permissions from the command line
      • Resetting the NIM state
        • Resetting the NIM state using SMIT
        • Resetting the NIM state from the command line
      • Rebuilding network boot images for a SPOT
        • Rebuilding network boot images for a SPOT using SMIT
        • Rebuilding network boot images for a SPOT from the command line
      • Migrating diskless and dataless clients and NIM SPOTS
      • Performing advanced NIM installation tasks
        • Defining machine groups
          • Defining a machine group using SMIT
          • Defining a machine group from the command line
        • Adding new members to machine groups
          • Adding new members to machine groups using SMIT
          • Adding new members to machine groups from the command line
        • Including and excluding group members from operations on the group
          • Including and excluding a group member from operations on the group using SMIT
          • Including and excluding a group member from operations on the group from the command line
      • Using the nimdef command
      • Updating a SPOT with new device support for a new level of AIX
    • Managing NIM
      • NFS client communication options management
        • NFS V4 host identification
        • NFS V4 host authentication
        • NFS V4 host authorization
        • Prerequisites for setting up a NIM environment with NFS security using Kerberos 5
        • Managing NFS client communication options using SMIT
        • Managing NFS client-communication options from the command line
      • Managing software on standalone clients and SPOT resources
        • Listing software installed on a standalone client or SPOT
          • Listing software installed on a standalone client or SPOT using SMIT
          • Listing software installed on a standalone client or SPOT from the command line
        • Listing software updates, installed on a standalone client or SPOT, by keyword
          • Listing software updates, installed on a standalone client or SPOT, by keyword using SMIT
          • Listing software updates, installed on a standalone client or SPOT, by keyword from the command line
        • Maintaining software on standalone clients and SPOT resources
          • Maintaining software on standalone clients and SPOT resources using SMIT
          • Maintaining software on standalone clients and SPOT resources from the command line
      • Maintaining software in an lpp_source
        • Copying software to an lpp_source
          • Copying software to an lpp_source using SMIT
          • Copying software to an lpp_source from the command line
        • Removing software from an lpp_source
          • Removing software from an lpp_source from the command line
        • Running the NIM check operation
          • Running the NIM check operation using SMIT
          • Running the NIM check operation from the command line
      • Managing the NIM master
        • Deactivating the NIM master and removing the NIM master fileset
        • Increasing the number of hosts to which NIM can NFS-export a resource
        • Controlling the asynchronous behavior of NIM operations
        • Suppressing output from NIM operations
        • Reducing space requirements for NIM resources
        • Obtaining support for multiple mksysb operations in NIM
        • Saving system backup information
      • Managing client CPU ID validation
        • Managing client CPU ID validation using SMIT
        • Managing client CPU ID validation from the command line
        • Installing and managing software with detached WPARs
    • Using NIM resources
      • Using the file_res resource
        • Defining a file_res resource
      • Using NIM groups
        • Working with NIM machine groups
        • Working with NIM resource groups
      • NIM task road map
      • Using the adapter_def resource
        • Defining an adapter_def resource
      • Distributing NIM resources
      • Creating file resources in the root directory
      • Creating resources in the /tmp directory or /tmp subdirectories
      • Creating NIM resources on an NFS shared NAS device
      • Associating and defining NIM resource groups
        • Defining a resource group
          • Defining a resource group using SMIT
          • Defining a resource group from the command line
        • Allocating a resource group
          • Allocating a resource group using SMIT
          • Allocating a resource group from the command line
        • Defining default resource groups
          • Defining default resource groups using SMIT
          • Defining default resource groups from the command line
      • Restricting NIM client resource allocation
        • Restricting NIM client resource allocation using SMIT
        • Restricting NIM client resource allocation from the command line
      • Using the boot resource
      • Using the bosinst_data resource
        • Defining a bosinst_data resource
      • Using the devexports resource
        • Defining a devexports resource
      • Using the dump resource
        • Defining a dump resource
      • Using the exclude_files resource
        • Defining an exclude_files resource
      • Using the fb_script resource
        • Defining an fb_script resource
      • Using a fix_bundle resource
        • Defining a fix_bundle resource
      • Using a home resource
        • Defining a home resource
      • Using an image_data resource
        • Defining an image_data resource
      • Using an installp_bundle resource
        • Defining an installp_bundle resource
      • Using an ios_mksysb resource
        • Defining an ios_mksysb resource
      • Using an lpp_source resource
        • Defining an lpp_source resource
      • Using the live_update_data resource
        • Defining a live_update_data resource
      • Using a mksysb resource
        • Defining the mksysb resource
      • Using the nim_script resource
      • Using a paging resource
        • Defining a paging resource
      • Using a resolv_conf resource
        • Defining a resolv_conf resource
      • Using a root resource
        • Defining a root resource
      • Using a script resource
        • Defining a script resource
      • Using the savewpar resource
        • Defining a savewpar resource
      • Using the secattrs resource
        • Defining a secattrs resource
      • Using a shared_home resource
        • Defining a shared_home resource
      • Using a shared_root resource
        • Defining a shared_root resource
      • Using the SPOT resource
        • Using network boot images for AIX 4.3 or later SPOTs
        • Defining a SPOT resource
      • Using the wpar_spec resource
        • Defining a wpar_spec resource
      • Creating a SPOT resource from the mksysb resource
        • Creating a SPOT resource from the mksysb resource with SMIT or from a command line
      • Using a tmp resource
        • Defining a tmp resource
    • Using NIM operations
      • Using the NIM activate operation
      • Using the NIM allocate operation
      • Using the NIM alt_disk_install operation
        • Using the NIM alt_disk_install operation to Clone a VIO Server Disk
      • Using the NIM bos_inst operation
        • NIM BOS installation data
        • Using the force_push attribute
        • Using the boot_client attribute
        • Using the set_bootlist attribute
        • Using the preserve_res attribute
        • Using the accept_licenses attribute
      • Using the NIM change operation
      • Using the NIM check operation
      • Using the NIM chwpar operation
      • Using the NIM cust operation
      • Using the NIM deactivate operation
      • Using the NIM deallocate operation
      • Using the NIM define operation
      • Using the NIM diag operation
      • Using the NIM dkls_init operation
      • Using the NIM dtls_init operation
      • Using the NIM fix_query operation
      • Using the NIM lppchk operation
      • Using the NIM lppmgr operation
      • Using the NIM lswpar operation
      • Using the NIM maint operation
      • Using the NIM maint_boot operation
      • Using the NIM reboot operation
      • Using the NIM remove operation
      • Using the NIM reset operation
      • Using the NIM select operation
      • Using the NIM showlog operation
      • Using the NIM showres operation
      • Using the NIM sync operation
      • Using the NIM sync_roots operation
      • Using the NIM syncwpar operation
      • Using the NIM takeover operation
      • Using the NIM unconfig operation
      • Using the NIM update operation
      • Using the NIM updateios operation
    • Using EZNIM
      • Using EZNIM to configure a NIM master
      • Using EZNIM to configure a NIM client
      • Example: Using EZNIM
    • Using network installation files
      • Sample customizing script
      • Sample definition file for the nimdef command
      • Using the certificate viewing file
      • Using the certificate password loading file
      • Sample KDC server definition file
      • Sample slim client definition file
    • Troubleshooting NIM
      • NIM error and warning messages
      • Debugging a network boot problem
        • Verifying network communication between the client and server
        • Obtaining the boot image from the server
        • Running the boot image on the client
      • Obtaining debug output for NIM BOS installations
      • Producing debug output from a network boot image
      • Producing debug output from the BOS installation program
        • Producing debug output without using a bosinst_data resource (Method A)
        • Producing debug output when using a bosinst_data resource (Method B)
      • Debugging when port number conflicts with NIM and other applications
  • Creating and installing system backups
    • Creating system backups
      • Installing all device and kernel support before the backup is created
      • Preparing to create system backups
      • Creating a root volume group backup to tape, removable hard disk cartridge, or file
      • Creating a system backup to CD-R, DVD-R, or DVD-RAM
        • Meeting hardware and software requirements for system backups
        • Preparing to run the mkcd command
        • Creating a root volume group backup on CD or DVD with the ISO9660 format
        • Creating system backups using DVD-RAM media and Universal Disk Format
          • Creating a root volume group backup on DVD-RAM with Universal Disk Format
      • Backing up a user volume group
        • Creating a user volume group backup using SMIT
      • Using the user volume group backup options
        • Previewing information about a volume group backup
        • Verifying system backup (tape only)
        • Viewing the backup log for volume group and system backups
        • Viewing filesets installed in a system backup
    • Installing system backups
      • Cloning a system backup
      • Installing a system backup on the source machine
  • Optional products and service updates
    • Optionally installed software
    • Identifying software products
    • Software licensing
    • Managing AIX editions
    • Preparing to install optional software products and service updates
    • Checking fileset build dates
    • Installing optional software products or service updates
      • Installing optional software and service updates using SMIT
      • Completing the SMIT installation and reading the status messages
      • Updating installed software from the command line
      • Checking modifications to configuration files
    • Maintaining optional software products and service updates
      • Applying a service update
      • Rejecting a service update
      • Removing a software product
      • Copying a software bundle to the hard disk for future installation
    • Cleaning up optional software products and service updates
      • Initiating a cleanup procedure using SMIT
      • Initiating a cleanup procedure from the command line
      • Managing existing installp image source
    • Using the Software Service Management menu (including SUMA)
      • Service Update Management Assistant (SUMA)
      • Using the Comparison Reports menu
        • Using the Compare Installed Software to Fix Repository menu
        • Compare Installed Software to List of Available Updates menu
        • Compare Fix Repository to List of Available Updates menu
        • Compare a list of installed software on a base system to another system
      • Using the Rename Software Images in Repository option
      • Using the Clean Up Software Images in Repository option
    • Using InstallShield MultiPlatform
      • Installing products with InstallShield MultiPlatform
      • Uninstalling a InstallShield MultiPlatform product
      • Performing a silent installation using response files
      • Using response files with NIM
    • Interim fix management solution
      • Installing and managing interim fix packages
        • The interim fix package display
        • Installing interim fix packages
          • The installation preview phase
          • The installation phase
          • The summary and cleanup phase
        • Removing an interim fix package
          • The removal preview phase
          • The removal phase
          • The summary and cleanup phase
        • Listing interim fixes
        • Listing interim fix APAR information with the instfix command
        • Checking interim fixes
        • Performing an interim fix mount installation operation
        • The interim fix mount and unmount operation
        • Using the interim fix display package locks operation
        • Using the interim fix force removal operation
      • Additional interim fix information
        • Generating and using the MD5 checksum
        • Referencing interim fixes
        • Generating interim fix list files
        • Understanding interim fix states
        • Logging interim fixes
        • Cleaning up interim fix installation failures
        • Managing interim fix files when using the Trusted Computing Base
        • Using emgr to manage interim fix command paths.
        • Understanding interim fix integration with installp update images.
      • Creating interim fix packages
        • Interim fix user-specified package components
        • Interim fix file components
        • Interim fix automatic common components
        • Interim fix automatic file components
        • Running the epkg command in interim fix interactive mode
      • Interim fix installation and the Live Update function
    • Live Update
      • Concepts
      • Planning
        • LPAR requirements
        • Restrictions
        • Best practices
        • Configuring resources for Live Update
        • Prerequisites
        • Preview mode
      • Performing the Live Update operation by using NIM
      • Performing the Live Update operation by using the geninstall command
      • Advanced customization
        • Notification frameworks
        • Timeline to run the DLPAR scripts
        • System tunable parameters
        • Application customization
        • Kernel extension customization
    • AIX trusted installation
  • Software product packaging
    • Installing variously formatted software packages
    • Fileset installation packages
    • Creating software packages
    • Packaging software bundles
  • Migrating AIX
    • AIX binary compatibility
      • Restrictions for AIX binary compatibility
    • BOS pre_migration and post_migration checks
    • Migrating to AIX Version 7.2
      • Preparing your system for BOS installation
      • Booting from your installation media
      • Finishing the BOS migration
      • Checking modifications to configuration files
    • Migrating a multibos instance of AIX
    • mksysb migration
      • Requirements for using a customized bosinst.data file with a mksysb migration
      • Performing the mksysb migration with a DVD installation
      • Performing a mksysb migration with NIM installation
  • Partitioning
    • Partitioning concepts
      • Logical partitions
      • Managed system
      • Dynamic logical partitioning
      • Affinity logical partitions
      • Full system partition
      • Running AIX on a logical partition
      • Remote management
      • Partition security
    • Implementations of logical partitions
      • Server consolidation
      • Mixed production and test environments
      • Consolidation of multiple versions of the same operating system
    • Network adapter communication between partitions and the HMC
    • Installing AIX in a partitioned environment
      • Installing AIX using the media device to install a partition with an HMC
      • Installing AIX using the media device to install a partition without an HMC
      • Installing a partition using alternate disk installation
      • Configuring an initial partition as a NIM master to use NIM to install the remaining partitions
      • Using a separate AIX system as a NIM master to use NIM to install each partition
      • Updating your NIM environment to the latest technology level
      • Advanced installation options
    • Creating and changing a dedicate dump device
    • Verifying your dump device
    • Shutting down a partition
    • Changing your operating system host name
• Operating system management
  • Operating system administration
    • Available system management interfaces
    • Software vital product data
    • Operating system updates
    • System startup
      • Administering system startup
        • Rebooting a running system
        • Rebooting a unresponsive system remotely
        • Booting from hard disk for maintenance
        • Booting a system that has crashed
        • Resetting an unknown root password
        • Booting systems with planar graphics
        • Deploying run level script execution
        • Modifying the /etc/inittab file
        • Reactivation of an inactive system
          • Hardware check
          • Checking the processes
          • Restarting the system
      • Creating boot images
        • Creating a boot image on a boot logical volume
        • Creating boot images for network devices
      • System run level
        • Identifying the system run level
          • Displaying a history of previous run levels
        • Configuring run levels on multiuser systems
        • Configuring run levels on single-user systems
      • Boot process
        • Processing the system boot
          • Firmware phase
          • Base device configuration phase
          • Booting the system
        • Maintenance boot process
        • RAM file system
      • Troubleshooting system startup
        • Systems that will not boot
        • Boot problem diagnostics
    • System backup
      • Backup concepts
        • Backup policies
        • Backup media
        • Backup strategy
          • System data versus user data
          • Backups
          • System replication (cloning)
          • Command summary for backup files and storage media
      • Administering system backups
        • Backing up user files or file systems
        • Restoring backed-up files
        • Creating a remote archive
        • Restoring user files from a backup image
        • Restoring access to an unlinked or deleted system library
        • Restoring a deleted symbolic link
        • Restoring a deleted system library file
        • Recreating a corrupted boot image
        • Making an online backup of a JFS
        • Making and backing up a snapshot of a JFS2
        • Making and backing up an external snapshot of a JFS2
        • Making and backing up an internal snapshot of a JFS2
        • Compressing files (compress and pack commands)
          • Compressing files using the compress command
          • Compressing files using the pack command
          • Expanding compressed files (uncompress and unpack commands)
      • System image and user-defined volume groups backup
        • Backing up the system image and user-defined volume groups
        • Pre-backup configuration
        • File system mounts and unmounts
        • Security considerations for backups
        • Backup image restoration
        • Implementing scheduled backups
        • Backing up file systems using the cron command
        • Backup of files on a DMAPI-managed JFS2 file system
        • Formatting diskettes (format or fdformat command)
        • Checking the integrity of a file system (fsck command)
        • Copying to or from diskettes (flcopy command)
        • Copying files to tape or disk (cpio -o command)
        • Copying files from tape or disk (cpio -i command)
        • Copying to or from tapes (tcopy command)
        • Checking the integrity of a tape (tapechk command)
        • Archiving files (tar command)
      • File backup
        • Backing up files using the backup command
        • Backing up files using the smit command
    • Shutting down the system
      • Shutting down the system without rebooting
      • Shutting down the system to single-user mode
      • Shutting down the system in an emergency
    • System environment
      • Profiles
      • Time data manipulation services
      • Filesets and hardware needed for 64-bit mode
      • Hardware required for 64-bit mode
      • 32-bit and 64-bit performance comparisons
      • Dynamic Processor Deallocation
        • Processor deallocation impacts to applications
        • Processor deallocation process
        • Enabling Dynamic Processor Deallocation
        • Methods of turning processor deallocation on and off
        • Restarting an aborted processor deallocation
        • Processor state considerations
        • Deallocation error log entries
      • System environment variable setup
        • Testing the system battery
        • Setting up the system clock
          • date command
          • setclock command
        • Olson time zone support and setup
        • Message of the day setup
    • AIX Usage Metric (SLM tags) for ILMT
    • AIX Runtime Expert
      • AIX Runtime Expert concepts
        • AIX Runtime Expert profiles
        • AIX Runtime Expert catalogs
        • AIX Runtime Expert and LDAP
        • AIX Runtime Expert and RBAC
      • Administering AIX Runtime Expert
        • Configuring AIX Runtime Expert
        • Creating AIX Runtime Expert profiles
        • Modifying AIX Runtime Expert profiles
        • Combining AIX Runtime Expert profiles
        • Finding AIX Runtime Expert profiles
        • Getting AIX Runtime Expert profile values
        • Applying AIX Runtime Expert profiles
        • Rolling back AIX Runtime Expert profiles
        • Comparing AIX Runtime Expert profiles
      • Writing AIX Runtime Expert profiles
        • Concepts in writing AIX Runtime Expert profile
          • Profile locations
          • Profile naming
          • Profile process
        • AIX Runtime Expert profile elements
          • element
          • and elements
          • element
          • element
          • element
            • Parameter values
          • element
          • element
          • element
      • Writing AIX Runtime Expert catalogs
        • AIX Runtime Expert catalog concepts
          • Catalog location
          • Catalog process
        • AIX Runtime Expert catalog elements
          • element
            • Version attribute
          • and elements
          • Globalization support
          • element
          • element
            • name attribute
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
          • element
      • Command-line generation
        • Expansion of command line elements
    • Commands and processes
      • Commands
        • Command syntax and command names
          • Command flags
          • Command parameters
        • Usage statements
        • Shutdown command
        • Locating another command or program (whereis command)
        • Displaying information about a command (man command)
        • Displaying the function of a command (whatis command)
        • Listing previously entered commands (history command)
        • Repeating commands using the r alias
        • String substitution using the r alias
        • Editing the command history
        • Creating a command alias (alias shell command)
        • International character support in text formatting
        • Text formatting with extended single-byte characters
        • Multibyte character support in text formatting
        • Displaying a Calendar
        • Displaying reminder messages
        • Factoring a Number
        • Locating a command by keyword
      • Processes
        • Process startup
        • Command to check the process status (ps command)
        • Setting the initial priority of a process (nice command)
        • Changing the priority of a running process (renice command)
        • Foreground process cancellation
        • Keyboard command to stop a foreground process
        • Restarting a stopped process
        • Scheduling a process for later operation
        • Listing all scheduled processes (at or atq command)
        • Removing a process from the schedule
        • Removing a background process (kill command)
      • Command summary for commands and processes
    • Managing system hang
      • Configuring system hang detection
      • Priority hang detection
      • Lost I/O hang detection
    • Process management
      • Process monitoring
      • Process priority alteration
      • Process termination
      • Binding or unbinding a process
        • Fixes for stalled or unwanted processes
          • Freeing a terminal taken over by processes
          • Responding to screen messages
        • Running multiple queues using environment variables RT_MPC and RT_GRQ
    • System accounting
      • Accounting data reports
        • Daily accounting reports
        • Daily report
        • Daily Usage accounting report
        • Daily Command Summary accounting report
        • Monthly Total Command Summary accounting report
        • Last login
        • Accounting report summary
        • Monthly report
        • Connect-time reports
        • Disk-usage accounting report
        • Printer-Usage accounting report
        • Fee accounting report
        • Fiscal accounting reports
        • Accounting system activity reports
        • Greater than eight character username support
      • Accounting commands
        • Commands that run automatically
        • Keyboard commands
      • Accounting files
        • Accounting data files
        • Accounting report and summary files
        • Starting the runacct command for accounting
        • Restarting the runacct command for Accounting
        • runacct command files
        • Files in the /var/adm/acct/nite(x) directory
        • Files in the /var/adm/acct/sum(x) directory
        • Files in the /var/adm/acct/fiscal(x) directory
        • Accounting file formats
      • Administering system accounting
        • Setting up an accounting system
        • Displaying Accounting system activity
        • Showing Accounting system activity while running a command
        • Displaying the process time of active Accounting processes
        • Displaying the process time of finished Accounting processes
        • Showing the CPU usage for each accounting process
        • Showing the CPU accounting usage for each user
        • Displaying connect time usage for accounting
        • Displaying disk space utilization for accounting
        • Displaying printer or plotter usage accounting records
        • Updating the holidays file
      • Collecting accounting data
        • System data collection and reporting
        • Connect-time accounting data
        • Process accounting data
        • Process accounting reports
        • Disk-usage accounting data
        • Printer-usage accounting data
        • Fee accounting data
      • Troubleshooting system accounting
        • Fixing tacct errors
        • Fixing wtmp errors
        • Fixing incorrect Accounting file permissions
        • Fixing Accounting errors
          • Accounting errors encountered when running the runacct command
    • System Resource Controller
      • Subsystem components
      • SRC hierarchy
      • SRC administration commands
      • Starting the System Resource Controller
      • Starting or stopping a subsystem, subsystem group, or subserver
      • Displaying status of a subsystem or subsystems
      • Refreshing a subsystem or subsystem group
      • Subsystem control
    • Operating system files
      • Types of files
        • File naming conventions
        • File path names
        • Pattern matching with wildcards and metacharacters
          • Pattern matching using the * wildcard character
          • Pattern matching using the ? wildcard character
          • Pattern matching using [ ] shell metacharacters
        • Pattern matching versus regular expressions
      • Administering files
        • Deleting files (rm command)
        • Moving and renaming files (mv command)
        • Copying files (cp command)
        • Finding files (find command)
        • Displaying the file type (file command)
        • Commands for displaying file contents (pg, more, page, and cat commands)
          • Using the pg command
          • Using the more or page commands
          • cat command
        • Finding text strings within files (grep command)
        • Sorting text files (sort command)
        • Comparing files (diff command)
        • Counting words, lines, and bytes in files (wc command)
        • Displaying the first lines of files (head command)
        • Displaying the last lines of files (tail command)
        • Cutting sections of text files (cut command)
        • Pasting sections of text files (paste command)
        • Numbering lines in text files (nl command)
        • Removing columns in text files (colrm command)
      • File and directory links
        • Types of links
        • Linking files (ln command)
        • Command for removing linked files
      • DOS files
        • Copying DOS files to base operating system files
        • Copying base operating system files to DOS files
        • Deleting DOS files
        • Displaying contents of a DOS directory
      • Command summary for files
    • Operating system shells
      • Shell concepts
        • Available shells
        • Shells terminology
        • Specifying a shell for a script file
        • Shell features
        • Character classes
        • Restricted shell
        • Creating and running a shell script
      • Korn shell
        • Variables set by the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Variables used by the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Command substitution in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Arithmetic evaluation in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Field splitting in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • List of Korn shell or POSIX shell special built-in commands
        • Korn shell or POSIX shell regular built-in commands
        • Conditional expressions for the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Quotation of characters in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Restricted Korn shell
        • Reserved words in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Enhanced Korn shell (ksh93)
        • Exit status in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Parameters in the Korn shell
          • Parameter substitution in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
          • Predefined special parameters in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • File name substitution in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
          • Quote removal
        • Input and output redirection in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
          • Coprocess facility
          • Redirection of coprocess input and output
        • Korn shell or POSIX shell built-in commands
          • Special built-in command descriptions for the Korn shell or POSIX shell
          • Regular built-in command descriptions for the Korn shell or POSIX shell
        • Job control in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
          • Signal handling
        • Inline editing in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
          • emacs editing mode
          • vi editing mode
            • Input edit commands
            • Motion edit commands
            • Search edit commands
            • Text modification edit commands
            • Miscellaneous edit commands
        • Korn shell or POSIX shell commands
          • Korn shell compound commands
          • Shell startup
          • Korn shell environment
          • Korn shell functions
          • Korn shell or POSIX shell command history
            • Command history substitution
        • Command aliasing in the Korn shell or POSIX shell
          • Tracked aliases
          • Tilde substitution
      • Bourne shell
        • Bourne shell environment
        • Conditional substitution in the Bourne shell
        • Positional parameters in the Bourne shell
        • File name substitution in the Bourne shell
        • Input and output redirection in the Bourne shell
        • List of Bourne shell built-in commands
        • Bourne shell commands
          • Character quotation
          • Signal handling
          • Bourne shell compound commands
          • Reserved words
          • Bourne shell built-in commands
          • Special command descriptions
          • Command substitution in the Bourne shell
          • Variable substitution in the Bourne shell
        • User-defined variables in the Bourne shell
          • Variables used by the Bourne shell
          • Predefined special variables in the Bourne shell
          • Blank interpretation
      • C shell
        • C shell limitations
        • Alias substitution in the C shell
        • Variable substitution in the C shell
        • File name substitution in the C shell
        • File name expansion in the C shell
        • File name abbreviation in the C shell
        • Character classes in the C shell
        • Environment variables in the C shell
        • Job control in the C shell
        • C shell built-in commands list
        • Signal handling in the C shell
        • C shell commands
          • C shell built-in commands
          • C shell command descriptions
          • C shell expressions and operators
          • Command substitution in the C shell
          • Nonbuilt-in C shell command execution
        • History substitution in the C shell
          • History lists for the C shell
          • Event specification for the C shell
          • Quotation with single and double quotes
        • Input and output redirection in the C shell
          • Flow control in the C shell
    • Operating system security
      • Identification and authentication
      • Login user IDs
      • Unattended terminals
      • File ownership and user groups
        • Changing file or directory ownership
        • File and directory access modes
          • Symbolic representation of access modes
          • Numeric representation of access modes
        • Displaying group information
        • Changing file or directory permissions
      • Access control lists
        • Access control lists for file system objects
          • AIXC access control list type
          • NFS4 access control list type
        • Access control list example for AIXC
        • Access control list access authorization
        • Command for displaying access control information (aclget command)
        • Setting access control information (aclput command)
        • Access control list example and description
        • Editing access control information (acledit command)
      • Locking your terminal (lock or xlock command)
      • Command summary for file and system security
    • User environment
      • User environment files and customization procedures
      • System devices list (lscfg command)
      • Displaying console names
      • Displaying the terminal name (tty command)
      • Listing available displays (lsdisp command)
      • Listing available fonts (lsfont command)
      • Listing the current software keyboard map (lskbd command)
      • Listing available software products (lslpp command)
      • List of control key assignments for your terminal (stty command)
      • Listing environment variables (env command)
      • Displaying an environment variable value (printenv command)
      • Bidirectional languages (aixterm command)
      • Command summary for user environment and system information
      • User environment customization
        • System startup files
          • /etc/environment file
          • /etc/profile file
          • .profile file
          • .env file
        • AIXwindows startup files
          • .xinitrc file
          • .Xdefaults file
          • .mwmrc file
        • Exporting shell variables (export shell command)
        • Changing the default font (chfont command)
        • Changing control keys (stty command)
        • Changing your system prompt
    • BSD systems reference
      • BSD concepts
        • Introduction to AIX for BSD system managers
        • Major differences between 4.3 BSD and AIX
        • File comparison table for 4.3 BSD, SVR4, and AIX
        • Name and address resolution
        • Online documentation and man command for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • NFS and NIS (formerly Yellow Pages) for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • User passwords for BSD 4.3 system managers
      • Administering BSD
        • Accounting for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • Backup for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • Startup for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • Finding and examining files for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • Paging space for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • Changing the default startup to permit 4.3 BSD ASCII configuration
        • Additional options for ifconfig and netstat commands
        • Additional network management commands
        • Importing a BSD 4.3 password file
        • Editing the password file for BSD 4.3 system managers
      • Performance measurement and tuning for BSD 4.3 system managers
      • Printers for BSD 4.3 system managers
      • Commands for system administration for BSD 4.3 system managers
      • Cron for BSD 4.3 system managers
      • Devices for BSD 4.3 system managers
      • UUCP for BSD 4.3 system managers
      • File systems for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • /etc/filesystems file and /etc/fstab file
        • File system support on AIX
      • Terminals for BSD 4.3 system managers
        • termcap and terminfo
    • Input and output redirection
      • Standard input, standard output, and standard error files
      • Standard output redirection
      • Redirecting output to a file
      • Redirecting output to append to a file
      • Creating a text file with redirection from the keyboard
      • Text file concatenation
      • Standard input redirection
      • Discarding output with the /dev/null file
      • Standard error and other output redirection
      • Redirecting output to inline input (here) documents
      • Redirecting output using pipes and filters
      • Displaying program output and copying to a file (tee command)
      • Clearing your screen (clear command)
      • Sending a message to standard output
      • Appending a single line of text to a file (echo command)
      • Copying your screen to a file (capture and script commands)
      • Command to display text in large letters on your screen (banner command)
      • Command summary for input and output redirection
    • AIX kernel recovery
      • Enabling and disabling kernel recovery
  • AIX Event Infrastructure for AIX and AIX clusters-AHAFS
    • Introduction to the AIX Event Infrastructure
    • AIX Event Infrastructure components
      • AIX Event Infrastructure kernel extension
      • Event consumers
      • Event producers
      • ahafs_evprods kernel service
    • Setting up the AIX Event Infrastructure
    • High-level view of how the AIX Event Infrastructure works
      • Typical flow of monitoring an event
    • Using the AIX Event Infrastructure
    • Monitoring events
      • Creating the monitor file
      • Writing to the monitor file
      • Waiting on events
      • Unavailable Event Occurrences
      • Using AIX Event Infrastructure for polling
      • Reading Event Data
        • Duplicate Event Consolidation
      • Example Event Data
        • Error format
        • BUF_WRAP and EVENT_OVERFLOW
        • NUM_EVDROPS_INTRCNTX
    • Pre-defined event producers
      • modFile
      • modFileAttr
      • modDir
      • utilFs
      • waitTmCPU
      • waitersFreePg
      • waitTmPgInOut
      • vmo
      • schedo
      • pidProcessMon
      • processMon
      • inetsock
    • Cluster events
    • Pre-defined event producers for a Cluster Aware AIX instance
      • nodeList
      • clDiskList
      • linkedCl
      • nodeContact
      • nodeState
      • nodeAddress
      • networkAdapterState
      • clDiskState
      • repDiskState
      • diskState
      • vgState
• Device management
  • What's new
  • Logical Volume Manager
    • Logical Volume Manager concepts
      • Vary-on process
      • Quorum
      • Mirror Pools
      • Geographic Logical Volume Manager
        • Asynchronous GLVM
        • Planning for asynchronous GLVM
        • Setting up asynchronous GLVM
        • Best practices for asynchronous GLVM deployment
      • Nonquorum volume groups
      • Conversion of a volume group to nonquorum status
    • Configuring Logical Volume Manager
      • LVM maintenance commands and fastpaths
      • Adding disks while the system remains available
      • Changing the name of a logical volume
      • Copying a logical volume to another physical volume
        • Copying a logical volume
        • Copying a logical volume while original logical volume remains usable
        • Copying a raw logical volume to another physical volume
        • Creating a file system log on a dedicated disk for a user-defined volume group
        • Importing or exporting a volume group
        • Migrating the contents of a physical volume
      • Configuring a disk
      • Making an available disk a physical volume
      • Changing the PVID and VGID of rootvg
      • Replacing a failed physical volume in a mirrored volume group
      • Notifying the administrator when a physical volume is missing
      • Splitting a mirrored disk from a volume group
    • Troubleshooting LVM
      • Troubleshooting disk drive problems
        • Disk drive space
          • Command for cleaning up file systems automatically
          • Restricting users from certain directories
          • Mounting space from another disk drive
        • Disk drive recovery without reformatting
        • Recovering by using a reformatted or replacement disk drive
          • Example of recovering from a failed disk drive
        • Recovering from disk failure while the system remains available
        • Replacing a disk when the volume group consists of one disk
      • Physical and logical volume errors
        • Hot spot problems
        • LVCB warnings
        • Physical partition limits
        • Device configuration database synchronization
        • Fixing volume group errors
  • Logical volume storage
    • Preparing to install a device
    • Configuring a read/write optical drive
    • Configuration of a large number of devices
    • Adding a removable media drive
    • Space Reclamation Support for Logical Volume Storage
    • Logical volume storage concepts
      • Physical volumes
      • Volume groups
      • Physical partitions
      • Logical volumes
      • Logical partitions
      • File systems
      • Limitations for logical storage management
    • Configuring Logical Volume Storage
      • Mirroring a volume group
      • Mirroring the root volume group
      • Defining a raw logical volume for an application
      • Unmirroring the root volume group
      • Removing a disk while the system remains available
        • Removing a disk with data
        • Removing a disk without data
        • Removing a logical volume by removing the file system
        • Removing a logical volume only
        • Resizing a RAID volume group
      • Encrypting logical volumes
    • Volume group strategy
      • When to create separate volume groups
      • High availability in case of disk failure
      • High availability in case of adapter or power supply failure
    • Logical volume strategy
      • Requirements for mirroring or striping
        • Scheduling policies for mirrored writes to disk
        • Mirror Write Consistency policy for a logical volume
      • Inter-disk allocation policies
        • Inter-disk settings for a single copy of the logical volume
        • Inter-disk settings for logical volume copies
      • Intra-disk allocation policies for each logical volume
      • Combining allocation policies
      • Using map files for precise allocation
      • Developing striped logical volume strategies
      • Write-verify policies
      • Hot-spare disk policies
      • Hot spot management in logical volumes
    • Implementing a volume group policy
  • Paging space and virtual memory
    • Paging space concepts
      • Paging space allocation policies
        • Comparisons of deferred and early paging space allocation
        • Early allocation mode
      • Paging space default size
      • Paging space file, commands, and options
    • Configuring paging space
      • Adding and activating paging space
      • Improving paging performance
      • Configuring the PSALLOC environment variable for early allocation mode
      • Changing or removing a paging space
      • Using the paging space allocation mode programming interface
      • Relocating and reducing hd6 paging space
        • Making the hd6 paging space smaller
        • Moving the hd6 paging space within the same volume group
    • Troubleshooting paging space
    • Virtual Memory Manager
      • Real memory management in Virtual Memory Manager
      • Virtual Memory Manager Free list
      • Persistent or working memory segments in Virtual Memory Manager
      • Working segments and paging space in Virtual Memory Manager
      • Virtual Memory Manager memory load control facility
  • File systems
    • File system concepts
      • Organization and contents of the file tree
        • File system structure
        • Root file system
        • /usr file system
        • /usr/share directory
        • /var file system
        • /export directory
      • Encrypting JFS2 file systems
    • Configuring file systems
    • Managing file system
      • Displaying available space on a file system (df command)
      • File system commands
      • Comparing file systems on different machines
    • Maintaining file systems
      • Recovering one or more files from an online external JFS2 snapshot
      • Recovering one or more files from an online internal JFS2 snapshot
      • File systems on CD-ROM and DVD disks
      • Using file systems on read/write optical media
      • File system verification
        • Checking a user-defined file system
        • Checking root and /usr file systems
      • Reducing the size of a file system in your root volume group
    • Troubleshooting file systems
      • Fixing a user-defined file system overflow
      • Fixing a damaged file system
      • Fixing a corrupted magic number in the file system superblock
    • Disk overflows
      • Identifying problem processes
      • Terminating a process
      • Reclamation of file space without terminating a process
      • / (root) overflow
      • Resolving overflows in the /var file system
      • Fix other file systems and general search techniques
    • Mounting
      • Mount points
      • Mounting file systems, directories, and files
      • Automatic mount control
      • Mount security for diskless workstations
        • Diskless mounts
    • File system types
      • JFS and JFS2
        • JFS and JFS2 functions
        • JFS and JFS2 disk space segmentation
          • JFS fragments
          • JFS2 blocks
        • Variable number of i-nodes
          • JFS and i-nodes
          • JFS2 and i-nodes
        • JFS and JFS2 size limitations
          • JFS size limits
          • JFS2 size limits
          • JFS free space fragmentation
        • Sparse files
        • JFS and large files
        • JFS data compression
          • JFS data compression implementation
          • Implicit behavior of JFS data compression
          • JFS data compression algorithm
          • Performance costs of JFS data compression
        • JFS online backups and JFS2 snapshots
        • JFS online backups
        • JFS2 snapshots
        • Compatibility and migration
      • Copying a JFS to another physical volume
      • CD-ROM file system and UDF file system
    • Directories
      • Types of directories
      • Directory organization
      • Directory naming conventions
      • Directory abbreviations
      • Directory path names
      • Creating directories (mkdir command)
      • Moving or renaming directories (mvdir command)
      • Displaying the current directory (pwd command)
      • Changing to another directory (cd command)
      • Copying directories (cp command)
      • Displaying contents of a directory
      • Deleting or removing directories (rmdir command)
      • Comparing the contents of directories (dircmp command)
      • Command summary for file systems and directories
  • Workload manager
    • Workload management concepts
      • Terminology for workload management
      • Classes for workload management
      • Process assignment to classes for workload management
      • Resource control
        • Resource entitlements
      • Workload Manager virtual memory limits
      • Modes of operation for Workload Manager
      • Dynamic control of Workload Manager
        • Monitoring tools
      • Backward compatibility in Workload Manager
      • Per class accounting
    • Administering Workload Manager
      • Starting up and shutting down Workload Manager
      • Workload Manager properties
      • Creating an attribute value grouping
      • Creating a time-based configuration set
      • Creating a resource set
      • Configuring Workload Manager to consolidate workloads
    • Classes
      • Superclasses
      • Subclasses
      • Class attributes
        • Tier attribute
        • Inheritance attribute
        • localshm attribute
        • Administrator attribute
        • Authorization attribute
        • Resource set attribute
    • Process classifications in Workload Manager
      • Automatic class assignment in Workload Manager
      • Manual class assignment in Workload Manager
        • Updates to the Workload Manager
        • Security considerations for Workload Manager
    • Resource management with Workload Manager
      • Resource types in Workload Manager
      • Target shares in Workload Manager
      • Resource limit specification in Workload Manager
      • Class priority in Workload Manager
      • Exclusive use processor resource sets
      • Resource sets in Workload Manager
        • Resource set registry in Workload Manager
    • Setting up Workload Manager
      • Application requirements for Workload Manager configuration
      • Tiers, shares, and limits in Workload Manager
      • Fine-tuning the Workload Manager configuration
    • Troubleshooting Workload Manager
    • Workload Manager API
      • Application tag
      • Application programming interface types
      • Binary compatibility
    • Examples of Workload Manager classification, rules, and limits
      • Example of Workload Manager assignment rules
      • Example of Workload Manager classes with shares and limits
      • Example of Workload Manager classes with CPU limits
      • Example of Workload Manager classes with memory limits
    • Workload Manager commands
  • Device nodes
    • Device classes
    • Device configuration database and device management
    • Device states
  • Device location codes
    • Adapter location codes
    • Printer and plotter location codes
    • tty location codes
    • SCSI device location codes
    • Dials/LPFKeys location codes
    • Multiprotocol port location codes
  • Device drivers
  • Setting up an iSCSI offload adapter
    • Configuring the iSCSI adapter in AIX
    • Updating the flat file of an iSCSI target
    • Adding a statically-discovered iSCSI target into ODM
    • Adding statically-discovered iSCSI targets from a flat file into ODM
  • PCI hot plug management
    • Displaying PCI hot-plug slot information
    • Unconfiguring PCI communications adapters
    • Removing or replacing a PCI hot plug adapter
    • Adding a PCI hot plug adapter
  • Multiple Path I/O
    • MPIO-capable device management
      • Cabling a SCSI device as an MPIO device
      • Cabling a Fibre Channel device as an MPIO device
    • Configuring an MPIO device
    • Supported multi-path devices
    • MPIO device attributes
    • Path control module attributes
    • SAN replication attributes
    • Communications adapter removal
      • Unconfiguring Ethernet, Token-ring, FDDI, and ATM adapters
      • Unconfiguring WAN adapters
      • Unconfiguring IBM 4-Port 10/100 Base-TX Ethernet PCI adapters
      • Unconfiguring ATM adapters
    • Unconfiguring storage adapters
    • Unconfiguring async adapters
    • Troubleshooting I/O devices
      • Checking the device connections
      • Adapter removal problem resolution
      • Checking the ready state of a device
      • Device diagnostics
  • Targeted device configuration
    • Targeted configuration of FC and FCoE devices
  • Tape drives
    • Tape drive attributes
      • Attributes for 2.0 GB 4 mm tape drives (type 4mm2gb)
      • Attributes for 4.0 GB 4 mm tape drives (type 4mm4gb)
      • Attributes for 2.3 GB 8 mm tape drives (type 8mm)
      • Attributes for 5.0GB 8mm tape drives (type 8mm5gb)
      • Attributes for 20000 MB 8 mm tape drives (self-configuring)
      • Attributes for 35 GB tape drives (type 35gb)
      • Attributes for 150 MB 1/4-inch tape drives (type 150mb)
      • Attributes for 525 MB 1/4-inch tape drives (type 525mb)
      • Attributes for 1200 MB 1/4-inch tape drives (type 1200mb-c)
      • Attributes for 12000 MB 4 mm tape drives (self-configuring)
      • Attributes for 13000 MB 1/4-inch tape drives (self-configuring)
      • Attributes for 1/2-inch 9-track tape drives (type 9trk)
      • Attributes for 3490e 1/2-inch cartridge (type 3490e)
      • Attributes for other SCSI tapes (type ost)
    • Special files for tape drives
  • USB device support
    • USB flash drive support
    • USB Blu-ray drive read-only support
  • Caching storage data
    • Concept
    • Advantages
    • Limitations
    • Components
    • Configuring
      • Caching storage data in dedicated mode
      • Caching storage data in virtual mode
      • Caching storage data in NPIV mode
    • Managing
      • High-availability considerations
    • Monitoring cache statistics
  • Login names, system IDs, and passwords
    • Logging in to the operating system
    • Logging in more than one time (login command)
    • Becoming another user on a system (su command)
    • Suppressing login messages
    • Logging out of the operating system (exit and logout commands)
    • Displaying user IDs
      • Displaying your login name (whoami and logname commands)
      • Displaying the operating system name (uname command)
      • Displaying your system name (uname command)
      • Displaying all users who are logged in
    • Passwords
      • Password guidelines
      • Changing passwords (passwd command)
      • Password nullification (passwd command)
    • Command summary for login names, system IDs, and passwords
  • Common Desktop Environment
    • Enabling and disabling desktop autostart
    • Starting the Common Desktop Environment manually
    • Stopping the Common Desktop Environment manually
    • Modifying desktop profile
    • Adding and removing displays and terminals for the Common Desktop Environment
    • Displaying device customization for the Common Desktop Environment
      • Starting the server on each display device
      • Setting up a different display as ITE
      • Setting up the display name in Xconfig
      • Using different Login Manager resources for each display
      • Running different scripts for each display
      • Setting different system-wide environment variables for each display
  • Live Partition Mobility with Host Ethernet Adapters
    • Requirements for Live Partition Mobility with HEA
    • Running Live Partition Mobility with HEA
      • Migrating a NIM client by using LPM
  • Relocating an adapter for DLPAR
  • Loopback device
• Networking
  • Network management
    • What's new
    • Network and communication concepts
      • Physical networks
      • Network systems
      • Emulators
      • Common network commands
    • Mail management
      • Mail user-agent programs
        • Mail program interface
        • Message handler (mh)
        • bellmail command
      • Mail functions
        • Mail storage
          • System mailbox
          • Default personal mailbox
          • dead.letter file for incomplete messages
          • Mail folders
        • Mail handling and receiving
          • Mailbox startup
            • Checking your system mailbox for mail
            • Checking your personal mailbox or mail folder for mail
          • Mailbox content display options
            • Ranges of messages
            • Mailbox scrolling
            • Message filtering for specific information
            • Current message numbers
            • Total number of messages in your mailbox
          • Reading mail options
            • Reading messages in your mailbox
            • Reading the next message in your mailbox
            • Reading the previous message in your mailbox
          • Deleting mail
            • Deleting messages
            • Undeleting messages
          • Exiting mail
            • Exiting mail and saving changes
            • Exiting mail without saving changes
          • Organizing mail
            • Creating a letters mailbox directory to store messages in folders
            • Saving messages with headers
            • Saving messages without headers
            • Determining the current mailbox or folder
            • Changing to another mailbox
        • Creating and sending mail
          • Addressing mail
            • Addressing mail to more than one user
            • Addressing mail to users on your local system
            • Addressing mail to users on your network
            • Addressing mail to users on a different network
            • Mail addresses over a BNU or UUCP link
          • Starting the mail editor
          • Message editing
            • Adding information to a specific message in your mailbox
            • Changing the current message while in the mail editor
            • Displaying lines of a message while in the mail editor
          • Quitting the mail editor
          • Options for adding a file and a specific message within a message
            • Including files in a message
            • Including a specific message within a message
            • Adding the contents of the dead.letter file into your current message
          • Editing the header information
            • Setting or resetting the Subject: field
            • Adding users to the To:, Cc:, and Bcc: fields
          • Message reformats in the mail editor
          • Checking for misspelling in the mail editor
          • Sending mail
          • Replying to mail
          • Creating a new message while in the mailbox
          • Forwarding mail
            • Forwarding selected messages from within the mailbox
            • Forwarding all mail
            • .forward files
            • Canceling forwarded mail
          • Sending a vacation message notice
          • Sending and receiving secret mail
        • Mail help information
        • Mail program customization options
          • Mail enabling and disabling options
            • Enabling mail options
            • Viewing enabled mail options
            • Disabling mail options
          • Subject: and Carbon Copy (Cc:) field prompts
            • Enabling or disabling Subject: field prompting
            • Enabling or disabling Carbon Copy (Cc:) field prompting
          • Aliases and distribution lists
          • Changes to the number of message headers or message text lines displayed in the mail program
            • Changing the number of displayed lines of the message list
            • Changing the number of displayed lines in a long message
            • Changing the number of displayed lines at the top of a message
          • Displaying information in a message
            • Preventing the Date, From, and To headers from being displayed
            • Listing the ignored header fields
            • Resetting the header fields
            • Listing the retained header fields
            • Preventing the banner from displaying
            • Combining the delete and print commands
          • Creating default folders to store messages
          • Text editors for typing messages
        • Mail command subcommands
          • Commands to execute mail
          • Mailbox subcommands in the mail program
            • Mail program control subcommands
            • Mail program display subcommands
            • Message handling
            • New mail subcommands
          • Mail editor subcommands
            • Mail editor control subcommands
            • Add to heading subcommands
            • Add to message subcommands
            • Change message subcommands
          • Secret mail subcommands
            • Secret mail subcommands
          • Mailbox tasks
      • Mail management tasks
        • Starting the sendmail daemon during system boot
      • Mail aliases
        • /etc/mail/aliases file
        • Creating a local alias for mail
        • Alias database building
      • Mail queue
        • Mail queue printing
        • Mail queue files
          • q control file
        • Time values in sendmail
        • Clogged mail queues
        • Setting the queue processing interval
        • Moving the mail queue
        • Starting the sendmail daemon
        • Stopping the sendmail daemon
      • Mail logging
        • Log management
        • Traffic logs
        • Mailer statistics logs
        • Displaying mailer information
      • The sendmail Mail Filter API
        • sendmail filter requirements
        • sendmail filter configurations
        • Library control functions
          • smfi_opensocket Function
          • smfi_register Function
          • smfi_setconn Function
          • smfi_settimeout Function
          • smfi_setbacklog Function
          • smfi_setdbg Function
          • smfi_stop Function
          • smfi_main Function
        • Data access functions
          • smfi_getsymval Function
          • smfi_getpriv Function
          • smfi_setpriv Function
          • smfi_setreply Function
          • smfi_setmlreply Function
        • Message modification functions
          • smfi_addheader Function
          • smfi_chgheader Function
          • smfi_insheader Function
          • smfi_chgfrom Function
          • smfi_addrcpt Function
          • smfi_addrcpt_par Function
          • smfi_delrcpt Function
          • smfi_replacebody Function
        • Message handling functions
          • smfi_progress Function
          • smfi_quarantine Function
        • Callback functions
          • xxfi_connect callback Function
          • xxfi_helo callback Function
          • xxfi_envfrom callback Function
          • xxfi_envrcpt callback Function
          • xxfi_data callback Function
          • xxfi_unknown callback Function
          • xxfi_header callback Function
          • xxfi_eoh callback Function
          • xxfi_body callback Function
          • xxfi_eom callback Function
          • xxfi_abort callback Function
          • xxfi_close callback Function
          • xxfi_negotiate callback Function
        • Miscellaneous and constant functions
          • smfi_version Function
          • smfi_setsymlist Function
      • Debug flags for sendmail
      • Internet Message Access Protocol and Post Office Protocol
        • Configuring IMAP and POP servers
          • Running configuration tests
        • Logging in with the SYSLOG facility
      • Mail management commands
      • Mail files and directories
      • IMAP and POP commands
    • Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
      • TCP/IP terminology
      • Planning your TCP/IP network
      • Installation of TCP/IP
      • Configuration of TCP/IP
        • Host configuration
        • Host as server configuration
        • Gateway configuration
        • TCP/IP configuration and management commands
      • Authentication and the secure rcmds
        • System configuration for the secure rcmds
        • Kerberos V.5 user validation for the secure rcmds
        • DCE configuration for the secure rcmds
        • Native configuration for the secure rcmds
      • TCP/IP customization
        • Creating the .netrc file
        • Writing ftp macros
        • Changing the assignment of a key set
          • .k5login file
      • Methods for communicating with other systems and users
        • Local host connections to a remote host
        • Remote host logins
        • Conversing with a remote user
      • File transfers
        • File transfers using the ftp and rcp commands
          • Logging in to a remote host directly
          • Logging in to a remote host indirectly
          • Copying a file from a remote host to a local host
          • Copying a file from a local host to a remote host
        • File transfers using the tftp and utftp commands
          • Copying a file from a remote host
          • Copying a file to a remote host
      • Printing files to a remote system
        • Placing a print job in a remote print queue
        • Enqueuing a job using SMIT
      • Printing files from a remote system
      • Displaying status information
        • TCP/IP status commands
        • Displaying information about all users logged in to a host
        • Displaying information about a user logged in to a host
      • TCP/IP protocols
        • Internet Protocol (IP) version 6
          • IPv6 expanded routing and addressing
          • Routing simplification
          • Header format simplification
          • Improved quality-of-service/traffic control
          • IPv6 tunneling
          • IPv6 multihomed link-local and site-local support
          • Upgrading to IPv6 with IPv4 configured
          • Upgrading to IPv6 with IPv4 not configured
          • Setting up IPv6 interface on a host
          • Setting up tunneling in IPv6
        • Packet tracing
        • Network Interface packet headers
          • Ethernet adapter frame headers
          • Token-Ring frame headers
            • Control field values
          • 802.3 frame headers
        • Internet network-level protocols
          • Address Resolution Protocol
          • Internet Control Message Protocol
            • Internet Control Message Protocol message types
          • Internet Protocol
        • Internet Transport-Level Protocols
          • User Datagram Protocol
          • Reliable Datagram Sockets over InfiniBand and RoCE
          • Transmission Control Protocol
          • TCP header field definitions
        • Internet Application-Level Protocols
        • Assigned Numbers
      • TCP/IP local area network adapter cards
        • Installing a network adapter
        • Adapter management and configuration
        • Virtual Local Area Networks
          • VLAN troubleshooting
          • VLAN restrictions
      • TCP/IP network interfaces
        • Automatic configuration of network interfaces
        • TCP/IP default configuration values
          • TCP/IP default Ethernet values
          • TCP/IP default 802.3 values
          • TCP/IP default Token-Ring values
          • TCP/IP default SLIP values
          • TCP/IP default Serial Optical values
        • Implications of multiple network interfaces on the same network
        • Network interface management
        • Interface-specific network options
      • TCP/IP addressing
        • Internet addresses
          • Class A addresses
          • Class B addresses
          • Class C addresses
          • Internet addresses using zeros
        • Subnet addresses
          • Subnet masks
          • Address comparison
        • Broadcast addresses
        • Local loopback addresses
      • TCP/IP name resolution
        • Naming authority
        • Naming conventions
        • Naming hosts on your network
        • Name servers - BIND version 9.4
        • Name resolution
          • Potential host name conflict between name server and sendmail
          • Potential domain name conflict between name server and sendmail
        • Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
        • Local name resolution (/etc/hosts) tasks
        • Planning for DOMAIN name resolution
        • Name server resolution - BIND version 9.4
          • Configuring domain name servers - BIND version 9.4
          • Configuring a domain mail server
            • Configuring a domain mail server using mailbox records
            • Defining a mail rename record for a user
            • Defining mail group member records
            • Defining mail exchanger records
        • Configuring a forwarder - BIND version 9.4
        • Configuring a forward only name server - BIND version 9.4
        • Configuring a host to use a name server
        • Dynamic zones on the DNS name server - BIND version 9.4
        • BIND 9.4 security
          • Transaction Signatures - BIND version 9.4
          • Signatures - BIND version 9.4
            • Securing the root zone - BIND version 9.4
            • Applying the chain of trust - BIND version 9.4
      • Planning and configuring for LDAP name resolution (IBM SecureWay Directory schema)
      • Planning and configuring NIS_LDAP name resolution (RFC 2307 schema)
      • TCP/IP address and parameter assignment - Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
        • DHCP servers
          • DHCP database
            • DHCP checkpoint files
          • The DHCP protocol engine
          • DHCP threaded operations
        • DHCP planning
        • DHCP configuration
          • DHCP configuration file
            • DHCP containers
            • DHCP addresses and address ranges
            • DHCP configuration file options
            • DHCP modifiers
            • DHCP logging
            • DHCP server-specific options
            • DHCP performance considerations
          • DHCP configuration file customization
        • DHCP and the Dynamic Domain Name System
        • DHCP compatibility with older versions
        • DHCP server file known options
        • Preboot execution environment vendor container suboption
        • DHCP server file syntax for general server operation
        • DHCP server file syntax for db_file database
        • DHCP and Network Installation Management suggestions
      • Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol version 6
        • DHCPv6 server
          • DHCPv6 database
          • DHCP threaded operations
        • DHCPv6 configuration
          • DHCPv6 configuration file
            • DHCPv6 containers
            • DHCPv6 addresses and address ranges
            • DHCPv6 configuration file options
            • DHCPv6 server-specific options
          • /etc/dhcpv6/dhcpsdv6.cnf file
            • DHCPv6 logging
            • DHCPv6 global keywords
            • DHCPv6 non-nested container statements
            • DHCPv6 nested container statements
            • DHCPv6 cnf file options
            • DHCPv6 common options
              • DHCPv6 server file known options
            • DHCPv6 parameter values
            • Example /etc/dhcpv6/dhcpsdv6.cnf file
        • DHCPv6 client configuration
          • Logging keywords
          • DUID keywords
          • Information-only keyword
          • Lease renewal and rebind keywords
          • Solicit retransmission keywords
          • Option keywords
          • Interface keywords
        • DHCP relay agent
      • Preboot Execution Environment Proxy DHCP daemon
        • PXE Proxy DHCP server components
          • PXED database
          • PXED protocol engine
          • PXED threaded operations
        • PXED server configuration
          • PXED configuration file
            • PXED containers
            • PXED addresses and address ranges
            • PXED configuration file options
            • PXED logging
            • PXED performance considerations
        • PXE vendor container suboptions
        • PXED server file syntax for general server operation
        • PXED server file syntax for db_file database
      • Boot Image Negotiation Layer daemon
        • BINLD server components
          • BINLD database
          • BINLD protocol engine
          • BINLD threaded operations
        • BINLD configuration
          • BINLD configuration file
            • BINLD containers
            • BINLD addresses and address ranges
            • BINLD configuration file options
            • BINLD logging
            • BINLD performance considerations
        • BINLD server file syntax for general server operation
        • BINLD server file syntax for db_file database
      • TCP/IP daemons
        • Subsystems and subservers
        • System Resource Control
        • Configuring the inetd daemon
        • Client network services
        • Server network services
      • TCP/IP routing
        • Static and dynamic routing
        • TCP/IP routing gateways
          • Interior and exterior routing gateways
          • Gateway protocols
        • Gateway considerations
        • Configuring a gateway
        • Route use restrictions
        • Dead gateway detection
        • Route cloning
        • Dynamic route removal
        • Configuring the routed daemon
        • Configuring the gated daemon
          • Configuring the gated daemon to run IPv6
        • Autonomous system numbers
      • Mobile IPv6
        • Mobile IPv6 security
        • Mobile IPv6 configuration
          • Starting Mobile IPv6 as a home agent
          • Starting Mobile IPv6 as a correspondent
          • Starting Mobile IPv6 as a router
          • Stopping Mobile IPv6
        • Troubleshooting Mobile IPv6
      • Virtual IP address
        • Configuring VIPA
        • Adding an adapter to a VIPA
        • Removing an adapter from a VIPA
        • Sample VIPA environment
        • VIPA versus alias
        • Access using the IP address of the real adapters
        • VIPA and routing protocols
        • Multiple VIPA addresses
      • EtherChannel, IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation, Teaming
        • EtherChannel
        • EtherChannel configuration considerations
        • Configuring an EtherChannel
        • Recovery and failover options
          • Lossless recovery
          • Lossless failover
          • Automatic recovery
          • Forced failovers
        • Network Interface Backup configuration
          • Configuring Network Interface Backup
        • EtherChannel load-balancing options
          • Round-Robin distribution
          • Standard or 802.3ad algorithm
        • Listing EtherChannels or Link Aggregations
        • Changing the alternate address
        • Dynamic Adapter Membership
        • Adapter additions, removals, or changes in an EtherChannel or Link Aggregation
          • Making changes to an EtherChannel using Dynamic Adapter Membership
          • Making changes to an EtherChannel with 5200-01 and earlier
          • Removing an EtherChannel or Link Aggregation
          • Configuring or removing a backup adapter on an existing EtherChannel or Link Aggregation
        • IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation configuration
          • Configuring IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation
          • IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation troubleshooting
        • Interoperability scenarios
        • Supported adapters
        • EtherChannel troubleshooting
          • EtherChannel tracing
          • EtherChannel statistics
          • Slow failover
          • Adapters not failing over
          • Jumbo frames
          • Remote dump
      • Internet Protocol over InfiniBand (IPoIB)
        • Creating, displaying, adding, deleting ARP entries and modifying ARP timers
        • Changing the parameters of an InfiniBand interface
        • Configuring an InfiniBand Communication Manager driver
      • iSCSI software initiator and software target
        • Configuring iSCSI software initiator
        • Configuring multiple iSCSI software initiator devices
        • Configuring the iSCSI software target
        • iSCSI software initiator considerations
          • iSCSI security considerations
          • iSCSI performance considerations
        • iSCSI software target considerations
      • Stream Control Transmission Protocol
        • SCTP association startup and shutdown
        • SCTP socket APIs
          • sctp_bindx subroutine
          • sctp_getladdrs and sctp_freeladdrs subroutines
          • sctp_getpaddrs and sctp_freepaddrs subroutines
      • Path MTU discovery
      • TCP/IP Quality of Service
        • QoS models
          • Integrated services
          • Differentiated services
        • Supported standards and draft standards
        • QoS installation
        • Stopping and starting the QoS subsystem
        • RSVP agent configuration
        • Policy agent configuration
        • QoS troubleshooting
        • QoS policy specification
          • ReadFromDirectory statement
          • ServiceCategories statement
          • ServicePolicyRules statement
        • Guidelines for DiffServ environments
        • Sample policyd configuration file
        • IBM SecureWay Directory Server policy loads
        • QoS system configuration
        • IETF standards compliance for IntServ and DiffServ models
        • IPv6 Support
        • Policy daemon control
        • QoS commands and methods
      • TCP/IP troubleshooting
        • Communication problems
        • Name resolution problems
          • Resolving client host problems
          • Resolving name server host problems
        • TCP/IP routing problems
        • Resolving problems with SRC support
        • Resolving telnet or rlogin problems
        • TCP/IP configuration problems
        • Common TCP/IP problems with network interfaces
          • TCP/IP problems with a SLIP network interface
          • TCP/IP problems with an Ethernet network interface
          • TCP/IP problems with a Token-Ring network interface
          • TCP/IP problems with a Token-Ring/Ethernet bridge
          • TCP/IP problems with a Token-Ring/Token-Ring bridge
        • TCP/IP problems communicating with a remote host
        • TCP/IP problems with snmpd response to queries
        • TCP/IP problems with Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
      • TCP/IP commands
        • SRC commands
      • File transfer commands
      • Remote login commands
      • Status commands
      • Remote communication command
      • Print commands
      • TCP/IP daemons
      • Device methods
      • Request for comments
    • Basic Networking Utilities
      • How BNU works
        • National Language Support for BNU commands
      • BNU file and directory structure
        • BNU public directories
        • BNU configuration files
        • BNU administrative directories and files
        • BNU lock files
      • Configuring BNU
        • Setting up automatic monitoring of BNU
        • Setting up BNU polling of remote systems
        • /etc/uucp/Systems file
        • Editing the Devices files for a direct connection
        • Editing the Devices file for an autodialer connection
        • Editing the Devices file for TCP/IP
        • Examples: BNU configuration for a TCP/IP connection
          • BNU files for TCP/IP connection entries in the local system files
          • BNU files for TCP/IP connection entries in the remote system's files
        • Examples: BNU configuration for a telephone connection
          • BNU files with telephone connection entries on the local system
          • BNU files with telephone connection entries on the remote system
        • Examples: BNU configuration for a direct connection
          • BNU files with direct connection in the local system's files
          • BNU files with direct connection in the remote system files
      • BNU maintenance
        • BNU log files
          • Log files in the .Log and .Old directories
          • BNU /.Admin log files
          • Systemwide log files used by BNU
        • BNU maintenance commands
          • BNU cleanup commands
          • BNU status-checking commands
          • BNU shell procedures
      • BNU path names
        • Full path name
        • Relative path name
        • ~ [option] path name
        • system_name! path name
        • system_name!system_name! path name
      • BNU daemons
        • uucico daemon
        • uusched daemon
        • uuxqt daemon
        • uucpd daemon
      • BNU security
        • uucp login ID
        • BNU login IDs
        • Security and the Systems and remote.unknown files
        • Security and the Permissions file
      • Communication between local and remote systems
        • Communication with another system by hardwire or modem
        • Communication with another system by modem
        • Dialing a number until a connection is made
        • Dialing multiple numbers until a connection is made
      • File exchanges between local and remote systems
        • Sending and receiving files
        • Sending files to a specific user
          • Sending a file with the uuto command
        • Receiving files
          • Receiving a file with the uupick command
        • Encoding and decoding files for transfer
      • Command and file exchange status reports
        • Displaying the status of systems connected by BNU
        • BNU job queue display
        • Status of BNU operations
      • Command exchanges between local and remote systems
        • Command execution requests on remote system
        • Monitoring a BNU remote connection
        • Transferring a file to a remote system for printing
          • Monitoring a BNU file transfer
          • Spooled job transmissions
        • Identifying compatible systems
        • Communication with connected UNIX systems using the tip command
          • tip command variables
          • tip command configuration files
        • Canceling remote jobs
      • BNU troubleshooting
        • BNU PHASE 1 status messages
        • BNU PHASE 2 status messages
        • BNU PHASE 3 status messages
        • BNU PHASE 4 status messages
        • BNU PHASE 5 status messages
        • BNU PHASE 6 status messages
        • Debugging BNU login failures using the uucico daemon
    • SNMP for network management
      • SNMPv3
        • SNMPv3 architecture
          • SNMP agent
          • DPI2 subagents
          • SMUX peers
          • SNMP manager
          • MIB variables
        • SNMPv3 authentication keys
        • SNMPv3 privacy keys
        • SNMPv3 generating keys
        • SNMPv3 updating keys
        • Dynamically updating authentication and privacy keys in SNMPv3
        • SNMPv3 requests
        • Migrating from SNMPv1 to SNMPv3
        • Creating users in SNMPv3
        • SNMPv3 troubleshooting
      • SNMPv1
        • SNMP daemon configuration
          • /etc/snmpd.conf file
        • SNMP daemon processing
          • SNMP message processing and authentication
          • SNMP request processing
          • SNMP response processing
          • SNMP trap processing
        • SNMP daemon support for the EGP family of MIB variables
        • SNMP daemon troubleshooting
    • Network File System
      • NFS services
      • NFS Access Control Lists support
        • NFS RBAC
        • NFS4 ACL
        • AIX ACL
      • Cache File System support
      • NFS mapped file support
      • NFS proxy serving
      • Types of NFS mounts
      • NFS exporting and mounting
        • NFS directory exports
        • NFS directory mounts
        • Mounting NFS
      • /etc/exports file
      • /etc/xtab file
      • /etc/nfs/hostkey file
      • /etc/nfs/local_domain file
      • /etc/nfs/realm.map file
      • /etc/nfs/princmap file
      • /etc/nfs/security_default file
      • Remote Procedure Call Protocol
      • eXternal Data Representation Protocol
      • portmap daemon
      • NFS applications and control
        • Changing the number of biod threads and nfsd daemons
        • Changing command line arguments for daemons controlled by SRC
        • Starting the NFS daemons
        • Stopping the NFS daemons
        • Getting the current status of the NFS daemons
      • NFS version 4 support
      • NFS server grace period
      • NFS DIO and CIO support
        • Direct I/O for NFS
        • Concurrent I/O for NFS
        • Interaction of DIO, CIO, regular opens, and mapped files for NFS
      • NFS replication and global namespace
        • NFS referrals
        • NFS replicas
          • NFS configuration requirements to allow specification of replicas
          • NFS client-side support for multiple locations
          • NFS common considerations for replicas and referrals
          • How NFS clients fail over
          • Soft NFS mounts versus failover behavior
        • Reordering the file system location list using the scatter option
      • NFS server-client delegation
        • Establishing generic host principals for Kerberos-protected callback paths
      • STNFS short-term network file systems
        • Mounting a NFS short-term file system
      • Checklist for configuring NFS
      • Start the NFS daemons at system startup
      • Configuring an NFS server
      • Configuring an NFS client
      • Identity mapping
      • Exporting an NFS file system
      • Setting up a network for RPCSEC-GSS
      • Unexporting an NFS file system
      • Changing an exported file system
      • Root user access to an exported file system
      • Mounting an NFS file system explicitly
      • Automount subsystem
        • Direct maps
        • Indirect maps
        • Host maps
        • Using AutoFS to automatically mount a file system
      • Establishing predefined NFS mounts
      • Unmounting an explicitly or automatically mounted file system
      • Removing predefined NFS mounts
      • PC-NFS
        • PC-NFS authentication service
        • PC-NFS print-spooling service
        • Configuring the rpc.pcnfsd daemon
        • Starting the rpc.pcnfsd daemon
        • Verifying the rpc.pcnfsd daemon is accessible
      • LDAP automount maps
      • WebNFS
      • Network lock manager
        • Network lock manager architecture
        • Network file locking process
        • Crash recovery process
        • Starting the network lock manager
        • Troubleshooting the network lock manager
        • NFS port ranges
      • NFS security
      • NFS troubleshooting
        • Hard-mounted and soft-mounted file problems
        • Identifying NFS problems
        • Asynchronous write errors
        • nfs_server error message
        • mount error messages
        • Causes of slow access times for NFS
          • Network connections
          • Setting MTU sizes
          • Transmit queue sizes
          • Hung programs
          • Permissions and authentication schemes
          • Host name resolution on an NFS server
          • Limitations on the number of groups in the NFS structure
          • NFS servers with earlier versions of NFS
          • RPCSEC-GSS problem determination
          • EIM problem determination
          • Problems that occur if the NFS kernel extension is not loaded
          • Problems that occur if kerberos support is not installed
          • Items to check if the registry daemon is not running
      • NFS files
      • NFS commands
      • NFS daemons
      • NFS subroutines
    • SMB protocol
      • Server Message Block (SMB) file system
      • Server Message Block (SMB) client file system
    • Asynchronous communications
      • Non-POSIX line speeds
      • Asynchronous adapters
      • Asynchronous communications options
        • Planar-attached asynchronous ports
        • Adapter-attached asynchronous ports
        • Node-attached asynchronous ports
      • Product selection considerations
        • Asynchronous adapter applications
        • Scenarios for asynchronous solutions
      • Topology considerations
      • Serial communication
        • Functional differences between system ports and serial ports
        • Synchronization
          • Synchronous transmission
          • Asynchronous transmission
        • Serial communication parameters
          • Bits-per-character
          • Bits-per-second (bps)
          • Baud rate
          • Parity bits
          • Start, stop, and mark bits
        • The EIA 232D standard
        • Asynchronous communication methods
        • Flow control
          • RTS/CTS hardware flow
          • DTR/DSR hardware flow
          • XON/XOFF software flow
          • Configuring a port for RTS/CTS hardware handshaking
      • TTY terminal device
        • TERM values for different displays and terminals
        • TTY characteristics
        • Attribute requirements on the attached TTY device
        • TTY device management
        • TTY troubleshooting
          • Respawning Too Rapidly errors
          • Error log information and TTY log identifiers
          • Clearing a hung TTY port
      • Modems
        • Telecommunications standards
          • Full and half duplex transmissions
          • ITU-TSS communications standards
          • Microcom Networking Protocol
        • Modem considerations
          • Supported modems
          • Data Carrier Detect handling
          • Data Terminating Equipment or Data Circuit-Terminating Equipment speeds
          • Modem control signals
        • Modem cabling
        • TTY device setup on the operating system
        • Attaching the modem with appropriate cables
        • Adding a TTY for the modem
        • Modem configuration
          • Sending AT commands with the cu command
          • Sending AT commands using a C program
        • Using Hayes and Hayes-compatible modems
        • Modem troubleshooting
          • Software Services Modem Questionnaire
          • AT commands
            • S-register summary
            • Result codes for asynchronous adapters
            • Dial modifiers
          • Modem assistance
          • /usr/lib/uucp/Dialers.samples file entries
            • 128-Port modem cabling considerations
      • stty-cxma terminal options
      • Asynchronous Point-to-Point Protocol subsystem
        • PPP user-level processes
        • Asynchronous Point-to-Point Protocol configuration
        • Enabling PPP SNMP
      • Serial Line Internet Protocol
        • Configuring SLIP
        • SLIP modem considerations
        • Manually programming modems using the cu command
        • Configuring automated modems
        • Configuring SLIP over a modem
        • Configuring SLIP over a null modem cable
        • Deactivating a SLIP connection
        • Activating a SLIP connection
        • Removing a SLIP interface
        • SLIP troubleshooting
          • netstat command
          • ifconfig command
          • pdisable and lsdev commands
          • ps command
          • ping command and modem lights
          • Common SLIP problems and error messages
        • SLIP Questionnaire
      • Asynchronous Terminal Emulation
        • Setting up ATE
        • ATE main menus
          • ATE Unconnected Main Menu
          • ATE Connected Main Menu
        • ATE control key sequences
        • ATE customization
          • ate.def configuration file
        • Setting up an ATE dialing directory
        • Dialing-out with ATE
        • Transferring a file using ATE
        • Receiving a file using ATE
        • Editing the ATE default file
        • ATE troubleshooting
        • ATE commands and subcommands
        • ATE file formats
      • Dynamic screen utility
        • dscreen terminal configuration information file
        • dscreen key action assignments
          • dscreen Select keys
          • dscreen Block keys
          • dscreen New keys
          • dscreen End and Quit keys
          • dscreen Previous key
          • dscreen List key
        • Dynamic screen assignment
        • dsinfo file
          • Entry format for dsinfo
          • disinfo string types
          • dysinfo examples
      • Serial over Ethernet device driver
    • Generic data link control environment
      • GDLC criteria
      • GDLC interface
      • GDLC data link controls
      • GDLC interface ioctl entry point operations
        • GDLC service access point
        • GDLC link station
        • GDLC Local-Busy mode
        • GDLC Short-Hold mode
        • GDLC link testing and tracing
        • GDLC statistics
      • GDLC special kernel services
      • DLC device driver management
    • Communications and networks adapters reference
      • PCI adapters
        • 2-Port Multiprotocol HDLC network device driver
        • 2-Port Multiprotocol adapter configuration
        • ARTIC960Hx PCI adapter
        • MPQP COMIO emulation driver configuration over the ARTIC960Hx PCI adapter
      • Asynchronous adapters
        • 8-Port Micro Channel
        • 8-Port ISA bus EIA 232 or EIA 232/EIA 422
        • 16-Port Micro Channel
        • 128-Port adapter (Micro Channel, ISA)
        • Listing defined Micro Channel 128-Port asynchronous adapters using SMIT
        • 8-Port asynchronous ISA/PCI adapter
          • Installing 8-Port adapters
        • Standard I/O ports
          • Configuring an EIA 232 asynchronous terminal device
          • Configuring an EIA 232 asynchronous printer/plotter device
        • 8-Port Micro Channel asynchronous adapters
          • 8-Port asynchronous adapter - EIA 232
          • Installing the 8-Port asynchronous adapter
          • 8-Port asynchronous adapter hardware information
          • Communications channel priority
          • 8-Port asynchronous adapters interrupt logic description
            • 8-Port interrupt generation logic
            • 8-Port interrupt arbitration logic
          • 8-Port asynchronous adapters MIL-STD 188 interface signals
          • 8-Port MIL-STD 188 signal voltage levels
          • 8-Port asynchronous adapters EIA 422A interface signals
          • 8-Port EIA 422A signal voltage levels
          • 8-Port asynchronous adapters EIA 232 interface signals
          • 8-Port EIA 232 signal voltage levels
          • 8-Port asynchronous adapters control logic
        • 16-Port asynchronous adapters
          • 16-Port asynchronous adapter - EIA 422A
          • Installing the 16-Port asynchronous adapter
          • 16-Port asynchronous adapter hardware information
          • 16-Port asynchronous adapters adapter board priority
          • 16-Port asynchronous adapters interrupt logic
            • 16-Port interrupt generation logic
            • 16-Port interrupt arbitration logic
          • 16-Port asynchronous adapters EIA 232 interface signals
          • 16-Port EIA 232 signal voltage levels
          • 16-Port asynchronous adapters EIA 422A interface signals
          • 16-Port EIA 422A signal voltage levels
        • ASCII, decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and binary conversion table
    • uDAPL (user-level Direct Access Programming Library)
      • uDAPL APIs supported in AIX
      • Vendor-specific attributes for uDAPL
    • PCIe2 10 GbE RoCE Adapter support
      • AIX NIC + OFED RDMA
      • AIX RoCE
    • PCIe3 40 GbE RoCE Adapter support
  • Network Information Service (NIS)
    • Introduction to Name Services
      • Domain Name System Overview
      • Network Information Service (NIS) Overview
        • NIS Architecture
        • NIS Maps
    • Network Information Service
      • NIS Overview
      • Components of NIS
        • Servers
          • Master Servers
          • Worker Servers
        • Clients
      • NIS Domain
      • NIS Maps
        • ypservers: a Special Map
        • Netgroups: Network-Wide Groups of Machines and Users
        • makedbm and Makefile: Creating Maps
      • Maintaining Consistent System Information with NIS
      • NIS Installation and Configuration
        • Configuring NIS
          • Setting the NIS Domain Name
          • Configuring the NIS Master Server
            • Further Considerations When Using the yppasswd Daemon
          • Configuring an NIS Worker Server
          • Configuring an NIS Client
        • Preparing a Host for NIS Configuration
          • Customizing NIS Map Input
            • Users and Groups
            • Host Names
        • Starting and Stopping NIS Daemons
        • Setting Up NIS Client Files to Use NIS Services
          • Files that NIS Ignores
          • Files where NIS Appends Map Information
            • passwd.byname and passwd.byuid map
            • group.byname and group.bygid maps
            • mail.aliases and mail.byaddr maps
            • netgroup.byhost and netgroup.byuser maps
      • NIS Maintenance
        • NIS Security
        • Avoiding Broadcasts
        • Changing an NIS Map
        • Changing NIS Passwords
        • Adding a New NIS Worker Server
        • Adding a New NIS User
        • Creating Nonstandard NIS Maps
        • Propagating an NIS Map
          • Automating Map Propagation
          • Logging Map Propagation
        • Moving the Master Server to a Different Host
      • NIS Automount
        • Map Entry Format
        • Replicated File Systems
          • Weighting Factor
        • Map Key Substitution
          • Wild Card Key
        • Multiple Mounts
        • Other File System Types
        • Indirect Maps
        • Direct Maps
        • Special Maps
        • Executable Maps
        • Configuration and the Master (auto_master or auto.master) Map
        • Included Maps
        • Managing NIS Automount Maps
        • Maintaining All of the automount Maps with NIS
      • NIS Reference
        • NIS daemons
        • NIS Commands
    • Troubleshooting NIS
      • Identifying NIS Client Problems
        • Using rsh
        • When Commands Hang
        • When NIS Service Is Unavailable
        • When the ypbind Daemon Becomes Inoperable
        • When the ypwhich Command Is Inconsistent
      • Identifying NIS Server Problems
        • When Different Versions of an NIS Map Exist
        • When the ypserv Daemon Becomes Inoperable
    • Migrating from NIS to LDAP services
      • Considerations
      • Server Setup
      • Migrating data from NIS to LDAP
      • Client Setup
      • Netgroup Setup
  • Remote Direct Memory Access
    • Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution (OFED)
      • Concepts for OFED
        • Verbs API
        • Libibverbs library
        • Librdmacm library
        • RDMA network interface controller (RNIC)
        • RDMA_CM communication manager
        • Resource managed by using OFED verbs
        • Communication operations
          • Send and send with immediate operation
          • Receive operation
          • RDMA read operation
          • Atomic operation
          • RDMA write or RDMA write with immediate operation
        • Transport modes
      • Planning for Open Fabrics enterprise Distribution (OFED)
      • Creating connections by using the communication manager (RDMA_CM)
        • Client Operation
        • Server operation
      • RDMA_CM communication manager examples
        • Example of an active client
      • OFED commands
        • ibv_devices command
        • ibv_devinfo command
        • ofedctrl command
        • rping command
    • User-level Direct Access Programming Library (uDAPL)
      • Installing uDAPL
      • Supported uDAPL APIs in the AIX operating system
      • Vendor-specific attributes for uDAPL
    • Shared Memory Communications over RDMA (SMC-R)
      • Shared Memory Communication concepts
      • Benefits of the SMC-R protocol solution
      • Configuring the SMC-R protocol solution
      • SMC-R statistics
• Performance tuning
  • Performance management
    • What's new
    • The basics of performance
      • System workload
      • Performance objectives
      • Program execution model
      • Hardware hierarchy
      • Software hierarchy
        • Executable programs
        • Interrupt handlers
        • Waiting threads
        • Dispatchable threads
        • Currently dispatched threads
        • Current machine instructions
      • System tuning
    • Performance tuning
      • The performance-tuning process
        • Identification of the workloads
        • Importance of setting objectives
        • Identification of critical resources
        • Minimizing critical-resource requirements
          • Using the appropriate resource
          • Reducing the requirement for the critical resource
          • Structuring for parallel use of resources
        • Resource allocation priorities
        • Repeating the tuning steps
        • Applying additional resources
      • Performance benchmarking
    • System performance monitoring
      • Continuous system-performance monitoring advantages
      • Continuous system-performance monitoring with commands
        • Continuous performance monitoring with the vmstat command
        • Continuous performance monitoring with the iostat command
        • Continuous performance monitoring with the netstat command
        • Continuous performance monitoring with the sar command
      • Continuous system-performance monitoring with the topas command
        • The overall system statistics screen
        • List of busiest processes screen of the topas monitor
        • WLM statistics screen of the topas monitor
        • Viewing the physical disks screen
        • Viewing the Cross-Partition panel
        • Viewing local logical partition-level information
        • SMIT panels for topas/topasout/topasrec
          • Adding a host to the topas external subnet search file (Rsi.hosts)
          • Start new recordings
            • Persistent recording
            • Start persistent local recording
            • Start Persistent CEC Recording
            • Start Local Recording
            • Start CEC Recording
            • NMON Recording
            • Naming Convention
          • Stop Recording
          • List active recordings
          • List completed recordings
          • Generating reports from existing recording files
          • Setup Performance Management
          • Setup Workload Estimator
      • Continuous system-performance monitoring using Performance Management (PM) service
    • Initial performance diagnosis
      • Types of reported performance problems
        • A particular program runs slowly
        • Everything runs slowly at a particular time of day
        • Everything runs slowly at unpredictable times
        • Everything that an individual user runs is slow
        • A number of LAN-connected systems slow down simultaneously
        • Everything on a particular service or device slows down at times
        • Everything runs slowly when connected remotely
      • Performance-Limiting Resource identification
        • The limiting factor for a single program
        • Disk or memory-related problem
      • Workload management diagnosis
    • Resource management
      • Processor scheduler performance
        • Thread support
        • Processes and threads
        • Process and thread priority
        • Scheduling policy for threads
        • Scheduler run queue
        • Scheduler processor time slice
        • Mode switching
          • User mode
          • Kernel mode
          • Mode switches
      • Virtual Memory Manager performance
        • Real-memory management
          • Free list
          • Persistent versus working segments
          • Computational versus file memory
          • Page replacement
          • Repaging
          • VMM thresholds
        • VMM memory load control facility
          • Memory load control algorithm
        • Allocation and reclamation of paging space slots
      • Fixed-disk storage management performance
      • Support for pinned memory
    • Multiprocessing
      • Symmetrical Multiprocessor concepts and architecture
        • Types of multiprocessing
          • Shared nothing MP
          • Shared disks MP
          • Shared Memory Cluster
          • Shared memory MP
        • Parallelizing an application
        • Data serialization
        • Locks
          • Types of locks
            • Simple locks
            • Complex locks
          • Lock granularity
          • Locking overhead
          • Waiting for locks
        • Cache coherency
        • Processor affinity and binding
        • Memory and bus contention
      • SMP performance issues
        • Workload concurrency
        • Throughput
        • Response time
      • SMP workloads
        • Workload multiprocessing
        • Multiprocessor throughput scalability
        • Multiprocessor response time
      • SMP thread scheduling
        • Default scheduler processing of migrated workloads
        • Scheduling algorithm variables
      • Thread tuning
        • Thread environment variables
        • Variables for process-wide contention scope
        • Thread debug options
      • SMP tools
        • The bindprocessor command
          • Binding considerations
        • Using the schedo command to modify the MAXSPIN parameter
    • Performance planning and implementation
      • Workload component identification
      • Performance requirements documentation
      • Workload resource requirements estimation
        • Workload resources measurement
          • Measuring a complete workload on a dedicated system
          • Complete workload measurement on a production system
          • Measuring a partial workload on a production system
          • Individual program measurement
        • Estimating resources required by a new program
        • Transforming program-level estimates to workload estimates
      • Efficient Program Design and Implementation
        • Processor-limited programs
        • Design and coding for effective use of caches
        • Registers and pipeline
        • Cache and TLBs
        • Preprocessor and compiler utilization
        • Optimization levels
        • Specific hardware platforms compilation
        • C options for string.h subroutine performance
        • C and C++ coding style for best performance
        • Compiler execution time
        • Memory-limited programs
          • Pageable code structure
          • Pageable data structure
          • Misuse of pinned storage
      • Performance-related installation guidelines
        • Operating system preinstallation guidelines
        • Microprocessor preinstallation guidelines
        • Memory preinstallation guidelines
        • Disk preinstallation guidelines
          • Paging spaces placement and sizes
          • Disk mirroring performance implications
          • Mirrored striped LVs performance implications
        • Communications preinstallation guidelines
    • POWER4-based systems
      • POWER4 performance enhancements
        • Microprocessor comparison
      • POWER4-based systems scalability enhancements
        • Pinned shared memory for database
        • Larger memory support
      • 64-bit kernel
        • 64-bit applications on 32-bit kernel
        • 32-bit applications on 64-bit kernel
        • 64-bit applications on 64-bit Kernel, non-POWER4 systems
        • 64-bit kernel extensions on non-POWER4 systems
      • Enhanced Journaled File System
    • Microprocessor performance
      • Microprocessor performance monitoring
        • vmstat command
        • The iostat command
        • The sar command
          • Real-time sampling and display
          • Display previously captured data
          • System activity accounting via cron daemon
            • Useful microprocessor options
          • Using the resource sets
        • The xmperf program
      • Using the time command to measure microprocessor use
        • Considerations of the time and timex commands
      • Microprocessor-intensive program identification
        • Using the ps command
        • Using the acctcom command
      • Using the pprof command to measure microprocessor usage of kernel threads
      • Detecting instruction emulation with the emstat tool
      • Detecting alignment exceptions with the alstat tool
      • Restructuring executable programs with the fdpr program
      • Controlling contention for the microprocessor
        • Controlling the priority of user processes
          • Running a command with the nice command
          • Setting a fixed priority with the setpri subroutine
        • Displaying process priority with the ps command
        • Modifying the priority with the renice command
        • nice and renice command syntax clarification
        • Thread-Priority-Value calculation
          • Priority calculation
          • schedo command
          • Priority calculation example
        • Scheduler time slice modification with the schedo command
      • Microprocessor-efficient user ID administration with the mkpasswd command
    • Memory performance
      • Memory usage
        • Memory usage determination with the vmstat command
          • The vmstat -I command
          • The vmstat -s command
        • Memory usage determination with the ps command
        • The svmon command
          • Amount of memory in use
          • Memory usage by processes
          • Detailed information on a specific segment ID
          • List of top memory usage of segments
        • Correlation between the svmon and vmstat command outputs
        • Correlation between the svmon command and ps command outputs
        • Minimum memory requirement calculation
      • Memory-leaking programs
      • Memory requirements assessment with the rmss command
        • rmss command
          • -c, -p, and -r flags of the rmss command
            • Memory size change
          • Application execution over a range of memory sizes with the rmss command
        • rmss command results interpretation
          • Report generated for the foo program
          • Report for a 16 MB remote copy
          • Hints for usage of the -s, -f, -d, -n, and -o flags
        • Guidelines to consider when using the rmss command
      • VMM memory load control tuning with the schedo command
        • Memory load control tuning
          • The v_repage_hi parameter
          • The v_repage_proc parameter
          • The v_min_process parameter
          • The v_sec_wait parameter
          • The v_exempt_secs parameter
      • VMM page replacement tuning
        • Values for minfree and maxfree parameters
        • List-based LRU
        • Reduce memory scanning overhead with the lrubucket parameter
        • Values for minperm and maxperm parameters
        • Enhanced JFS file system cache limit Maxclient
      • Page space allocation
        • Deferred page space allocation
        • Early page space allocation
        • Paging space and virtual memory
      • Paging-space thresholds tuning
        • Values for the npswarn and npskill parameters
        • The fork() retry interval parameter
        • LPAR failure when paging space is exhausted
      • Paging space garbage collection
        • Garbage collection on paging space blocks after a re-pagein
        • Garbage collection by scrubbing memory
      • Shared memory
        • Extended Shared Memory
        • 1 TB Segment Aliasing
      • AIX memory affinity support
        • Performance impact of local MCM memory allocation
        • Memory placement with the vmo command
        • Memory placement with the MEMORY_AFFINITY environment variable
      • Large pages
        • Application configuration for large pages
          • Large page usage to back data and heap segments
            • Marking the executable file to request large pages
            • Setting an environment variable to request large pages
            • Advisory mode
            • Mandatory mode
          • Large page usage to back shared memory segments
        • System configuration for large pages
        • Considerations for using large pages
      • Multiple page size support
        • Supported page sizes by processor type
        • 64 KB page size support
        • Dynamic variable page size support
        • Page sizes for very high-performance environments
          • Configuring the number of large pages
          • Configuring the number of huge pages
        • Multiple page size application support
          • Setting the preferred page sizes of an application with the ldedit or ld commands
          • Setting the preferred page sizes of an application with an environment variable
          • Multiple page size application support considerations
        • Variable large page size support
        • Page size and shared memory
        • Page sizes determination of a process using the ps command
        • Page size monitoring with the vmstat command
        • System-wide page size monitoring with the svmon command
        • Memory use considerations for larger page sizes
        • Continuous Memory Optimization
      • VMM thread interrupt offload
    • Logical volume and disk I/O performance
      • Monitoring disk I/O
        • Wait I/O time reporting
        • Assessing disk performance with the iostat command
          • TTY report
          • Microprocessor report
          • Drive report
        • Assessing disk performance with the vmstat command
        • Assessing disk performance with the sar command
        • Assessing logical volume fragmentation with the lslv command
        • Assessing physical placement of data with the lslv command
        • Assessing file placement with the fileplace command
          • Space efficiency and sequentiality
        • Assessing paging space I/O with the vmstat command
        • Assessing overall disk I/O with the vmstat command
        • Detailed I/O analysis with the filemon command
          • Global reports of the filemon command
            • Most active files
            • Most active segments
            • Most active logical volumes
            • Most active physical volumes
            • Most active files, sorted by process
            • Most active files, sorted by thread
          • Detailed reports of the filemon command
            • Detailed file statistics
            • Detailed VM segment stats
            • Detailed logical or physical volume stats
            • Detailed file statistics, sorted by process
            • Detailed file statistics, sorted by thread
          • Guidelines for using the filemon command
        • Summary for monitoring disk I/O
      • LVM performance monitoring with the lvmstat command
      • Logical volume attributes that affect performance
        • Position on physical volume
        • Range of physical volumes
        • Maximum number of physical volumes to use for allocation
        • Mirror write consistency
        • Allocate each logical partition copy on a separate PV
        • Relocate the logical volume during reorganization?
        • Scheduling policy for reading and writing logical partition copies
        • Enable write verify
        • Stripe size
      • LVM performance tuning with the lvmo command
      • Physical volume considerations
      • Volume group recommendations
        • Performance impacts of mirroring rootvg
      • Reorganizing logical volumes
        • Recommendations for best performance
        • Recommendations for highest availability
      • Tuning logical volume striping
        • Designing a striped logical volume
        • Tuning for striped logical volume I/O
        • Mirrored striped logical volume performance implications
      • Using raw disk I/O
      • Using sync and fsync calls
      • Setting SCSI-adapter and disk-device queue limits
        • Non-IBM disk drive
        • Non-IBM disk array
      • Expanding the configuration
      • Using RAID
        • RAID options supported by LVM
      • Fast write cache use
      • Fast I/O Failure for Fibre Channel devices
      • Dynamic Tracking of Fibre Channel devices
      • Fast I/O Failure and dynamic tracking interaction
    • Modular I/O
      • Cautions and benefits
      • MIO architecture
      • I/O optimization and the pf module
      • MIO implementation
        • Redirection linking with the tkio library
        • Redirection with libmio.h
        • Explicit calls to the MIO routines
      • MIO environmental variables
        • MIO_STATS
        • MIO_FILES
        • MIO_DEFAULTS
        • MIO_DEBUG
      • Module options definitions
        • MIO module option definitions
        • TRACE module option definitions
        • PF module option definitions
        • RECOV module option definitions
        • AIX module option definitions
      • Examples using MIO
        • Example of MIO implementation by linking to libtkio
        • Example of MIO implementation by including the libmio.h header file
        • MIO diagnostic output files
          • trace module diagnostic file example
          • pf module diagnostic file example
          • recov module diagnostic file example
        • MIO configuration example
    • File system performance
      • File system types
        • Journaled File System or JFS
        • Enhanced JFS
        • Differences between JFS and Enhanced JFS
          • Journaling
          • Directory organization
          • Scaling
        • CD ROM file system
        • RAM file system
        • Network File System
        • Name File System (NameFS)
        • General Parallel File System
      • Potential performance inhibitors for JFS and Enhanced JFS
        • File system logging effects on file system throughput
        • Compression and fragmentation
      • File system performance enhancements
        • Sequential page read ahead
        • Sequential and random write behind
        • Memory mapped files and write behind
        • The release-behind mechanism
        • Direct I/O support
        • Delayed write operations
        • Concurrent I/O support
      • File system attributes that affect performance
        • JFS fragment size
        • JFS compression
      • File system reorganization
        • Reorganizing a file system
        • File system defragmentation
      • File system performance tuning
        • Sequential read performance tuning
        • Sequential and random write behind performance tuning
          • Sequential write behind
          • Random write behind
        • Asynchronous disk I/O performance tuning
        • File synchronization performance tuning
        • File system buffer tuning
        • Direct I/O tuning
          • Direct I/O read performance
          • Direct I/O write performance
      • File system logs and log logical volumes reorganization
        • Creating log logical volumes
      • Disk I/O pacing
    • Network performance
      • TCP and UDP performance tuning
        • Adapter placement
        • System firmware
        • Adapter performance guidelines
        • Adapter and device settings
        • Adapter speed and duplex mode settings
        • Adapter MTU setting
        • MTU size performance impacts
        • Selecting jumbo frame mode on Gigabit Ethernet
        • Network performance tuning with the no command
        • TCP fastpath loopback
        • Interrupt avoidance
        • Enabling dog thread usage on LAN adapters
        • Interface-Specific Network Options
          • Modifying the ISNO options with SMIT
          • Modifying the ISNO options with the chdev and ifconfig commands
        • TCP workload tuning
          • TCP streaming workload tuning
            • The tcp_recvspace tunable
            • The tcp_sendspace tunable
            • The rfc1323 tunable
            • TCP path MTU discovery
            • The tcp_nodelayack tunable
            • The sb_max tunable
            • TCP checksum offload
            • TCP large send offload
            • Adapter offload options
        • TCP request and response workload tuning
          • The tcp_nodelay or tcp_nagle_limit options
            • The tcp_nagle_limit option
            • The tcp_nodelay ISNO option
            • The tcp_nodelayack option
            • The fasttimo option
            • Interrupt coalescing
        • UDP tuning
          • The udp_sendspace tunable
          • The udp_recvspace tunable
          • UDP packet chaining
          • Interrupt coalescing
        • Tuning adapter resources
          • Transmit queues
          • Transmit descriptors
          • Receive resources
          • Commands to query and change the device attributes
          • Viewing the network adapter settings
        • Changing network parameters
        • TCP Maximum Segment Size tuning
          • Hosts on the same network
          • Hosts on different networks
          • TCP path MTU discovery
          • Static routes
          • Using the tcp_mssdflt option of the no command
          • Subnetting and the subnetsarelocal option of the no command
        • IP protocol performance tuning recommendations
      • Tuning mbuf pool performance
        • The thewall tunable
        • mbuf resource limitations
        • The maxmbuf tunable
        • The sockthresh and strthresh threshold tunables
        • mbuf management facility
        • netstat -m command to monitor mbuf pools
      • ARP cache tuning
      • Name resolution tuning
      • Network performance analysis
        • ping command
        • ftp command
        • netstat command
          • Using the netstat command
            • netstat -in command
            • netstat -i -Z command
            • netstat -I interface interval
            • netstat -a command
            • netstat -M command
            • netstat -v command
            • netstat -p protocol
            • netstat -s
            • netstat -s -s
            • netstat -s -Z
            • netstat -r
            • netstat -D
        • netpmon command
          • Using the netpmon command
          • Global reports of the netpmon command
            • Microprocessor usage statistics
            • First Level Interrupt Handler microprocessor usage statistics
            • Second Level Interrupt Handler microprocessor usage statistics
            • Network device-driver statistics by device
            • Network device-driver transmit statistics by destination host
            • TCP socket call statistics for each IP by process
            • NFS server statistics by client
          • Detailed reports of netpmon
            • Detailed Second-Level Interrupt Handler microprocessor usage statistics
            • Detailed network device-driver statistics by device
          • Limitations of the netpmon command
        • traceroute command
        • iptrace daemon and the ipreport and ipfilter commands
        • Adapter statistics
        • no command
    • NFS performance
      • Network File Systems
        • NFS network transport
        • The various versions of NFS
          • NFS version 4
            • Implementation change of NFS operations
            • TCP requirement
            • Integrated locking protocol
            • Integrated mount support
            • Improved security mechanisms
            • Internationalization support
            • Extensible attribute model
            • Access Control List support
          • NFS version 3
            • Write throughput
            • Reduced requests for file attributes
            • Efficient use of high bandwidth network technology
            • Reduced directory lookup requests
      • NFS performance monitoring and tuning
        • NFS statistics and tuning parameters
          • nfsstat command
            • RPC statistics
          • nfso command
        • TCP/IP tuning guidelines for NFS performance
        • Dropped packets
          • Packets dropped by the client
          • Packets dropped by the server
          • Packets dropped on the network
        • Disk subsystem configuration for NFS performance
        • NFS misuses that affect performance
      • NFS performance monitoring on the server
        • The nfsstat -s command
      • NFS performance tuning on the server
        • Number of necessary nfsd threads
        • Read and write size limits on the server
        • Maximum caching of file data tuning
        • RPC mount daemon tuning
        • RPC lock daemon tuning
      • NFS performance monitoring on the client
        • The nfsstat -c command
        • The nfsstat -m command
      • NFS tuning on the client
        • Number of necessary biod threads
        • Read and write size adjustments
        • Tuning the caching of NFS file data
          • Effects of NFS data caching on read throughput
          • Effects of NFS data caching on write throughput
        • NFS file-attribute cache tuning
        • Performance implications of hard or soft NFS mounts
        • Unnecessary retransmits
        • Unused NFS ACL support
        • Use of READDIRPLUS operations
      • Cache file system
        • CacheFS performance benefits
        • CacheFS performance impacts
        • Configuring CacheFS
      • NFS references
        • List of NFS files
        • List of NFS commands
        • List of NFS daemons
    • LPAR performance
      • Performance considerations with logical partitioning
        • LPAR operating system considerations
        • System components
        • Affinity logical partitioning
      • Workload management in a partition
        • Choice between partitioning and workload management
      • LPAR performance impacts
        • Simulation of smaller systems
      • Microprocessors in a partition
        • Assigned microprocessors
        • Impact of disabling microprocessors
      • Virtual processor management within a partition
      • Application considerations
        • The uname command run in LPAR
        • Virtual console
        • Time-of-Day clock
        • System serial number
        • Memory considerations
    • Dynamic logical partitioning
      • DLPAR performance implications
      • DLPAR tuning tools
      • DLPAR guidelines for adding microprocessors or memory
    • Micro-Partitioning
      • Micro-Partitioning facts
        • Dedicated processor partition
        • Shared processor partition
      • Implementation of Micro-Partitioning
      • Micro-Partitioning performance implications
    • Active Memory Expansion (AME)
    • Application Tuning
      • Compiler optimization techniques
        • Compiling with optimization
        • Compilation for specific hardware platforms
        • Compilation for floating-point performance
        • Specifying cache sizes
        • Expanding procedure calls inline
        • When to use dynamic linking and static linking
          • Determining if nonshared libraries help performance
        • Preloaded shared libraries
        • Specifying the link order to reduce paging for large programs
        • Calling the BLAS and ESSL libraries
        • Profile Directed Feedback
        • fdpr command
      • Optimizing preprocessors for FORTRAN and C
      • Code-optimization techniques
        • Mapped files
    • Java performance monitoring
      • Advantages of Java
      • Java performance guidelines
      • Java monitoring tools
      • Java tuning for AIX
      • Garbage collection impacts to Java performance
    • Performance analysis with the trace facility
      • The trace facility in detail
        • Trace facility implementation
        • Limiting the amount of trace data collected
        • Starting and controlling trace
        • Formatting trace data
        • Viewing trace data
      • Trace facility use example
        • Obtaining a sample trace file
        • Formatting the sample trace
        • Reading a trace report
        • Filtering the trace report
      • Starting and controlling trace from the command line
        • Trace control in subcommand mode
        • Trace control by commands
      • Starting and controlling trace from a program
        • Trace control with trace subroutine calls
      • Using the trcrpt command to format a report
        • Formatting a report on the same system
        • Formatting a report on a different system
        • Formatting a report from trace -C output
      • Adding new trace events
        • Possible forms of a trace event record
        • Trace channels
        • Macros for recording trace events
        • Use of event IDs
        • Examples of coding and formatting events
        • Syntax for stanzas in the trace format file
    • Reporting performance problems
      • Measuring the baseline
      • What is a performance problem
      • Performance problem description
      • Reporting a performance problem
    • Monitoring and tuning commands and subroutines
      • Performance reporting and analysis commands
      • Performance tuning commands
      • Performance-related subroutines
    • Efficient use of the ld command
      • Rebindable executable programs
      • Prebound subroutine libraries
    • Accessing the processor timer
      • POWER-based-architecture-unique timer access
        • Assembler routines to access the POWER processor-based timer registers
        • C subroutine to supply the time in seconds
      • Access to timer registers in PowerPC systems
      • Second subroutine example
    • Determining microprocessor speed
    • National language support: locale versus speed
      • Programming considerations
      • Some simplifying rules
      • Setting the locale
    • Tunable parameters
      • Environment variables
        • Thread support tunable parameters
        • Miscellaneous tunable parameters
        • 32-bit huge executable
          • Process address space location of huge executable read-only segments
          • Segment 0x1 availability for shared library text
          • Huge executable examples
        • ASO environment variable
      • Kernel tunable parameters
        • Modifications
        • Replacements for the vmtune and schedtune commands
        • Enhancements to the no and nfso commands
        • AIX compatibility mode
        • AIX system recovery procedures
        • Scheduler and memory load control tunable parameters
        • Virtual Memory Manager tunable parameters
        • Synchronous I/O tunable parameters
        • Changing tunable values for Asynchronous I/O
        • Disk and disk adapter tunable parameters
        • Interprocess communication tunable parameters
      • Network tunable parameters
        • Network option tunable parameters
        • NFS option tunable parameters
        • Streams tunable attributes
    • Test case scenarios
      • Improving NFS client large file writing performance
      • Streamline security subroutines with password indexing
    • BSR Shared Memory
    • VMM fork policy
    • Data compression by using the zlibNX library
    • Nest accelerators
      • nx_config_query() subroutine
      • nx_get_exclusive_access() subroutine
      • nx_rel_excl_access() subroutine
  • IBM AIX Dynamic System Optimizer
    • What's new
    • Concepts
      • Active System Optimizer
      • Optimizations
        • Cache and memory affinity optimizations
        • Large page optimization
        • Data stream prefetch optimization
      • Workload requirements
      • Environment variables
    • Planning
    • Installing
    • Understanding the log files
    • Scenario of running
    • Troubleshooting
  • Performance Tools Guide and Reference
    • CPU Utilization Reporting Tool (curt)
      • Syntax for the curt Command
      • Measurement and Sampling
      • Examples of the curt command
        • Overview of information generated by the curt command
        • Default report generated by the curt command
          • General information
          • System summary
          • System application summary
          • Processor summary and processor application summary
          • Application summary by thread ID (Tid)
          • Application summary by process ID (Pid)
          • Application summary by process type
          • Kproc summary by thread ID (Tid)
          • Application Pthread summary by process ID (Pid)
          • System calls summary
          • Pending system calls summary
          • Hypervisor calls summary
          • Pending Hypervisor calls summary
          • System NFS calls summary
          • Pending NFS calls summary
          • Pthread calls summary
          • Pending Pthread calls summary
          • FLIH summary
            • FLIH types in the example
          • SLIH summary
          • Reports generated with the -e flag
          • Reports generated with the -s flag
          • Reports generated with the -t flag
          • Reports generated with the -p flag
          • Reports generated with the -P flag
    • Simple performance lock analysis tool (splat)
      • splat command syntax
      • Measurement and sampling
        • Execution, trace, and analysis Intervals
        • Trace discontinuities
        • Address-to-Name resolution in the splat command
      • Examples of generated reports
        • Execution summary
        • Gross lock summary
        • Per-lock summary
        • AIX kernel lock details
          • Disabled simple and RunQ lock details
          • Enabled simple lock details
          • Function detail
          • Thread Detail
          • Complex-Lock report
        • PThread synchronizer reports
          • Mutex reports
          • Mutex Pthread detail
          • Mutex function detail
          • Read/Write lock reports
          • Condition-Variable report
          • Condition-Variable Pthread detail
          • Condition-Variable function detail
    • Hardware performance monitor APIs and tools
      • Performance monitor accuracy
      • Performance monitor context and state
        • System-level context and accumulation
        • Thread context
        • Thread counting-group and process context
        • Performance monitor state inheritance
      • Performance monitoring agent
      • POWERCOMPAT events
      • Thread accumulation and thread group accumulation
      • Access controls to use PMU
      • Security considerations
      • Multiplexing of PMU Context
      • The pmapi library
        • Access controls to use PMU
        • The pm_init API initialization routine
        • The pm_initialize API initialize routine
        • Basic pmapi library calls
        • Thread counting-group information
        • Counter multiplexing mode
        • Counter multi-mode
        • WPAR counting
        • Examples of pmapi library usage
          • Simple single-threaded program example
          • Initialization example using an event group
          • Get the information about all the event-groups for a specific processor example
          • Debugger program example for initialization program
          • Count a single WPAR from the Global WPAR
          • Count all active WPARs from the Global WPAR and retrieve per-WPAR data
          • Simple multi-threaded example
          • Simple thread counting-group example
          • Simple thread counting-group with counter-multiplexing example
          • Simple thread counting-group with counter-multiplexing and multi-mode example
          • Thread counting example with reset
        • Accessing PMU registers from user applications
        • Multiplexing of PMU Context
      • The hpm library and associated tools
        • Compiling and linking
        • Overhead and measurement error issues
        • Common hpm library rules
        • Overview of the hpm library API calls
        • Threaded applications
        • Selecting events when using the hpm libraries and tools
          • The libHPMevents and libHPM_events files
          • The HPM_flags.env file
        • Output files of the hpm library
        • Output files of the hpmcount command
        • Derived metrics and related environment variables
        • Examples of the hpm tools
          • The pmlist command
          • The hpmcount command
          • The hpmstat command
        • Examples of hpm library usage
          • A C programming language example
          • A Fortran programming language example
          • Multithreaded application instrumentation example
    • Perfstat API programming
      • API characteristics
      • Global interfaces
        • perfstat_cpu_total Interface
        • perfstat_memory_total Interface
        • perfstat_disk_total Interface
        • perfstat_netinterface_total Interface
        • perfstat_partition_total Interface
        • perfstat_tape_total Interface
        • perfstat_partition_config interface
      • Component-Specific interfaces
        • perfstat_bio_stats interface
        • perfstat_cpu interface
        • perfstat_bridgedadapters Interface
        • perfstat_cpu_util interface
          • Example for simplelparstat.c code
          • Example for simplempstat.c code
        • perfstat_diskadapter Interface
        • perfstat_disk Interface
        • perfstat_diskpath Interface
        • perfstat_fcstat Interface
        • perfstat_hfistat_window Interface
        • perfstat_hfistat Interface
        • perfstat_logicalvolume Interface
        • perfstat_memory_page Interface
        • perfstat_netbuffer Interface
        • perfstat_netinterface Interface
        • perfstat_netadapter Interface
        • perfstat_protocol Interface
        • perfstat_pagingspace Interface
        • perfstat_process interfaces
        • perfstat_process_util interface
        • perfstat_processor_pool_util interface
        • perfstat_tape Interface
        • perfstat_thread interfaces
        • perfstat_thread_util interface
        • perfstat_volumegroup Interface
      • WPAR Interfaces
        • perfstat_wpar_total Interface
        • perfstat_cpu_total_wpar Interface
        • perfstat_memory_total_wpar Interface
        • perfstat_memory_page_wpar Interface
      • RSET Interfaces
        • perfstat_cpu_rset interface
        • perfstat_cpu_total_rset interface
      • Cached metrics interfaces
        • The perfstat_reset interface
        • perfstat_partial_reset Interface
      • Node interfaces
      • Change history of the perfstat API
        • Interface changes
        • Interface additions
        • Field additions
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 5.1.0.15 file set
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 5.1.0.25 file set
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 5.2.0 file set
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 5.2.0.10 file set
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 5.3.0.0 file set
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 5.3.0.10 file set
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 5.3.0.50 file set
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 5.3.0.60 file set
          • The bos.perf.libperfstat 6.1.6.0 file set
        • Structure additions
    • Kernel tuning
      • Migration and compatibility
      • Tunables file directory
      • Tunable parameters type
      • Common syntax for tuning commands
      • Tunable file-manipulation commands
        • tunchange Command
        • tuncheck Command
        • tunrestore Command
        • tunsave Command
        • tundefault Command
      • Initial setup
      • Reboot tuning procedure
      • Recovery Procedure
      • Kernel tuning using the SMIT interface
        • Global manipulation of tuning parameters
        • Changing individual parameters managed by a tuning command
        • Interaction between parameter types and the different SMIT sub-panels
    • The procmon tool
      • Overview of the procmon tool
      • Components of the procmon tool
        • The global statistics area of the procmon tool
        • The process table of the procmon tool
        • The status line of the Performance Workbench
        • The WPAR table of the procmon tool
      • Filtering processes
      • Performing AIX commands on processes
    • Profiling tools
      • The timing commands
      • The prof command
      • The gprof command
        • Implementation of the gprof command
          • The call-graph profile
          • Flat profile
      • The tprof command
        • Time-based profiling
        • Event-based profiling
        • Large page analysis
          • How to interpret the results
            • Data profiling
        • Implementation of the tprof command
        • Example: tprof command
        • The raso tunables
        • Manual offline processing with the tprof command
    • The svmon command
      • Security
      • The svmon configuration file
      • Summary report metrics
        • Basic summary report metrics
      • Report formatting options
      • Segment details and -O options
      • Additional -O options
      • Reports details
        • Global report
        • User report
        • Command report
        • Process report
        • Workload management class report
        • Workload management tier report
        • Segment report
        • Named Shared Libraries
        • Detailed report
        • XML report
    • Remote Statistics Interface API Overview
      • Remote Statistics Interface list of subroutines
      • RSI Interface Concepts and Terms
        • RSI Interface data structures
        • RSI Request-Response Interface
        • RSI Network driven interface
        • Resynchronizing
        • Specifying port range for RSI communication
      • A Simple Data-Consumer Program
        • Initializing and terminating the program
        • Defining a Statset
        • Adding Statistics to the Statset
        • Data-Consumer decoding of data feeds
        • An Alternative way to decode data feeds
      • Expanding the data-consumer program
        • Traversing contexts
      • Inviting data suppliers
        • Identifying data suppliers
      • A Full-Screen, character-based monitor
      • List of RSI Error Codes
    • The nmon recording tool
      • Asynchronous I/O statistics
      • nmon recording tool commands
      • I/O statistics
      • Kernel statistics
      • Memory statistics
      • Network statistics
      • Process Statistics
      • Processor statistics
      • Recording configuration details
      • WLM statistics
      • Workload partition statistics
• Security
  • What's new
  • Securing the base operating system
    • Secure system installation and configuration
      • Trusted Computing Base
        • Checking the TCB
        • Structure of the sysck.cfg file
        • Using the tcbck command
          • Checking trusted files
          • Checking the file system tree
          • Adding a trusted program
          • Deleting a trusted program
        • Configuring additional trusted options
          • Restricting access to a terminal
          • Using the Secure Attention Key
          • Configuring the Secure Attention Key
      • Secure boot
      • Trusted Execution
        • Trusted Signature Database Management
          • Trusted Signature Database
          • Remote TE data base access
            • Exporting TSD policies and TE policies data to LDAP
            • LDAP client configuration for TSD policies and TE policies
            • Enabling LDAP with the trustchk command
        • Auditing the integrity of Trusted Signature Database
        • Security policies configuration
          • Trusted Execution Path and Trusted Library Path
          • Trusted Shell and Secure Attention Key
          • Trusted Execution (TE) policies Database
      • Security Profile Evaluation Assurance Level 4+ and Labeled AIX Security and Evaluation Assurance Level 4+
        • Security profile overview
        • Installing a BAS /EAL4+ system
        • Network Installation Management environment for BAS/EAL4+
        • BAS/EAL4+ software bundle
        • Graphical user interface
        • Installing a LAS/EAL4+ system
        • LAS/EAL4+ configuration installation (only available with Trusted AIX)
        • Network Installation Management environment for the LAS/EAL4+
        • BAS/EAL4+ and LAS/EAL4+ systems physical environment
        • BAS/EAL4+ and LAS/EAL4+ systems organizational environment
        • BAS/EAL4+ and LAS/EAL4+ system operational environment
        • BAS/EAL4+ system configuration
          • Administration
          • User and port configuration
          • List of setuid/setgid programs
          • Changing the audit filesystem
          • Updating the trusted signature database (TSD)
          • Using a LAS system
          • Network interface
          • Updating WPAR
          • Updating EFS
          • Hard disk erasure
          • Resource limits
          • Audit subsystem
            • Nonshared files in the distributed system
          • Using the DACinet feature for user-based and port-based network access control
          • Installing additional software on a BAS/EAL4+ compliant system
          • NSF v4 Access Control Lists and contents policy
            • The WRITE OWNER value
          • LDAP-based and file-based administrative database supported
            • LDAP authentication
            • LDAP server
            • LDAP client
          • NFS v4 Client/Server and Kerberos
            • Password rules
          • Virtual I/O Server
      • Login control
        • Setting up login controls
        • Changing the welcome message on the login screen
        • Changing the login screen for the common desktop environment
        • Disabling the display of the user name and changing the password prompt
        • Setting up system default login parameters
        • Securing unattended terminals
        • Enabling automatic logoff
      • Stack Execution Disable protection
        • SED buffer overflow protection mechanism
        • SED modes and monitoring
        • SED flags for executables
        • SED issues and considerations
      • Managing X11 and CDE concerns
        • Removing the /etc/rc.dt file
        • Preventing unauthorized monitoring of remote X server
        • Enabling and disabling access control
        • Disabling user permissions to run the xhost command
      • List of setuid/setgid programs
      • AIX trusted installation and update
    • Users, groups, and passwords
      • Automatic home directory creation at login
      • Account ID
      • Root account
        • Disabling direct root login
      • User accounts
        • Recommended user attributes
        • User and group name length limit
          • Retrieving the user and group name length limit from the ODM database
          • Retrieving the user and group name length limit from the kernel
          • Changing the user group and name length limit in the ODM database
        • User account control
        • Login user IDs
        • Strengthening user security with Access Control Lists
        • PATH environment variable
        • Using the secldapclntd daemon
      • Anonymous FTP with a secure user account setup
      • System special user accounts
        • Removing unnecessary default user accounts
        • Accounts created by security components
      • Domainless groups
      • Passwords
        • Establishing good passwords
        • Using the /etc/passwd file
        • Using the /etc/passwd file and network environments
        • Hiding user names and passwords
        • Setting recommended password options
        • Support for passwords with more than 8 characters and Loadable Password Algorithm
          • Traditional password crypt function
          • Password hashing algorithms
          • Loadable Password Algorithm
          • Support for passwords longer than eight characters
          • LPA configuration file
          • System password algorithm
          • Setting up the system password algorithm
        • Extending password restrictions
      • User authentication
      • User and Group attributes supported by the Authentication Load Modules
      • Disk quota system overview
        • Disk quota system concept
        • Recovering from over-quota conditions
        • Setting up the disk quota system
      • Number of Groups allowed
        • Retrieving the Number of Groups allowed value from the ODM database
        • Retrieving the Number of Groups allowed from the kernel
        • Changing the Number of Groups Allowed from the kernel
    • Role-based access control
      • Traditional UNIX administration limitations
      • Elements of RBAC
        • Authorizations
        • Roles
        • Privileges
          • Least privilege principle
      • AIX RBAC
        • Legacy RBAC Mode
        • Enhanced RBAC Mode
        • Configuring the RBAC mode
        • Legacy RBAC mode and enhanced RBAC mode comparison
      • Using Enhanced RBAC
        • RBAC Authorizations
          • System-defined authorizations
          • User-defined authorizations
          • Legacy authorization migration
        • RBAC roles
          • Activating a role
          • Maximum number of roles per session
          • Predefined roles
          • Role migration
        • RBAC privileges
          • Privilege naming and hierarchy
          • Process privilege sets
        • Privileged command database
          • Determining the required authorizations for a command
          • Determining required privileges for a command
          • Privilege escalation
          • Adding a command to the privileged command database
        • Privileged device database
        • Privileged file database
        • Kernel security tables
        • Disabling the root user
        • Remote RBAC database support
          • Exporting RBAC data to LDAP
          • LDAP client configuration for RBAC
          • Name service control file
          • RBAC command enablement for LDAP
          • Cross-domain assignment
        • Size limits in enhanced RBAC
        • Administering enhanced RBAC
          • Creating a user-defined authorization
          • Creating and modifying roles
          • Assigning authorizations to roles
          • Setting the authentication mode for a role
          • Assigning roles to a user
          • Assuming roles
          • Listing the active role set
          • Listing the roles for a user
          • Auditing session roles
          • Assigning privileges to a running process
          • Administering WPAR privileges
          • Determining the privileges required for a command
          • Using authorizations to control commands
          • Controlling access to devices
          • Updating RBAC Kernel Security Tables
          • Using the enhanced RBAC mode switch
      • RBAC-related commands
      • RBAC-related files
      • Using enhanced RBAC in applications
        • Authorization checking
        • Privilege bracketing
        • RBAC-aware applications
        • RBAC APIs
      • AIX privileges
      • Domain RBAC
    • Access Control Lists
      • Multiple Access Control List type framework support
        • Binary compatibility
      • Access Control List types supported on the AIX operating system
        • AIXC Access Control List
        • NFS4 Access Control List
      • Access Control List Management
      • S bits and Access Control Lists
      • Administrative access rights
      • Access authorization
      • Access Control List Troubleshooting
    • Auditing overview
      • Auditing subsystem
      • Auditing subsystem configuration
      • Audit logger configuration
        • Using the audit subsystem for a quick security check
      • Event selection
        • Audit events
      • Setting up auditing
        • Generating a generic audit log
        • Monitoring file access to critical files in real time
        • Audit events selection
      • Workload partition auditing
      • Auditing in the NFS environment
    • Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
      • LDAP authentication load module
        • LDAP based authentication
        • Setting up an IBM Security Directory Server
        • Setting up an LDAP client
          • Client enablement for LDAP netgroups
        • Supported LDAP servers
          • Configuring the AIX operating system to work with Active Directory through LDAP
          • Active Directory password attribute selection
          • Active Directory group member attribute selection
          • Multiple organizational units
          • Kerberos authentication for Windows servers
        • LDAP user management
          • Multiple base DN support
          • Setting up SSL on the LDAP server
          • Setting up SSL on the LDAP client
        • LDAP host access control
        • Secure communication with SSL
        • Using LDAPA authentication-only mode
          • LDAPA supported attributes
        • Kerberos bind
          • Creating a Kerberos principal
          • Enabling the IDS server Kerberos bind
          • Enabling the AIX LDAP client Kerberos bind
        • LDAP security information server auditing
        • LDAP commands
          • LDAP management commands
          • Mapping file format for LDAP attributes
      • LDAP and KRB5LDAP in a single client
    • EFS Encrypted File System
      • EFS usability
      • Encrypted File System actors
        • Full or restricted access as root
          • efs_admin administration key
        • User keystore
      • Encrypted File System keystore
      • Encryption and inheritance
      • Backup and restore
      • J2 EFS internal mechanism
      • EFS Protection Inheritance
      • Workload Partition considerations
      • Setting up the Encrypted File System
      • Remote access to Encrypted File System keystores
        • Overview of remote access to Encrypted File System keystores
        • Exporting Encrypted File System keystore data to LDAP
        • Configuring an LDAP client for Encrypted File System keystore
    • Public Key Cryptography Standards #11
      • IBM 4758 Model 2 Cryptographic Coprocessor
        • Verifying the IBM 4758 Model 2 Cryptographic Coprocessor for use with the Public Key Cryptography Standards #11 subsystem
        • Verifying the IBM 4960 Model 2 Cryptographic Accelerator for use with the Public Key Cryptography Standards #11 subsystem
      • Public Key Cryptography Standards #11 subsystem configuration
        • Initializing the token
        • Setting the security officer PIN
        • Initializing the user PIN
        • Adding or removing PKCS#11 slots and tokens
      • Public Key Cryptography Standards #11 usage
      • Public Key Cryptography Standards #11 tools
        • Command Profiles
        • Batch processing
        • Batch commands
    • Pluggable Authentication Modules
      • PAM library
      • PAM modules
      • PAM configuration file
      • pam_aix module
      • PAM loadable authentication module
      • Adding a PAM module
      • Changing the /etc/pam.conf file
      • Enabling PAM debug
    • OpenSSH and Kerberos Version 5 support
      • OpenSSH images
      • Configuration of OpenSSH compilation
      • Using OpenSSH with Kerberos
    • Encrypted logical volumes
  • Securing the network
    • TCP/IP security
      • Operating system-specific security
        • Network access control
        • Network auditing
        • Trusted path, trusted shell, and Secure Attention Key
      • TCP/IP command security
        • Remote command execution access
        • Restricted file transfer program users
      • Trusted processes
      • Network Trusted Computing Base
      • Data security and information protection
      • User based TCP port access control with discretionary access control for internet ports
        • Access control for TCP based services
          • DACinet usage examples
        • Privileged ports for running local services
    • Network services
      • Ports usage
      • Identifying network services with open communication ports
      • Identifying TCP and UDP sockets
    • Internet Protocol security
      • IP security overview
        • IP security and the operating system
        • IP security features
          • Internet Key Exchange features
        • Security associations
        • Tunnels and key management
          • Internet Key Exchange tunnel support
          • Manual tunnel support
        • Native filtering capability
        • Digital certificate support
        • Virtual private networks and IP security
      • Installing the IP security feature
        • Loading IP security
      • Planning IP security configuration
        • Hardware acceleration
        • Network Tunable Parameter
        • Tunnels versus filters
        • Tunnels and security associations
        • Tunnel considerations
          • Key management parameters and policy
          • Data management parameters and policy
          • Choosing a tunnel type
        • Using IKE with DHCP or dynamically assigned addresses
          • Using XML to define a generic data management tunnel
            • General data management tunnel example
      • Configuring Internet key exchange tunnels
        • Using the SMIT interface for IKE tunnel configuration
        • Command-line interface for IKE tunnel configuration
          • AIX IKE and Linux affinity
          • Group support
        • IKE tunnel configuration scenarios
        • Configuring multiple IKEv2 tunnels by using the same digital certificate
      • Maintaining the IP security configuration
      • Digital certificates and the key manager concepts
        • Format of digital certificates
        • Security considerations for digital certificates
          • Certification authorities and trust hierarchies
        • Certificate revocation lists
        • Uses for digital certificates in Internet applications
        • Digital certificates and certificate requests
        • Key Manager tool
          • Creating a key database
          • Adding a CA root digital certificate
          • Establishing trust settings
          • Deleting a CA root digital certificate
          • Requesting a digital certificate
          • Adding (Receiving) a new digital certificate
          • Deleting a digital certificate
          • Changing a database password
          • Creating IKE tunnels using digital certificates
      • Network address translation
        • Configuring IP security to work with NAT
        • Limitations when using NAT exchanges
        • Avoiding tunnel mode conflicts
      • Configuring manual tunnels
        • Manual tunnels and filters
          • Creating a manual tunnel on the first host
          • Creating a manual tunnel on the second host
        • Removing filters
      • IP security filter configuration
        • IP filters for AIX
        • Static filter rules
        • Autogenerated filter rules and user-specified filter rules
        • Predefined filter rules
        • Subnet masks
        • Host-firewall-host configuration
      • Logging facilities
        • Labels in field entries
        • Internet Key-Exchange logging
          • The /etc/isakmpd.conf file
      • Internet Protocol security problem diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting manual tunnel errors
        • Troubleshooting Internet Key Exchange tunnel errors
          • Internet Key Exchange tunnel process flow
          • Parse payload logging function
          • Digital certificate and signature mode problems
        • Tracing facilities
        • ipsecstat command
      • IP security reference
        • List of commands
        • List of methods
        • IP security migration
          • Migrating IKE tunnels
          • Migrating pre-shared keys
          • Migrating filters
          • The bos.net.ipsec.keymgt.pre_rm.sh script
          • The bos.net.ipsec.keymgt.post_i.sh script
    • Network File System security
      • General guidelines for securing Network File System
      • Network File System authentication
        • Public key cryptography for secure Network File System
        • Network File System authentication requirements
          • Agreeing on the current time
          • Using the same DES key
        • Network File System authentication process
      • Naming network entities for DES authentication
      • The /etc/publickey file
      • Public key systems booting considerations
      • Secure Network File System performance considerations
      • Secure Network File System checklist
      • Configuring secure Network File System
      • Exporting a file system using Secure Network File System
      • Mounting a file system using Secure Network File system
    • Enterprise identity mapping
      • Managing multiple user registries
      • Current approaches to enterprise identity mapping
      • Enterprise identity mapping usage
    • Kerberos
      • Secure remote commands overview
        • System configuration
        • Kerberos Version 5 user validation
        • DCE configuration
        • Local configuration
      • Authenticating to the AIX operating system using the Network Authentication Service or non-AIX services
        • Installing and configuring the system for Kerberos integrated login using IBM NAS
          • Configuring the Network Authentication Service server with legacy database storage
          • Configuring the Kerberos server with LDAP storage
          • Configuring the Kerberos integrated login
          • Error messages and recovery actions
            • Eliminating Dependency on kadmind Daemon during non-KRB5 Authentication
          • Files created
          • Sample runs
        • Eliminating the dependency on the kadmind daemon during authentication
        • Kerberos against Network Authentication Service: troubleshooting information
        • Configuring a Kerberos client against a Kerberos sever on a non-AIX system
          • Configuring Kerberos against Windows Server Kerberos Service
            • Configuring Windows Server 2000 Kerberos Service
            • Configuring Windows Server 2003 Kerberos Service
          • Configuring Kerberos against Sun Solaris and HP-UX Kerberos Domain Controllers
            • Configuring Sun Solaris
            • Configuring HP-UX
          • Kerberos against non-AIX systems: questions and troubleshooting information
      • Kerberos module
    • Remote authentication dial-in user service server
      • Installing the RADIUS server
      • Stopping and restarting RADIUS
        • On-demand feature
      • RADIUS configuration files
        • radiusd.conf file
        • /etc/radius/clients file
        • /etc/radius/dictionary file
        • /etc/radius/proxy file
      • Authentication
        • User databases
          • UNIX
          • Local
          • LDAP
            • RADIUS LDAP server configuration
            • RADIUS LDAP namespace
              • LDAP namespace schema files
              • User profile object class
              • Active login list object class
        • Password authentication protocol
        • Challenge handshake authentication protocol
        • Extensible authentication protocol
      • Authorization
      • Accounting
        • /var/radius/data/accounting file
      • Proxy services
        • Realms
          • Realm user-name attribute
        • Configuring proxy services
        • Configuring the RADIUS server
      • Logging utilities
        • Configuring RADIUS to use the syslogd daemon
        • Configuring SYSLOG output settings
      • Password expiration
      • Vendor-specific attributes
      • RADIUS reply-message support
      • RADIUS server IP pool configuration
      • RADIUS SMIT panels
      • Random number generator
      • Globalization enablement
    • AIX Intrusion prevention
      • Intrusion detection
        • Pattern matching filter rules
          • Types of patterns
        • Shun port and shun host filter rules
        • Stateful filter rules
        • Timed rules
      • Accessing filter rules from SMIT
  • AIX Security Expert
    • AIX Security Expert security hardening
    • Secure by default
    • Distributing security policy through LDAP
      • AIX Security Expert security policy copy
    • Customizable security policy with user-defined AIX Security Expert XML rules
    • Stringent check for weak passwords
    • COBIT control objectives supported by AIX Security Expert
    • Applying COBIT control objectives using AIX Security Expert
    • SOX-COBIT compliance checking, audit, and pre-audit feature
    • AIX Security Expert Password Policy Rules group
    • AIX Security Expert User Group System and Password definitions group
    • AIX Security Expert Login Policy Recommendations group
    • AIX Security Expert Audit Policy Recommendations group
    • AIX Security Expert /etc/inittab Entries group
    • AIX Security Expert /etc/rc.tcpip Settings group
    • AIX Security Expert /etc/inetd.conf Settings group
    • AIX Security Expert Disable SUID of Commands group
    • AIX Security Expert Disable Remote Services group
    • AIX Security Expert Remove access that does not require Authentication group
    • AIX Security Expert Tuning Network Options group
    • AIX Security Expert IPsec filter rules group
    • AIX Security Expert Miscellaneous group
    • AIX Security Expert Undo Security
    • AIX Security Expert Check Security
    • AIX Security Expert files
    • AIX Security Expert High level security scenario
    • AIX Security Expert Medium level security scenario
    • AIX Security Expert Low level security scenario
  • Security checklist
  • Summary of common AIX system services
  • Summary of network service options
  • Trusted AIX
    • Introduction to Trusted AIX
    • Multi-level security
      • Identification and authentication
      • Discretionary access control
      • Role Based Access
      • Mandatory Access Control
      • Mandatory Integrity Control
      • Labels
        • Sensitivity labels (SLs)
        • SL classifications
        • SL compartments
        • SL components
        • SL relationships
        • Integrity labels (TLs)
        • Labels on subjects and objects
        • User clearance labels
        • Labels on file system objects
          • Removing files
          • Printing files
          • Backing up and restoring files
        • Labels on IPC objects
          • Access to IPC objects
          • IPC object creation and deletion
        • Trusted Networking
        • Root disablement
        • Label support in auditing
        • Multilevel and partitioned directories
          • Multilevel directories
          • Partitioned directories
          • Partitioned directory access modes
          • Viewing and changing directory types
    • Trusted AIX administration
      • Trusted AIX installation
      • Run modes
      • Kernel security flags
      • Setting kernel parameters
      • Customizing the /etc/security/enc/LabelEncodings file
      • Starting up the system
        • Configuration startup mode
        • Operational startup mode
        • Boot process
        • Customizing system startup
        • Disabling BOOT authentication
        • Disabling system integrity check
      • Shutting down the system
      • Trusted recovery
      • Login
      • Reasons for login failures
      • Switching user with the su command
      • User security responsibilities
      • Secure system management
        • System configuration
        • Network configuration
          • Network access
        • User account configuration
        • Filesystem configuration
          • Filesystem access
        • Trusted Network management
          • Default configuration warning
          • AIX Trusted Network configuration database
          • Displaying the AIX Trusted Network rules database
          • Loading the AIX Trusted Network rules database
          • Saving the AIX Trusted Network rules database
          • AIX Trusted Network kernel configuration
          • netrule syntax
          • AIX Trusted Network rule specification
          • AIX Trusted Network flag description
          • RIPSO/CIPSO options
          • AIX Trusted Network security policy
          • netrule examples
        • Managing user accounts
          • User and group IDs
          • Passwords
            • Password aging
          • Shell
          • Login effective SL and TL
          • Clearances
          • Division of responsibility for user information
        • Enhanced auditing
          • New audit record fields
          • Audit ranges
          • Trusted AIX kernel flag
          • Updating existing programs
        • Backup and restore
        • cron restrictions
        • Mounting and accessing filesystems
      • Trusted AIX system management
        • Managing the system for Information System Security Officers
          • Managing the audit system
          • Managing object and processes labels
          • Managing network security
          • Security configurable features
          • Managing labels
          • Managing partitioned directories
            • Creating a partitioned directory
            • Virtual mode and real mode
              • Hierarchy
              • Mounting filesystems
              • Creating and deleting directories
              • Moving directories
              • Changing directory type
              • Replacing inode numbers
            • Partitioned directory commands
          • System security review
          • TTY management
          • Managing user clearances
        • Managing the system for system administrators
          • Managing user accounts
          • Managing printers
          • Managing filesystems
            • Checking filesystems with the fsck command
        • Managing the system for System Officers
          • Managing filesystems
            • Supported filesystems
            • Mounting and unmounting filesystems
          • Managing printers
            • Printer subsystem
            • Printer security features
            • Printer command summary
            • Command line printer management
          • Managing system shutdown
          • File backup and restore
    • Trusted AIX programming
      • Principles of trusted software
        • Trust and privilege
        • Trusted software design
        • Least privilege
          • Assignment and removal of privilege
          • Short-lived MAC label changes
          • Short-lived opens of sensitive files
          • Centralization of sensitive operations
          • Use of effective root directories
          • Use of protected subsystems
          • Minimal access modes
        • Other trusted programming conventions
          • Redundancy
          • Non-duplication of kernel checks
          • Direct privilege checking
          • Propagation of sensitive capabilities
          • Effective root environments
          • Authentication with real and effective IDs
          • Absolute pathnames for trusted commands
          • Directory tree structuring
          • Read-only filesystems
          • Password handling
          • Protection of the Trusted Computing Base (TCB)
            • Protection from modification
            • Protection from disclosure
          • Sensitivity label operations
            • Basic MAC constraint
            • Multilevel operations
            • System V Interprocess Communication (IPC)
            • Implementation of high and system high MIC and MAC labels
            • User and system login ranges
            • Directory tree structure
            • Partitioned directory manipulations
              • Process mode
              • Directory type
            • MIC and MAC label considerations
          • Device drivers
            • Device management subsystem
            • Device driver development cautions
            • Opening devices
            • Device driver open examples
            • ioctl restrictions
            • Other restrictions
            • Device driver programming summary
          • Least privilege
            • Privilege operations
            • Assignment and removal of privileges
            • Authorizations
          • Auditing
            • Situations to audit
              • Successes
              • Failures
              • Object accesses
              • Potential covert channels
            • Audit information levels
            • Audit classes and events
          • Covert channels
            • Definition of covert channels
            • Bandwidth guidelines
            • Detection of covert channels
            • Covert channel detection through auditing
            • Limiting covert channels
              • Per-label quotas
              • Time delays
              • Data limitations
              • Approximate time
              • Noisemakers
            • U-T-U chains
            • Examples of covert channels
              • Printing service covert channel example
              • Resource pools example
              • Databases example
          • Programming examples
            • Trusted program privilege check example
            • Change effective Sensitivity Label example
            • Setting sensitivity label classifications and comparing sensitivity labels examples
            • Setting audit information example
            • Client example
            • Server example
          • Trusted AIX user and port security attributes
          • Trusted AIX system calls
          • AIX C library functions
      • Trusted AIX privileges
        • Audit privileges
        • Authorization privileges
        • DAC privileges
        • Filesystem privileges
        • Process privileges
        • Kernel privileges
        • Label privileges
        • MAC privileges
        • MIC privileges
        • Network privileges
        • Superuser privileges
        • Miscellaneous privileges
    • Troubleshooting Trusted AIX
    • File security flags
    • Trusted AIX commands
  • 4765 PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor AIX CCA Support Program Installation 4.4
    • Support Program installation process overview
    • Obtaining coprocessor hardware and software
    • Installing the Support Program
      • Installing the Support Program base release 4.4
      • Configuring the Support Program
      • CCA Support Program and AIX file permissions
      • Reviewing coprocessor hardware errors
      • Removing the Support Program
      • AIX hardware and software requirements
      • File permissions
    • Loading and Unloading software into the coprocessor
      • Loading coprocessor software
        • Changing the default directory and running the CLU
        • Determining coprocessor software segment contents
        • Changing software segment contents
        • Validating the coprocessor segment contents
      • Unloading coprocessor software and zeroize the CCA node
      • Coprocessor Load Utility (CLU) reference
        • Coprocessor memory segments
        • Validating the coprocessor software loads
        • Coprocessor Load Utility syntax
          • Coprocessor Load Utility commands
        • Coprocessor Load Utility return codes
    • Managing the cryptographic node by using the CNM and CNI utilities
      • CNM and CNI overview
      • Scenarios: Using the CNM and the CNI utilities
        • Scenario: Creating a test node
        • Scenario: Creating nodes in a production environment
          • Scenario: Preparing CNI lists for target nodes
          • Scenario: Preparing and loading key parts
        • Scenario: Cloning a DES or PKA master key
      • Using the CNM utility functions
        • Selecting a specific coprocessor
        • Initializing the node
        • Logging on and logging off the node
        • Loading the function-control vector
        • Configuring the CCA Node Management utility
        • Synchronizing the clock and calendars
        • Obtaining status information of the CCA application
      • Creating and managing access control data
        • Access control overview
        • Initial state of the access control system
        • Creating a role
        • Modifying existing roles
          • Editing a disk-stored role
          • Editing a coprocessor-stored role
          • Deleting a coprocessor-stored role
        • Creating a user profile
        • Modifying existing profile
          • Editing a disk-stored user profile
          • Editing a coprocessor-stored user profile
          • Deleting a coprocessor-stored user profile
          • Resetting the user-profile failure count
        • Initializing the access control system
      • Managing cryptographic keys
        • Managing the master keys
          • Verifying an existing master key
          • Loading the master key automatically
          • Loading a new master key from key parts
        • Managing key storage
          • Creating or initializing key storage
          • Re-encipher the stored keys
          • Deleting a stored key
          • Creating a key label
        • Creating and storing primary DES KEKs
      • Creating other nodes by using the CNI utility
    • Building applications to use with the CCA API
      • Overview of CCA verbs
      • Calling CCA verbs in C program syntax
      • Compiling and linking CCA application programs
      • Sample C routine: Generating a MAC
      • Enhancing throughput with CCA and the 4765 coprocessor
        • Multithreading and multiprocessing
        • Caching DES, PKA, and AES keys
    • Initial default-role commands
    • Machine-readable log contents
    • Device driver error codes
    • Cloning a master key
      • Overview of cloning a master key
        • Phase 1 for cloning a master key: Establishing the share administration node
        • Phase 2 for cloning a master key: Establishing the source node
        • Phase 3 for cloning a master key: Establishing the target node and cloning a master key
      • Access control considerations when cloning
    • Threat considerations for a digital-signing server
    • IBM Cryptographic Coprocessor notices
  • 4767 PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor AIX CCA Support Program Installation 5.3
    • Obtaining coprocessor hardware and software
    • Installing the Support Program
      • Installing the Support Program base release 5.3
      • Configuring the Support Program
      • CCA Support Program and AIX file permissions
      • Reviewing coprocessor hardware errors
      • Removing the Support Program
      • AIX hardware and software requirements
      • File permissions
    • Loading and Unloading software into the coprocessor
      • Loading coprocessor software
        • Changing the default directory and running the CLU
        • Determining coprocessor software segment contents
        • Changing software segment contents
        • Validating the coprocessor segment contents
      • Unloading coprocessor software and zeroize the CCA node
      • Coprocessor Load Utility (CLU) reference
        • Coprocessor memory segments
        • Validating the coprocessor software loads
        • Coprocessor Load Utility syntax
          • Coprocessor Load Utility commands
        • Coprocessor Load Utility return codes
    • Managing the cryptographic node by using the CNM and CNI utilities
      • CNM and CNI overview
      • Scenarios: Using the CNM and the CNI utilities
        • Scenario: Creating a test node
        • Scenario: Creating nodes in a production environment
          • Scenario: Preparing CNI lists for target nodes
          • Scenario: Preparing and loading key parts
        • Scenario: Cloning a DES or PKA master key
      • Using the CNM utility functions
        • Selecting a specific coprocessor
        • Initializing the node
        • Logging on and logging off the node
        • Loading the function-control vector
        • Configuring the CCA Node Management utility
        • Synchronizing the clock and calendars
        • Obtaining status information of the CCA application
      • Creating and managing access control data
        • Access control overview
        • Initial state of the access control system
        • Creating a role
        • Modifying existing roles
          • Editing a disk-stored role
          • Editing a coprocessor-stored role
          • Deleting a coprocessor-stored role
        • Creating a user profile
        • Modifying existing profile
          • Editing a disk-stored user profile
          • Editing a coprocessor-stored user profile
          • Deleting a coprocessor-stored user profile
          • Resetting the user-profile failure count
        • Initializing the access control system
      • Managing cryptographic keys
        • Managing the master keys
          • Verifying an existing master key
          • Loading the master key automatically
          • Loading a new master key from key parts
        • Managing key storage
          • Creating or initializing key storage
          • Re-encipher the stored keys
          • Deleting a stored key
          • Creating a key label
        • Creating and storing primary DES KEKs
      • Creating other nodes by using the CNI utility
    • Building applications to use with the CCA API
      • Overview of CCA verbs
      • Calling CCA verbs in C program syntax
      • Compiling and linking CCA application programs
      • Sample C routine: Generating a MAC
      • Enhancing throughput with CCA and the 4767 coprocessor
        • Multithreading and multiprocessing
        • Caching DES, PKA, and AES keys
    • Initial default-role commands
    • Device driver error codes
    • Threat considerations for a digital-signing server
    • IBM Cryptographic Coprocessor notices
  • 4769 PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor AIX CCA Support Program Installation 7.3
• Printing
  • Printing and print jobs
    • Starting a print job
    • Canceling a print job (qcan command)
    • Canceling a print job (SMIT)
    • Prioritizing a print job (qpri command)
    • Prioritizing a print job (SMIT)
    • Moving a print job to another print queue (qmov command)
    • Moving a print job to another print queue (SMIT)
    • Holding and releasing print jobs (qhld command)
    • Holding and releasing print jobs (SMIT)
    • Checking the status of a print job (qchk command)
    • Checking the status of a print job (SMIT)
    • Formatting files for printing (pr command)
    • Printing ASCII files on a PostScript printer
      • Automating the conversion of ASCII to PostScript
      • Overriding automatic determination of print file types
    • Command summary for printing
  • Printing administration
    • Printing processes
    • Initial printer configuration
      • Configuration file modification
      • Virtual printers and print queues
      • Configuring a local printer and adding a queue
      • Configuring a remote printer and adding a queue
      • Configuring a network printer and adding a queue
      • Configuring a print queue for a file in the /dev directory
      • Configuring a printer without adding a queue (qprt command)
      • Configuring a printer without adding a queue (SMIT)
    • Print queue operations
      • Adding a print queue device
      • Adding plotter support with 5080
      • Creating a plotter setup file
      • Adding a local printer to an existing queue
      • Adding an ASCII terminal printer to an existing queue
      • Adding an HP JetDirect printer to an existing queue
      • Adding a file to an existing queue
    • Configuration of nonsupported printers
      • Configuration options for nonsupported printers
      • Customizing nonsupported virtual printers
      • Wiring nonsupported printers
    • Printing with terminal-attached printers
      • Installing a terminal-attached printer
        • Installing a physical ASCII terminal
        • Configuring the terminal device driver (tty)
        • Verifying terminal output
        • Installing a physical printer
        • Configuring a virtual printer and print queue
        • Configuring a queue for modem connections
      • Configuring a printer for an ASCII display terminal
      • Terminal-attached printing limitations
      • Supported hardware for terminal-attached printers
    • terminfo database
    • Adding support for non-supported terminals
    • Native, 8-port, 16-port, and third-party controllers
    • 64-port controller
    • 128-port controller
    • Printer backend commands
    • Listing print queues
    • Showing status of print queues
    • Starting and stopping a print queue
    • Setting the default print queue
    • Scheduling print jobs
    • Changing or showing queue characteristics
    • Deleting a print queue
    • Performing other printer administration tasks
      • Listing all supported printers
      • Listing all defined printers
      • Deleting printers
      • Showing status of printer server subsystem
        • Printer queuing system status conditions
    • Remote printing
      • rembak program
      • lpd daemon
        • lpd daemon control
    • Managing and using remote printers and queues
      • Setting up a remote print queue
      • Remote printing and the qconfig file
      • Configuring a remote host as a print server
      • Remote printers and queues
      • Listing all remote hosts
      • Adding a remote host
      • Deleting a remote host
      • Starting the lpd remote subsystem
      • Stopping the lpd remote subsystem
  • Printing bidirectional data
    • Bidirectional Print Filters
    • Printing Bidirectional Data using the /usr/bin/ebprt filter
    • Tabular Data Support and What to Expect
    • Locale and Codepage Support
    • Installation and Packaging
    • Configuring the Print Subsystem to use the Bidirectional Print Filter
    • Configuring the /etc/ebprt.conf configuration file
      • Security and Permissions
      • Configuration Options
      • Sample Configuration file for /etc/ebprt.conf
    • Configuration Examples
      • Sample Configuration Profile
      • Print Queue Configuration
    • Troubleshooting
    • Known limitations of escape sequence and PCL support
  • Print spooler
    • Formatter filters
    • Local and remote printers
    • Printer devices
    • qdaemon process
    • Real (physical) and virtual printers
    • Spooler functions and services
    • Spooler backends
    • Spooler jobs
  • Generic base operating system spooler
  • Spooler parts
  • Spooler data flow: commands and backend
  • Spooler data flow (enq command)
  • Backend processing
    • Datastream flow for common print jobs
  • Virtual printers and formatter filters
  • /etc/qconfig spooler configuration file
    • /etc/qconfig file structure
    • Spooler queues, virtual printers, and physical printers
    • Spooler queue names and status formats
  • Printer backend programming
    • Printer backend data flow
  • Virtual printer definitions and attributes
    • Virtual printer attributes
      • Default virtual printer flag value attributes
      • Virtual printer system administration attributes
      • Virtual printer input data stream attributes
      • Attributes of virtual printer prohibited flags
      • Virtual printer filter flag attributes
      • Virtual printer directory attributes
      • Virtual printer miscellaneous attributes
      • Virtual printer work variable attributes
      • Virtual printer command aggregate attributes
      • Virtual printer ASCII control code attributes
      • Virtual printer escape sequences attributes
  • Printer colon file escape sequences
  • Printer colon file conventions
    • Colon file format
    • Virtual printer attribute names
      • Virtual printer automatic attributes
      • Virtual printer reserved attribute names
      • Virtual printer suggested attribute names
    • Attribute values
    • Colon file limits field
  • Print formatter example
  • Backend and qdaemon interaction
    • Status file
    • Multiple copy printing
    • Job status information
    • Print job charges
    • Exit codes
    • Returned error messages
      • sysnot routine
      • Pipes
      • Message Format
    • Queue states
    • Termination on receipt of SIGTERM
  • Back-end routines in libqb
  • Printer code page translation tables
    • Printer code page translation for multibyte code sets
      • Stage one printer code page translation
      • Stage two printer code page translation
      • Printer code page translation tables for multibyte code sets
      • Xwindows fonts and the qprt command
      • Translation table example
    • Printer attachment files
      • SMIT interface for printer attachment files
      • Printer attachment file naming conventions
      • Printer attachment file structure
      • Printer attachment file field definitions
      • Printer colon file limits field contents
      • Printer colon file limits field operators
        • Display operators
        • Field characteristics operators
        • Auxiliary operations and validation operators
        • Adding a printer using the printer colon file
        • Installing support for additional printers
          • Supported printers
        • Pass-through mode
          • Printer device driver pass-through mode
          • Formatter filter pass-through mode
        • Virtual printer definitions
        • Modification of the mi, mp, and _d attributes on a PostScript queue
        • Printer colon file and the piobe command
        • Calculation of page length using printer colon file escape sequences
        • How the stack language describing page length works
        • Calculation of page width using printer colon file escape sequences
        • How the stack language describing page width works
        • Spooler job header and trailer pages
          • Header and trailer page pipelines
          • Custom header pages
        • Modification of the mo virtual printer attribute
          • Unsupported IP-addressable terminal servers
        • Filters
          • Filter for mapping linefeeds to carriage returns and linefeeds
        • /etc/qconfig File
  • Transparent printing
    • Configuring a printer or plotter connected to a RAN
    • Configuring terminal-attached printers
      • Setting up the hardware for terminal-attached printers
      • Configuring the auxiliary port for terminal-attached printers
      • Adding the print queue for terminal-attached printers
      • Testing a terminal-attached printer
  • Printer-specific information
    • IBM Personal Printer II Models 2380, 2381, 2390, 2391, 2380-2, 2381-2, 2390-2, 2391-2
    • IBM 3812 Model 2 Page Printer
    • IBM 3816 Page Printer
    • IBM 4019 LaserPrinter and 4029 LaserPrinter
    • IBM 4037 and IBM 4039 LaserPrinter
    • IBM 4072 ExecJet
    • IBM 4076 InkJet Printer
    • IBM Proprinter Models 4201-3, 4202-3, 4207-2, 4208-2
    • IBM 4208-502, IBM 5572-B02, IBM 5573-H02, and IBM 5579-H02/K02
    • IBM 4216 Personal Page Printer, Model 031
    • IBM 4216-510 and IBM 5327-011
    • IBM 4234 Printer
    • IBM 5202 Quietwriter III
    • IBM 5204 Quickwriter
    • IBM 5575-B02/F02/H02 and IBM 5577-B02/F02/FU2/G02/H02/J02/K02
    • IBM 5584-G02/H02, IBM 5585-H01, IBM 5587-G01/H01 and IBM 5589-H01
    • IBM 6252 Impactwriter and IBM 6252 Printer
    • IBM Network Color Printer
    • IBM Network Printer 12, 17, and 24
    • IBM InfoPrint 20
    • IBM InfoPrint 32 Printer
    • IBM InfoPrint 40 Printer
    • Canon LASER SHOT LBP-B404PS/Lite
    • Canon LASER SHOT LBP-B406S/D/E/G, A404/E, A304E
    • Dataproducts LZR 2665 Laser Printer
    • Hewlett-Packard LaserJets II, III, IIISi, 3005, 4, 4Si, 4Plus, 4V, 4000, 5200, 5Si/5Si MX, 5Si Mopier, 4700 Color, 8000 Color, and 8500 Color
      • Hewlett-Packard LaserJet 3005, 5200 and 4700 Color Printers
      • Hewlett-Packard LaserJet 5Si and 5Si Mopier Printers
      • Hewlett-Packard LaserJet 8000 and 8500 Color Printers
    • Lexmark 4227 Forms Printer
    • Lexmark Optra Laser Printer
    • Lexmark Optra Plus LaserPrinter
    • Lexmark Optra Color 1200 Printer
    • Lexmark Optra Color 40 Printer
    • Lexmark Optra Color 45 Printer
    • Lexmark Optra K 1220 Printer
    • Lexmark Optra C Color LaserPrinter
    • Lexmark Optra E LaserPrinter
    • Lexmark Optra N LaserPrinter
    • Lexmark Optra E310 Laser Printer
    • Lexmark Optra M410 Laser Printer
    • Lexmark Optra Se Laser Printer
    • Lexmark Optra T Laser Printer Family
    • Lexmark Optra W810 Laser Printer
    • Lexmark Plus Printer Models 2380-3, 2381-3, 2390-3, 2391-3
    • OKI MICROLINE 801PS/+F, 801PSII/+F, 800PSIILT
    • Printronix P9012 Line Printer
    • QMS ColorScript 100 Model 20 Printer
    • Texas Instruments OmniLaser 2115 Page Printer
  • System V printer configuration
    • System V print service
      • Print request processing
      • Print request log
      • Print service commands
    • Default printer page size and spacing
    • Banner configuration
    • /etc/lp/Systems file administration
    • Printer models file
    • Printer interface scripts
      • Creating printer interface scripts
      • Print service exit codes
      • Printer interface programs
    • terminfo database
      • Adding a printer entry to the terminfo database
      • terminfo entry definitions for printers
    • Printer forms
    • Adding a form to the print service
    • Removing a form
    • User access to forms
      • Defining the forms access list
    • Mounting a form
    • Examining a form
    • Print filters
      • File conversion
      • Special printing modes
      • Printer fault detection
      • Print filter definition
        • Option definition with templates
        • Keyword definitions and examples
          • col filter example
          • dpost filter example
          • Option template example
      • Adding a filter to the print service
      • Removing a filter
      • Examining a filter
      • Restoring filter defaults
      • Printer types
      • Content types
        • Common content types
        • Default content type
    • PostScript printers
      • Using a PostScript printer
      • Non-PostScript print requests
      • Additional PostScript capabilities provided by filters
      • PostScript printer support
        • Installation and maintenance of PostScript printers
        • PostScript Page order table
        • Installation and maintenance of PostScript filters
        • PostScript filters
        • Special-purpose PostScript filters
        • Installation and maintenance of PostScript fonts
        • Obtaining a list of printer-resident fonts
        • Adding printer-resident fonts to a printer's font list
        • Installing and maintaining host-resident fonts
        • Host-resident font downloads
      • Font cartridges and character sets
        • Specifying character sets
        • Specifying font cartridges to use with a printer
          • Changing a font cartridge on a printer
      • Printer fault alerts
        • Issuing a printer fault alert
        • Disabling printer fault alerts
        • Disabling repeated printer fault alerts
      • Printer fault recovery mechanisms
        • Specifying a printer fault recovery mechanism
      • Mount forms and font cartridge alerts
        • Setting up alerts to mount forms and font cartridges
          • Stopping alert messages to mount forms and font cartridges
      • Printer port characteristics
        • Default printer port characteristics
      • Setting up a printer with multiple names
    • Directory-enabled (LDAP) System V print on AIX
      • Planning to set up the print subsystem
        • Configuring the IBM Directory (LDAP) to store System V print information
          • System V print information subtree
        • Configuring a client to use the IBM Directory Server for System V print information
      • Server flag options
        • System V print examples
        • Files accessed during server and client configuration
  • Base operating system spooler troubleshooting
    • Troubleshooting a local printer
    • Troubleshooting an inoperative printer
    • Troubleshooting a remote printer
    • Adapter considerations
    • Resource considerations
    • Correcting printing problems when the var file system is full
      • Reactivating the queue daemon
      • Clearing a print queue backlog
      • Reallocating printer resources
      • Deleting unnecessary directory files
    • Troubleshooting the terminal-attached printer
    • Considerations for an 8-bit printer attached to a 7-bit interface
    • Troubleshooting the queue daemon
    • Queuing system problems
    • qdaemon testing
    • Spooler queue testing
    • Spooled print job copies
    • Cleaning up and starting over
  • Printing terminology
• Programming for AIX
  • General programming concepts
    • What's new
    • Tools and utilities
    • Curses library
      • Initializing curses
      • Windows in the curses environment
      • Manipulating window data with curses
      • Controlling the cursor with curses
      • Manipulating characters with curses
      • Understanding terminals with curses
      • Working with color
      • Manipulating video attributes
      • Manipulating soft labels
      • Curses compatibility
      • List of additional curses subroutines
    • Debugging programs
      • adb debug program overview
      • Getting started with the adb debug program
      • Controlling program execution
      • Using adb expressions
      • Customizing the adb debug program
      • Computing numbers and displaying text
      • Displaying and manipulating the source file with the adb program
      • adb debug program reference information
      • Example adb program: adbsamp
      • Example adb program: adbsamp2
      • Example adb program: adbsamp3
      • Example of directory and i-node dumps in adb debugging
      • Example of data formatting in adb debugging
      • Example of tracing multiple functions in adb debugging
      • dbx symbolic debug program overview
      • Using the dbx debug program
      • Displaying and manipulating the source file with the dbx debug program
      • Examining program data
      • Debugging at the machine level with dbx
      • Customizing the dbx debugging environment
      • Developing for the dbx plug-in framework
      • List of dbx subcommands
    • Error-logging overview
      • Error-logging facility
      • Managing error logging
      • Error notification
      • Error logging tasks
      • Error logging and alerts
      • Error logging controls
    • File systems and logical volumes
      • File types
      • Working with JFS directories
      • Working with JFS2 directories
      • Working with JFS i-nodes
      • Working with JFS2 i-nodes
      • Allocating JFS file space
      • Allocating JFS2 file space
      • JFS file system layout
      • JFS2 file system layout
      • Writing programs that access large files
      • Linking for programmers
      • Using file descriptors
      • Creating and removing files
      • Working with file I/O
        • Manipulating the current offset
        • Reading a file
        • Writing a file
        • Direct I/O vs. normal cached I/O
        • Benefits of direct I/O
        • Working with pipes
        • Synchronous I/O
      • File status
      • File accessibility
      • Creating new file system types
      • Logical volume programming
        • Library of logical volume subroutines
      • J2_CFG_ASSIST ioctl operation
    • Floating-point exceptions
    • Input and output handling
    • Storage protect keys
    • Large program support
    • Programming on multiprocessor systems
      • Identifying processors
      • Controlling processor use
      • Using Dynamic Processor Deallocation
      • Dynamic memory guarding
      • Creating locking services
    • ProbeVue dynamic tracing facility
      • ProbeVue concepts
        • ProbeVue command
        • Vue programming language
        • Elements of C
        • Vue scripts
        • Probe point specification
      • ProveVue variables
        • Automatic class variables
        • Thread-local class variables
        • Global class variables
        • Kernel global class variables
        • Useful kernel variables
        • Entry class variables
        • Exit class variables
        • Built-in class variables
          • __curthread built-in variable
          • __curproc built-in variable
          • __ublock built-in variable
          • __mst built-in variable
          • __stat built-in variable
        • SCSI Disk I/O statistics
        • SCSI disk path I/O statistics
        • vSCSI client I/O statistics
        • vSCSI client driver statistics
        • Fiber Channel driver statistics
        • Network device driver statistics
        • Network interface based statistics
        • Network protocol based statistics
        • Memory statistics
        • CPU statistics
          • Per logical CPU statistics
          • Overall statistics for all CPUs
        • System statistics behavior
        • Value and type assignment
          • External variables
          • Script variables
          • Data models for 32-bit and 64-bit processes
          • Size-invariant variable types
          • Size-variant variable types
        • Data types derived from the C language
        • Range and bucket data type
        • Stack trace type
        • Special data types
          • String type
          • List type
          • Associative array type
          • Timestamp data type
          • File path data type
          • MAC address data type
          • IP address data type
          • net_info_t data type
        • Vue library functions
        • Predicates
        • Symbolic constants
        • Header files
        • Supported shell elements
        • Tentative tracing
      • Running ProbeVue
        • Probe managers
          • System call probe manager
          • UFT probe manager
          • C++ applications probe manager
          • Java applications probe manager
          • Interval probe manager
          • Extended system call probe manager (syscallx)
          • I/O probe manager
          • Network probe manager
          • Sysproc probe manager
        • Shell scripts for ProbeVue
        • ProbeVue error messages
        • RAS events functions
          • Generating a trace record
          • Taking a live dump
    • Vue functions
    • Process attributes
    • Multithreaded programming
      • Understanding threads and processes
        • Process properties
        • Thread properties
        • Initial thread
        • Modularity
        • Software models
          • Controller/Worker Model
          • Divide-and-Conquer Models
          • Producer/Consumer Models
        • Kernel Threads and User Threads
        • Thread models and virtual processors
        • Threads Library API
        • Object-Oriented Interface
        • Naming Convention for the Threads Library
        • pthread implementation files
      • Threadsafe and threaded libraries in AIX
      • Creating threads
      • Terminating threads
      • Synchronization overview
      • Using mutexes
      • Using condition variables
      • Using read/write locks
      • Joining threads
      • Scheduling threads
        • List of scheduling subroutines
      • Contention scope and concurrency level
      • Synchronization scheduling
        • List of synchronization subroutines
      • One-time initializations
      • Thread-specific data
      • Creating complex synchronization objects
      • Signal management
        • List of threads-processes interactions subroutines
      • Process duplication and termination
      • Threads library options
        • List of threads advanced-feature subroutines
        • Supported interfaces
      • Writing reentrant and threadsafe code
      • Developing multithreaded programs
      • Developing multithreaded programs to examine and modify pthread library objects
      • Developing multithreaded program debuggers
      • Benefits of threads
    • lex and yacc program information
      • Generating a lexical analyzer with the lex command
      • Using the lex program with the yacc program
      • Extended regular expressions in the lex command
      • Passing code to the generated lex program
      • Defining lex substitution strings
      • lex library
      • Actions taken by the lexical analyzer
      • lex program start conditions
      • Creating a parser with the yacc program
      • The yacc grammar file
      • Using the yacc grammar file
      • yacc grammar file declarations
      • yacc rules
      • yacc actions
      • yacc program error handling
      • Parser operation generated by the yacc command
      • Using ambiguous rules in the yacc program
      • Turning on debug mode for a parser generated by the yacc command
      • Example program for the lex and yacc programs
    • make command
      • Creating a description file
        • Format of an entry in the make description file
        • Using commands in a make description file
        • Calling the make command from a description file
        • Preventing the make command from stopping on errors
        • Simplifying the description file
      • Internal rules for the make program
        • Example of default rules file
        • Single-suffix rules
        • Using the make command with archive libraries
        • Defining default conditions in a description file
        • Including other files in a description file
      • Defining and using macros in a description file
        • Using macros in a description file
        • Internal macros
        • Changing macro definitions in a command
      • Creating a target file with the make command
      • Using the make command with source code control system files
        • Understanding makefile considerations in Source Code Control Systems (SCCS)
        • Suppressing Default SCCS Retrieval
      • Using the make command with non-source code control system (SCCS) files
      • Understanding how the make command uses environment variables
      • Using the make command in parallel run mode
    • m4 macro processor overview
    • Object data manager
      • ODM commands and subroutines
      • ODM example code and output
    • Simultaneous multithreading
    • Dynamic logical partitioning
      • DLPAR-safe and aware programs
        • Managing an application's DLPAR dependencies
      • Processor bindings
      • Integrating the DLPAR operation into the application
      • Actions taken by DLPAR scripts
      • Making kernel extensions DLPAR-aware
    • sed program information
      • Manipulating strings with sed
        • Starting the editor
        • How sed works
        • Using regular expressions
        • Using the sed command summary
        • Line manipulation
        • Substitution
        • Input and output
        • Matching across lines
        • Pick up and put down
        • Control
      • Using text in commands
      • Using string replacement
    • Shared libraries and shared memory
      • Shared objects and run time linking
      • Shared libraries and lazy loading
      • Named shared library areas
      • Creating a shared library
      • Program address space overview
      • Understanding memory mapping
      • Interprocess communication limits
      • Creating a mapped data file with the shmat subroutine
      • Creating a copy-on-write mapped data file with the shmat subroutine
      • Creating a shared memory segment with the shmat subroutine
      • Paging space programming requirements
      • List of memory manipulation services
      • List of memory mapping services
    • AIX vector programming
    • System memory allocation using the malloc subsystem
      • User-defined malloc replacement
      • Debug malloc tool
      • Malloc multiheap
      • Malloc buckets
      • Malloc trace
      • Malloc log
      • Malloc disclaim
      • Malloc detect
      • Configuring and using the malloc thread cache
    • Writing reentrant and threadsafe code
    • Packaging software for installation
    • Source code control system
      • SCCS flag and parameter conventions
      • Creating, editing, and updating an SCCS file
      • Controlling and tracking SCCS file changes
      • Detecting and repairing damaged SCCS files
      • List of additional SCCS commands
    • Subroutines, example programs, and libraries
      • 128-bit long double floating-point data type
      • List of character manipulation subroutines
      • List of executable program creation subroutines
      • List of files and directories subroutines
      • List of numerical manipulation subroutines
      • List of long long integer numerical manipulation subroutines
      • List of 128-bit long double numerical manipulation subroutines
      • List of processes subroutines
      • List of multithreaded programming subroutines
      • List of programmer's workbench library subroutines
      • List of security and auditing subroutines
      • List of string manipulation subroutines
      • Example: Program for manipulating characters
      • Example: Searching and sorting program
      • List of operating system libraries
    • System Management Interface Tool (SMIT)
      • SMIT screen types
      • SMIT object classes
      • SMIT aliases and fast paths
      • SMIT information command descriptors
      • SMIT command generation and execution
      • Adding tasks to the SMIT database
      • Debugging SMIT database extensions
      • Creating SMIT help information for a new task
      • sm_menu_opt (SMIT menu) object class
      • sm_name_hdr (SMIT selector header) object class
      • sm_cmd_opt (SMIT dialog/selector command option) object class
      • sm_cmd_hdr (SMIT dialog header) object class
      • SMIT example program
    • System resource controller
      • SRC objects
      • SRC communication types
      • Programming subsystem communication with the SRC
      • Defining your subsystem to the SRC
      • List of additional SRC subroutines
    • Trace facility
      • Start the trace facility
    • Tracing user application
      • Tracing data structures
      • Trace stream attributes
      • Trace event type definitions
      • Trace subroutines
    • tty subsystem
      • Line discipline module (ldterm)
      • Converter modules
      • TTY drivers
    • Loader domains
    • Data management application programming interface
    • AIX transactional memory programming
  • Kernel Extensions and Device Support Programming Concepts
    • Kernel Environment
      • Understanding Kernel Extension Symbol Resolution
        • Exporting Kernel Services and System Calls
        • Using Kernel Services
        • Using System Calls with Kernel Extensions
          • Loading and Unloading Kernel Extensions
            • Loading Kernel Extensions
            • Unloading Kernel Extensions
        • Using Private Routines
        • Using Libraries
          • libcsys Library
          • libsys Library
          • User-provided Libraries
      • Understanding Execution Environments
        • Process Environment
        • Interrupt Environment
      • Understanding Kernel Threads
        • Kernel Threads, Kernel Only Threads, and User Threads
        • Kernel Data Structures
        • Thread Creation, Execution, and Termination
        • Thread Scheduling
        • Thread Signal Handling
      • Using Kernel Processes
        • Introduction to Kernel Processes
        • Accessing Data from a Kernel Process
        • Cross-Memory Services
        • Kernel Process Creation, Execution, and Termination
        • Kernel Process Preemption
        • Kernel Process Signal and Exception Handling
        • Kernel Process Use of System Calls
      • Accessing User-Mode Data While in Kernel Mode
        • Data Transfer Services
        • Using Cross-Memory Kernel Services
      • Understanding Locking
        • Lockl Locks
        • Simple Locks
        • Complex Locks
        • Types of Critical Sections
        • Priority Promotion
        • Locking Strategy in Kernel Mode
      • Understanding Exception Handling
        • Exception Processing
          • Default Exception-Handling Mechanism
        • Kernel-Mode Exception Handling
          • User-Defined Exception Handling
        • Implementing Kernel Exception Handlers
          • setjmpx, longjmpx, and clrjmpx Kernel Services
          • Exception Handler Environment
          • Restrictions on Using the setjmpx Kernel Service
          • Exception Codes
          • Hardware Detection of Exceptions
        • User-Mode Exception Handling
      • Using Kernel Extensions for 64–bit Processes
      • 64-bit Kernel Extension Programming Environment
        • C Language Data Model
        • Kernel Data Structures
        • Function Prototypes
        • Compiler Options
        • Conditional Compilation
        • Kernel Extension Libraries
        • Kernel Execution Mode
        • Kernel Address Space
          • Kernel Address Space Organization
          • Temporary Attachment
          • Global Regions
    • System Calls
      • Differences Between a System Call and a User Function
      • Understanding Protection Domains
        • User Protection Domain
        • Kernel Protection Domain
      • Understanding System Call Execution
      • Accessing Kernel Data While in a System Call
      • Passing Parameters to System Calls
        • Passing Scalar Parameters to System Calls
          • 32-bit Application Support on the 64-bit Kernel
            • Signed long Parameter
            • long long Parameters
        • 64-bit Application Support on the 64-bit Kernel
        • Passing Structure Parameters to System Calls
          • Structure Reshaping
            • Dual Implementation
            • Passing Structures by Value
      • Preempting a System Call
      • Handling Signals While in a System Call
        • Delivery of Signals to a System Call
        • Asynchronous Signals and Wait Termination
        • Stacking Saved Contexts for Nested setjmpx Calls
      • Handling Exceptions While in a System Call
        • Alternative Exception Handling Using the setjmpx Kernel Service
      • Understanding Nesting and Kernel-Mode Use of System Calls
      • Page Faulting within System Calls
      • Returning Error Information from System Calls
      • System Calls Available to Kernel Extensions
        • System Calls Available to All Kernel Extensions
        • System Calls Available to Kernel Processes Only
    • Virtual File Systems
      • Logical File System Overview
        • Component Structure of the Logical File System
      • Virtual File System Overview
        • Understanding Virtual Nodes (V-nodes)
        • Understanding Generic I-nodes (G-nodes)
        • Understanding the Virtual File System Interface
          • Requirements for a File System Implementation
          • Important Data Structures for a File System Implementation
      • Understanding Data Structures and Header Files for Virtual File Systems
      • Configuring a Virtual File System
    • Kernel Services
      • I/O Kernel Services
        • Block I/O Kernel Services
        • Buffer Cache Kernel Services
        • Character I/O Kernel Services
        • Interrupt Management Kernel Services
        • Memory Buffer (mbuf) Kernel Services
        • DMA Management Kernel Services
        • Enhanced I/O Error Handling Kernel Services
          • Shared EEH Programming Model
          • Callback Routine
          • EEH user message broadcast
            • eeh_set_and_broadcast_user_state
            • eeh_get_user_state
            • eeh_clear_user_session
      • Block I/O Buffer Cache Kernel Services: Overview
        • Managing the Buffer Cache
        • Using the Buffer Cache write Services
      • Understanding Interrupts
        • Interrupt Level
        • Interrupt Trigger
        • Interrupt Priorities
      • Understanding DMA Transfers
        • DMA Programming Model
        • Data Structures
        • The d_map Return Code Map
        • Using the dio Structure
        • Fields of dio
        • Using DMA_CONTIGUOUS
        • Using DMA_NO_ZERO_ADDR
        • Using DMA_MAXMIN_MAPSPACE
        • Using DMA_INIT_STMAP_SUPPORT
        • Sample pseudo-code for the PCI drivers
        • Sample Pseudo-code for the ISA worker drivers
        • Page Protection Checking and Enforcement
        • Short term mapping
        • A comparison of PCI and ISA devices
        • d_align and d_roundup
        • Using 64-bit DMA transfer
        • Using DMA_HUGE
        • Using DMA_PRIME
      • Kernel Extension and Device Driver Management Services
        • Kernel Extension Loading and Unloading Services
        • Other Kernel Extension and Device Driver Management Services
        • List of Kernel Extension and Device Driver Management Kernel Services
      • Locking Kernel Services
        • Lock Allocation and Other Services
        • Simple Locks
        • Complex Locks
        • Lockl Locks
        • Atomic Operations
      • File Descriptor Management Services
      • Logical File System Kernel Services
        • Availability of logical file system services
        • List of Logical File System Kernel Services
      • Programmed I/O (PIO) Kernel Services
      • Memory Kernel Services
        • Memory Management Kernel Services
        • ldata Kernel Services
        • Memory Pinning Kernel Services
        • User-Memory-Access Kernel Services
        • Virtual Memory Management Kernel Services
        • Cross-Memory Kernel Services
      • Understanding Virtual Memory Manager Interfaces
        • Virtual Memory Objects
        • Addressing Data
        • Moving Data to or from a Virtual Memory Object
        • Data Flushing
        • Discarding Data
        • Protecting Data
        • Executable Data
        • Installing Pager Backends
        • Thread Page-I/O Strategy Routine
        • Referenced Routines
        • Services that Support 64-bit Processes
      • Message Queue Kernel Services
      • Network Kernel Services
        • Address Family Domain and Network Interface Device Driver Kernel Services
        • Routing and Interface Address Kernel Services
        • Loopback Kernel Services
        • Protocol Kernel Services
        • Communications Device Handler Interface Kernel Services
      • Process and Exception Management Kernel Services
        • Creating Kernel Processes
        • Creating Kernel Threads
        • Kernel Structures Encapsulation
        • Registering Exception Handlers
        • Signal Management
        • Events Management
        • List of Process, Thread, and Exception Management Kernel Services
      • RAS Kernel Services
        • List of RAS Kernel Services
      • Security Kernel Services
      • Timer and Time-of-Day Kernel Services
        • Time-Of-Day Kernel Services
        • Fine Granularity Timer Kernel Services
        • Timer Kernel Services for Compatibility
        • Watchdog Timer Kernel Services
      • Using Fine Granularity Timer Services and Structures
        • Timer Services Data Structures
        • Coding the Timer Function
      • Using Multiprocessor-Safe Timer Services
      • Virtual File System (VFS) Kernel Services
    • Asynchronous I/O Subsystem
      • Understanding AIO
        • SMP Systems
        • Identifying the number of AIO servers used currently
        • Identifying the number of AIO servers
        • Tunable Values for Asynchronous I/O
      • Functions of Asynchronous I/O
        • Large File-Enabled Asynchronous I/O
        • Nonblocking I/O
        • Notification of I/O Completion
          • Polling the Status of the I/O Operation
          • Asynchronously Notifying the Application When the I/O Operation Completes
          • Blocking the Application until the I/O Operation Is Complete
        • Cancellation of I/O Requests
      • Asynchronous I/O Subroutines
        • Order and Priority of Asynchronous I/O Calls
      • Subroutines Affected by Asynchronous I/O
      • 64-bit Enhancements
      • LEGACY AIO Extended Functionality
        • Extended AIOCB
        • I/O Priorities and Cache Hints
        • Using I/O Completion Ports with AIO Requests
    • Device Configuration Subsystem
      • Scope of Device Configuration Support
      • Device Configuration Subsystem Overview
      • General Structure of the Device Configuration Subsystem
        • High-Level Perspective
        • Device Method Level
        • Low-Level Perspective
      • Device Configuration Database Overview
      • Basic Device Configuration Procedures Overview
      • Device Configuration Manager Overview
        • Devices Graph
        • Configuration Rules
        • Invoking the Configuration Manager
      • Device Classes, Subclasses, and Types Overview
      • Writing a Device Method
        • Invoking Methods
        • Example Methods
      • Understanding Device Methods Interfaces
        • Configuration Manager
        • Run-Time Configuration Commands
      • Understanding Device States
      • Adding an Unsupported Device to the System
        • Modifying the Predefined Database
        • Adding Device Methods
        • Adding a Device Driver
        • Using installp Procedures
      • Understanding Device Dependencies and Child Devices
      • Accessing Device Attributes
        • Modifying an Attribute Value
      • Device Dependent Structure (DDS) Overview
        • How the Change method updates the DDS
        • Guidelines for DDS Structure
        • Example of DDS
      • List of Device Configuration Commands
      • List of Device Configuration Subroutines
    • Communications I/O Subsystem
      • User-Mode Interface to a Communications PDH
      • Kernel-Mode Interface to a Communications PDH
      • CDLI Device Drivers
      • Communications Physical Device Handler Model Overview
        • Use of mbuf Structures in the Communications PDH
        • Common Communications Status and Exception Codes
      • Status Blocks for Communications Device Handlers Overview
        • CIO_START_DONE
        • CIO_HALT_DONE
        • CIO_TX_DONE
        • CIO_NULL_BLK
        • CIO_LOST_STATUS
        • CIO_ASYNC_STATUS
      • MPQP Device Handler Interface Overview for the ARTIC960Hx PCI Adapter
        • Binary Synchronous Communication (BSC) with the PCI MPQP Adapter
          • BSC Message Types Detected by the PCI MPQP Adapter
          • Receive Errors Logged by the PCI MPQP Adapter
        • Description of the PCI MPQP Card
      • Serial Optical Link Device Handler Overview
        • Special Files
      • Configuring the Serial Optical Link Device Driver
        • Physical and Logical Devices
        • Changeable Attributes of the Serial Optical Link Subsystem
      • Forum-Compliant ATM LAN Emulation Device Driver
        • Adding ATM LANE Clients
        • Configuration Parameters for the ATM LANE Device Driver
        • Device Driver Configuration and Unconfiguration
        • Device Driver Open
        • Device Driver Close
        • Data Transmission
        • Data Reception
        • Asynchronous Status
          • Hard Failure
          • Enter Network Recovery Mode
          • Exit Network Recovery Mode
        • Device Control Operations
          • ATMLE_MIB_GET
          • ATMLE_MIB_QUERY
          • NDD_CLEAR_STATS
          • NDD_DISABLE_ADDRESS
            • Functional Address
            • Multicast/Group Address
          • NDD_DISABLE_MULTICAST
          • NDD_ENABLE_ADDRESS
            • Functional Address
            • Multicast/Group Address
          • NDD_ENABLE_MULTICAST
          • NDD_DEBUG_TRACE
          • NDD_GET_ALL_STATS
          • NDD_GET_STATS
          • NDD_MIB_ADDR
          • NDD_MIB_GET
          • NDD_MIB_QUERY
        • Tracing and Error Logging in the ATM LANE Device Driver
          • LANE error log templates:
        • Adding an ATM MPOA Client
        • Configuration Parameters for ATM MPOA Client
        • Tracing and Error Logging in the ATM MPOA Client
          • MPOA Client error log templates
        • Getting Client Status
      • PCI Token-Ring Device Drivers
        • Configuration Parameters
        • Device Driver Configuration and Unconfiguration
        • Device Driver Open
        • Device Driver Close
        • Data Transmission
        • Data Reception
        • Asynchronous Status
          • Hard Failure
          • Enter Network Recovery Mode
          • Exit Network Recovery Mode
        • Device Control Operations
        • Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability (RAS)
          • Trace
            • The PCI Token-Ring High Performance Device Driver (14101800)
            • The PCI Token-Ring (14103e00) Device Driver
          • Error Logging
            • PCI Token-Ring High Performance Device Driver (14101800)
            • PCI Token-Ring Device Driver (14103e00)
      • Ethernet Device Drivers
        • Configuration Parameters
          • PCI Ethernet Device Driver (22100020)
          • 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter Device Driver (23100020)
          • 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II Device Driver (1410ff01)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Adapter Device Driver (14100401)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter Device Driver (14106802)
          • 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI-X Adapter Device Driver (14106902)
          • 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter Device Driver (14108802)
          • 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter (14108902)
          • 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X Adapter (1410ba02) and 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI_X Adapter (1410bb02)
          • 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (1410eb02) and 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (1410ec02)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX Adapter Device Driver (e414a816)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX Adapter Device Driver (14101403)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX Adapter Device Driver (14106703)
          • 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter (14101103)
          • 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-Express Adapter (14106803)
          • 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-Express Adapter (14103f03)
          • 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-Express Adapter (14104003)
          • Host Ethernet Adapter Device Driver
          • 4-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter (e414571614102004)
          • 1 Gigabit Ethernet 4-port Mezzanine Adapter (e4145616e4140518) and 1GbE 4-port Mezzanine Adapter (e4145616e4140528)
          • 4-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter (e4143a16e4143009)
          • 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter (e4143a16e4140909)
          • 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Combo Adapter (e4143a161410a003)
          • 2-Port Integrated Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter (e4143a161410ed03)
          • 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI Express Dual Port Adapter (7710008077108001)
          • 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Dual Port Adapter (771000801410b003)
          • 2-port 10GbE SR PCIe2 Adapter (a21910071410d003)
          • PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFP+Copper Adapter (a21910071410d103)
          • 10GbE 4-port Mezzanine PCIe Adapter (a2191007df1033e7)
          • Int Multifunction Card SR Optical 10GbE (a219100714100904) and Base-TX 10/100/1000 1GbE (a21910071410d203)
          • Int Multifunction Card Copper SFP+ 10GbE (a219100714100a04) and Base-TX 10/100/1000 1GbE (a21910071410d203)
        • Interface Entry Points
          • Device Driver Configuration and Unconfiguration
          • Device Driver Open
          • Device Driver Close
          • Data Transmission
          • Data Reception
        • Asynchronous Status
        • Device Control Operations
          • NDD_GET_STATS Device Control Operation
          • NDD_MIB_QUERY Device Control Operation
          • NDD_MIB_GET Device Control Operation
          • NDD_ENABLE_ADDRESS Device Control Operation
          • NDD_DISABLE_ADDRESS Device Control Operation
          • NDD_MIB_ADDR Device Control Operation
          • NDD_CLEAR_STATS Device Control Operation
          • NDD_GET_ALL_STATS Device Control Operation
          • NDD_ENABLE_MULTICAST Device Control Operation
          • NDD_DISABLE_MULTICAST Device Control Operation
          • NDD_PROMISCUOUS_ON Device Control Operation
          • NDD_PROMISCUOUS_OFF Device Control Operation
          • NDD_DISABLE_ADAPTER Device Control Operation
          • NDD_ENABLE_ADAPTER Device Control Operation
          • NDD_SET_LINK_STATUS Device Control Operation
          • NDD_SET_MAC_ADDR Device Control Operation
        • Trace
          • PCI Ethernet Adapter Device Driver (22100020)
          • 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter Device Driver (23100020)
          • 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II Device Driver (1410ff01)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Adapter Device Driver (14100401)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter Device Driver (14106802), 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI-X Adapter Device Driver (14106902), 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (14108802), 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter (14108902), 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter (14101103), 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-Express Adapter (14106803), 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-Express Adapter (14103f03), and 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-Express Adapter (14104003)
          • 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X Adapter (1410ba02) and 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI_X Adapter (1410bb02)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX Adapter Device Driver (e414a816)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX Adapter Device Driver (14101403) and Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter Device Driver (14106703)
          • Host Ethernet Adapter Device Driver
          • 4-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter Device Driver (e414571614102004)
          • 1GbE 4-port Mezzanine Adapter (e4145616e4140518) and 1GbE 4-port Mezzanine Adapter (e4145616e4140528) Device Driver
          • 4-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter Device Driver (e4143a16e4143009)
          • 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter Device Driver (e4143a16e4140909)
          • 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Combo Adapter Device Driver (e4143a161410a003)
          • 2-Port Integrated Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express adapter device driver (e4143a161410ed03)
          • 10 Gb Ethernet PCI Express Dual Port Adapter Device Driver (7710008077108001)
          • 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI Express Dual Port Adapter Device Driver (771000801410b003)
          • 2-port 10GbE SR PCIe2 Adapter Device Driver (a21910071410d003)
          • PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFP+Copper Adapter Device Driver (a21910071410d103)
          • 10GbE 4-port Mezzanine Adapter Device Driver (a2191007df1033e7)
          • Int Multifunction Card SR Optical 10GbE (a219100714100904) and Base-TX 10/100/1000 1GbE (a21910071410d203) Device Driver
          • Int Multifunction Card Copper SFP+ 10GbE (a219100714100a04) and Base-TX 10/100/1000 1GbE (a21910071410d203) Device Driver
        • Error Logging
          • PCI Ethernet Adapter Device Driver (22100020)
          • 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter Device Driver (23100020)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Adapter Device Driver (14100401)
          • 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II Device Driver (1410ff01)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter Device Driver (14106802) and Other Device Drivers
          • 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X Adapter (1410ba02) and 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI_X Adapter (1410bb02)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX Adapter Device Driver (e414a816)
          • Gigabit Ethernet-SX Adapter Device Driver (14101403) and Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter Device Driver (14106703)
          • 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (1410eb02) and 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI_X 2.0 DDR Adapter (1410ec02)
          • Host Ethernet Adapter device driver
          • 4-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter (e414571614102004)
          • 1GbE 4-port Mezzanine Adapter (e4145616e4140518) and 1GbE 4-port Mezzanine Adapter (e4145616e4140528)
          • 4-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter (e4143a16e4143009)
          • 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter (e4143a16e4140909)
          • 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Combo Adapter (e4143a161410a003)
          • 2-Port Integrated Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express Adapter (e4143a161410ed03)
          • 10 Gb Ethernet PCI Express Dual Port Adapter (7710008077108001)
          • 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI Express Dual Port Adapter (771000801410b003)
          • 2-port 10GbE SR PCIe2 Adapter (a21910071410d003)
          • PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SFP+Copper Adapter (a21910071410d103)
          • 10GbE 4-port Mezzanine PCIe Adapter (a2191007df1033e7)
          • Int Multifunction Card SR Optical 10GbE (a219100714100904) and Base-TX 10/100/1000 1GbE (a21910071410d203)
          • Int Multifunction Card Copper SFP+ 10GbE (a219100714100a04) and Base-TX 10/100/1000 1GbE (a21910071410d203)
    • Graphic Input Devices Subsystem
      • open and close Subroutines
      • read and write Subroutines
      • ioctl Subroutines
        • Keyboard
        • Mouse
        • Tablet
        • GIO (Graphics I/O) Adapter
        • Dials
        • LPFK
      • Input Ring
        • Management of Multiple Keyboard Input Rings
        • Event Report Formats
          • Keyboard
          • Tablet
          • LPFK
          • Dials
          • Mouse (Standard Format)
        • Mouse (Extended Format)
        • Keyboard Service Vector
        • Special Keyboard Sequences
          • Secure Attention Key
          • Keep Alive Poll
    • Low Function Terminal Subsystem
      • Low Function Terminal Interface Functional Description
        • Configuration
        • Terminal Emulation
        • IOCTLS Needed for AIXwindows Support
        • Low Function Terminal to System Keyboard Interface
        • Low Function Terminal to Display Device Driver Interface
        • Low Function Terminal Device Driver Entry Points
      • Components Affected by the Low Function Terminal Interface
        • Configuration User Commands
        • Display Device Driver
        • Rendering Context Manager
          • The RCM to lft Interface Initialization
          • If AIXwindows Terminates Abnormally
          • AIXwindows to lft Initialization
          • Upon Normal Termination
        • Diagnostics
      • Accented Characters
        • List of Diacritics Supported by the HFT LFT Subsystem
          • Valid Sets of Characters (Categorized by Diacritics)
    • Logical Volume Subsystem
      • Direct Access Storage Devices (DASDs)
      • Physical volumes
        • Physical Volume Implementation Limitations
        • Physical Volume Layout
        • Reserved Sectors on a Physical Volume
        • Sectors Reserved for the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)
      • Understanding the Logical Volume Device Driver
        • Data Structures
        • Top Half of LVDD
        • Bottom Half of the LVDD
          • Strategy Layer
          • Scheduler Layer
          • Physical Layer
        • Interface to Physical Disk Device Drivers
      • Understanding Logical Volumes and Bad Blocks
        • Relocating Bad Blocks
        • Detecting and Correcting Bad Blocks
    • Printer Addition Management Subsystem
      • Printer Types Currently Supported
      • Printer Types Currently Unsupported
      • Adding a New Printer Type to Your System
        • Additional Steps for Adding a New Printer Type
        • Modifying Printer Attributes
      • Adding a Printer Definition
      • Adding a Printer Formatter to the Printer Backend
      • Understanding Embedded References in Printer Attribute Strings
    • Small Computer System Interface Subsystem (Parallel SCSI)
      • SCSI Subsystem Overview
        • Responsibilities of the SCSI Adapter Device Driver
        • Responsibilities of the SCSI Device Driver
        • Communication between SCSI Devices
          • Initiator-Mode Support
          • Target-Mode Support
      • Understanding SCSI Asynchronous Event Handling
        • Defined Events and Recovery Actions
        • Asynchronous Event-Handling Routine
      • SCSI Error Recovery
        • SCSI Initiator-Mode Recovery When Not Command Tag Queuing
        • SCSI Initiator-Mode Recovery During Command Tag Queuing
        • Analyzing Returned Status
        • Target-Mode Error Recovery
      • A Typical Initiator-Mode SCSI Driver Transaction Sequence
      • Understanding SCSI Device Driver Internal Commands
      • Understanding the Execution of Initiator I/O Requests
        • Spanned (Consolidated) Commands
        • Fragmented Commands
        • Gathered Write Commands
      • SCSI Command Tag Queuing
      • Understanding the sc_buf Structure
        • Fields in the sc_buf Structure
      • Other SCSI Design Considerations
        • Responsibilities of the SCSI Device Driver
        • SCSI Options to the openx Subroutine
        • Using the SC_FORCED_OPEN Option
        • Using the SC_RETAIN_RESERVATION Option
        • Using the SC_DIAGNOSTIC Option
        • Using the SC_NO_RESERVE Option
        • Using the SC_SINGLE Option
        • Closing the SCSI Device
        • SCSI Error Processing
        • Device Driver and Adapter Device Driver Interfaces
        • Performing SCSI Dumps
      • SCSI Target-Mode Overview
        • Configuring and Using SCSI Target Mode
        • Managing Receive-Data Buffers
        • Understanding Target-Mode Data Pacing
          • SCSI Adapter Device Driver
          • SCSI Device Driver
        • Understanding the SCSI Target Mode Device Driver Receive Buffer Routine
        • Understanding the tm_buf Structure
          • Fields in the tm_buf Structure
        • Understanding the Running of SCSI Target-Mode Requests
          • Detailed Running of Target-Mode Requests
      • Required SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Commands
        • Initiator-Mode ioctl Commands
        • Target-Mode ioctl Commands
        • Target- and Initiator-Mode ioctl Commands
    • SCSI Architectural Model Subsystem
      • Programming SAM Device Drivers
        • FCP, iSCSI, and Virtual SCSI Client Device Drivers
        • FCP, iSCSI, and Virtual SCSI Client Adapter Device Driver
        • FCP, iSCSI, and Virtual SCSI Client Adapter and Device Interface
          • scsi_buf Structure
          • Adapter and Device Driver Intercommunication
        • FCP, iSCSI, and Virtual SCSI Client Adapter Device Driver Routines
          • config Routine
          • open Routine
          • close Routine
          • openx Routine
          • strategy Routine
          • ioctl Routine
          • start Routine
          • interrupt Routine
        • SAM Adapter ioctl Operations
          • IOCINFO for FCP Adapters
          • IOCINFO for iSCSI Adapters
          • IOCINFO for SAS Adapters
          • IOCINFO for Virtual SCSI Adapters
          • SCIOLSTART
          • SCIOLSTOP
          • SCIOLEVENT
          • SCIOLINQU
          • SCIOLSTUNIT
          • SCIOLTUR
          • SCIOLREAD
          • SCIOLRESET
          • SCIOLHALT
          • SCIOLCMD
          • SCIOLNMSRV
          • SCIOLQWWN
          • SCIOLPAYLD
          • SCIOLCHBA
          • SCIOLPASSTHRUHBA
      • SAM Subsystem Overview
        • Responsibilities of the Adapter Device Driver
        • Responsibilities of the Device Driver
        • Communication between Devices
        • Initiator-Mode Support
        • Fast I/O Failure for Fibre Channel Devices
        • Dynamic Tracking of Fibre Channel Devices
        • Fast I/O Failure and Dynamic Tracking Interaction
      • SAM Asynchronous Event Handling
        • Defined Events and Recovery Actions
        • Asynchronous Event-Handling Routine
      • SAM Error Recovery
        • Autosense Data
        • NACA=1 error recovery
      • SAM Initiator-Mode Recovery When Not Command Tag Queuing
      • Initiator-Mode Recovery During Command Tag Queuing
        • Analyzing Returned Status
      • A Typical Initiator-Mode SAM Driver Transaction Sequence
      • Understanding the Execution of SAM Initiator I/O Requests
        • Spanned (Consolidated) Commands
        • Fragmented Commands
      • SAM Command Tag Queuing
      • Understanding the scsi_buf Structure
        • Fields in the scsi_buf Structure
      • Other SAM Design Considerations
        • Responsibilities of the Device Driver
        • Options to the openx Subroutine
        • Using the SC_FORCED_OPEN Option
        • Using the SC_FORCED_OPEN_LUN Option
        • Using the SC_RETAIN_RESERVATION Option
        • Using the SC_DIAGNOSTIC Option
        • Using the SC_NO_RESERVE Option
        • Using the SC_SINGLE Option
        • Closing the Device
        • Error Processing
        • Device Driver and Adapter Device Driver Interfaces
        • Performing Dumps
      • SAM Adapter Device Driver ioctl Commands
    • Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
      • USB Subsystem Overview
        • Responsibilities of the USB Client Device Driver
        • Responsibilities of the USB Protocol Device Driver
        • Responsibilities of the USB Adapter Device Driver
      • USB System Device Driver Programming Interface
        • usbdCloseDevice
        • usbdResetDevice
        • usbdPipeConnect
        • usbdPipeDisconnect
        • usbdPipeIO
        • usbdPipeIOWait
        • usbdPipeStatus
        • usbdPipeAbort
        • usbdPipeClear
        • usbdMapMemory
        • usbdUnmapMemory
        • usbdGetDescriptors
        • usbdGetDevselector
        • usbdGetFrame
        • usbdSetInterface
      • USB Host Controller Driver Programming Interface
        • Host Controller Registration
        • Root Hub Emulation
        • HCDI Call Vectors
          • hcdUnregisterHC
          • hcdPipeConnect
          • hcdPipeDisconnect
          • hcdPipeIO
          • hcdPipeStatus
          • hcdPipeAbort
          • hcdPipeHalt
          • hcdPipeClear
          • hcdPipeResetToggle
          • hcdPipeAddIOB
          • hcdShutdownComplete
          • hcdGetFrame
          • hcdDevAlloc
          • hcdDevFree
          • hcdConfigPipes
          • hcdUnconfigPipes
          • usbdBusMap
          • usbdunBusMap
          • usbdReqHCunregister
          • usbdPostIOB
          • usbdReqHCshutdown
          • usbdReqHCrestart
      • USB Error Recovery
      • A Typical USB Driver Transaction Sequence
      • USB Driver Internal Commands
      • The IRP Structure
        • IRP Structure
      • The IOB Structure
      • USB Adapter Driver ioctl command
        • HCD_REGISTER_HC
      • USB Protocol and Bus Driver ioctl commands
        • USBD_REGISTER_SINGLE_HC
        • USBD_REGISTER_MULTI_HC
        • USBD_ENUMERATE_DEVICE
        • USBD_ENUMERATE_ALL
        • USBD_ENUMERATE_CFG
        • USBD_GET_DESCRIPTORS
        • USBD_CFG_CLIENT_UPDATE
        • USBD_OPEN_DEVICE
        • USBD_OPEN_DEVICE_EXT
    • Debug Facilities
      • System Dump Facility
        • Configuring a Dump Device
          • Including Device Driver Data
        • Starting a System Dump
          • Using the Command Line
          • Using SMIT
          • Using the Reset Button
          • Using Special Key Sequences
          • Using the HMC Command Line
        • Checking the Status of a System Dump
        • Status Codes
        • Copying a System Dump
          • Copying a System Dump on a Dataless or Diskless Workstation
            • Reboot in Normal mode
            • Locate the System Dump
            • Copy the System Dump from the Server
          • Copying a System Dump on a Non-Dataless or Non-Diskless Machine
            • Reboot Your Machine
            • Copy a System Dump after Rebooting in Normal Mode
            • Copy a System Dump after Booting from Maintenance Mode
        • Increase the Size of a Dump Device
          • Determining the Size of a Dump Device
          • Determining the Type of Logical Volume
          • Increasing the Size of a Dump Device
        • Callback Commands for System Dumps
      • Live Dump Facility
        • Initiating Live Dumps from Software Programs
          • Pseudo components
          • Examples
        • Callback Commands for Live Dumps
          • Kernel Services for a Serialized Dump
        • Live Dump Detail Levels
        • Sample Kernel Extension
      • Component Trace Facility
        • Component Trace Modes
        • Using the Component Trace Facility
          • Initializing a Component Trace
            • Registration
            • Changing Component Trace Properties
            • Customization
          • Unregistering a Component
          • Tracing Events into the Component Trace Private Buffer
          • Controlling Component Trace for Your Component
          • Managing Trace Levels
        • Callback Routine
      • Error Logging
        • Setting up Error Logging
          • Constructing error templates
          • Adding Error Logging Calls into the Code
      • Debug and Performance Tracing
        • Introduction
        • Using the trace Facility
          • Configuring and Starting trace Data Collection
        • Controlling trace
        • Producing a trace Report
        • Defining trace Events
          • Possible Forms of a trace Event Record
          • Macros for Recording trace Events
          • Use of Event IDs
          • Suggested Locations and Data for Permanent Events
          • Syntax for Stanzas in the trace Format File
          • Example Trace Format File
          • Examples of Coding Events and Formatting Events
            • Step 1: Enable the trace
            • Step 2: Compile your program
            • Step 3: Run the program
            • Step 4: Add a stanza to the format file
            • Step 5: Run the format/filter program
        • Usage Hints
          • Viewing trace Data
          • Bracketing Data Collection
          • Reading a trace Report
          • Effective Filtering of the trace Report
        • Trace Event Groups
      • Memory Overlay Detection System (MODS)
        • bosdebug command
        • When to use the MODS feature
        • How MODS works
        • MODS limitations
        • MODS benefits
    • Loadable Authentication Module Programming Interface
      • Overview
      • Load Module Interfaces
      • Authentication Interfaces
        • The method_authenticate Interface
        • The method_chpass Interface
        • The method_getpasswd Interface
        • The method_normalize Interface
        • The method_passwdexpired Interface
        • The method_passwdrestrictions Interface
      • Identification Interfaces
        • The method_getentry Interface
        • The method_getgracct Interface
        • The method_getgrgid Interface
        • The method_getgrnam Interface
        • The method_getgrset Interface
        • The method_getgrusers Interface
        • The method_getpwnam Interface
        • The method_getpwuid Interface
        • The method_putentry Interface
        • The method_putgrent Interface
        • The method_putgrusers Interface
        • The method_putpwent Interface
      • Support Interfaces
        • The method_attrlist Interface
        • The method_close Interface
        • The method_commit Interface
        • The method_delgroup Interface
        • The method_deluser Interface
        • The method_lock Interface
        • The method_newentry Interface
        • The method_newgroup Interface
        • The method_newuser Interface
        • The method_nextentry Interface
        • The method_open Interface
        • The method_unlock Interface
      • Configuration Files
        • The options Attribute
      • Compound Load Modules
    • Kernel Storage-Protection Keys
      • Kernel Keys and Kernel Key Sets
      • Protection Gates
      • Making a Kernel Extension Key Safe
      • Designing the Key Protection in a Key-protected Kernel Extension
        • Examples
  • Communication Programming Concepts
    • Data Link Control
      • Generic Data Link Control Environment Overview
        • Meeting the GDLC Criteria
      • Implementing GDLC Interface
      • GDLC Special Kernel Services
      • GDLC Problem Determination
        • DLC Status Information
        • DLC Error Log
        • DLC Link Station Trace Facility
          • Trace Channels
          • Trace Entry Size
          • Trace Reports
          • Trace Entries
        • LAN Monitor Trace
      • Data Link Control Programming and Reference Information
        • Kernel Services for DLC
        • DLC Programming Procedures
      • Token-Ring Data Link Control Overview
      • DLCTOKEN Device Manager Nodes
      • DLCTOKEN Device Manager Functions
      • DLCTOKEN Protocol Support
        • Station Types
        • Response Modes
        • Token-Ring Data Packet
      • DLCTOKEN Name-Discovery Service
        • LAN Find Data Format
        • LAN Found Data Format
        • Bridge Route Discovery
      • DLCTOKEN Direct Network Services
      • DLCTOKEN Connection Contention
      • Initiating DLCTOKEN Link Sessions
      • Stopping DLCTOKEN Link Sessions
      • DLCTOKEN Programming Interfaces
        • DLC_ENABLE_SAP
        • DLC_START_LS
        • DLC_ALTER
        • DLC_QUERY_SAP
        • DLC_QUERY_LS
        • DLC_ENTER_SHOLD
        • DLC_EXIT_SHOLD
        • DLC_ADD_GROUP
        • DLC_ADD_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_GRP
        • IOCINFO
      • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Data Link Control Overview
      • DLC8023 Device Manager Nodes
      • DLC8023 Device Manager Functions
      • DLC8023 Protocol Support
        • Station Types
        • Response Modes
        • IEEE 802.3 Data Packet
      • DLC8023 Name-Discovery Services
        • LAN Find Data Format
        • LAN Found Data Format
      • DLC8023 Direct Network Services
      • DLC8023 Connection Contention
      • DLC8023 Link Sessions
        • Link Session Termination
      • DLC8023 Programming Interfaces
        • DLC_ENABLE_SAP
        • DLC_START_LS
        • DLC_ALTER
        • DLC_QUERY_SAP
        • DLC_QUERY_LS
        • DLC_ENTER_SHOLD
        • DLC_EXIT_SHOLD
        • DLC_ADD_GROUP
        • DLC_ADD_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_GRP
        • IOCINFO
      • Standard Ethernet Data Link Control Overview
      • DLCETHER Device Manager Nodes
      • DLCETHER Device Manager Functions
      • DLCETHER Protocol Support
        • Station Type
        • Response Modes
        • Ethernet Data Packet
      • DLCETHER Name-Discovery Services
        • LAN Find Data Format
        • LAN Found Data Format
      • DLCETHER Direct Network Services
      • DLCETHER Connection Contention
      • DLCETHER Link Session Initiation
      • DLCETHER Link Session Termination
      • DLCETHER Programming Interfaces
        • DLC_ENABLE_SAP
        • DLC_START_LS
        • DLC_ALTER
        • DLC_QUERY_SAP
        • DLC_QUERY_LS
        • DLC_ENTER_SHOLD
        • DLC_EXIT_SHOLD
        • DLC_ADD_GRP
        • DLC_ADD_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_GRP
        • IOCINFO
      • Synchronous Data Link Control Overview
      • DLCSDLC Device Manager Functions
      • DLCSDLC Protocol Support
        • Station Types
        • Operation Modes
        • Transmission Frames
        • Response Modes
        • Station Link Address Field
        • Control Field (Commands Supported)
        • Control Field (Responses Supported)
      • DLCSDLC Programming Interfaces
        • DLC_ENABLE_SAP
        • DLC_START_LS
        • DLC_ALTER
        • DLC_QUERY_SAP
        • DLC_QUERY_LS
        • DLC_ENTER_SHOLD
        • DLC_EXIT_SHOLD
        • DLC_ADD_GRP
        • DLC_ADD_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_FUNC_ADDR
        • IOCINFO
      • DLCSDLC Asynchronous Function Subroutine Calls
      • Qualified Logical Link Control (DLCQLLC) Overview
        • DLCQLLC Device Manager Functions
        • DLC_ENABLE_SAP
        • DLC_START_LS
          • Example of Protocol-Specific Configuration Parameters
          • Facilities Structure
        • DLC_ALTER
        • DLC_QUERY_SAP
        • DLC_QUERY_LS
        • DLC_ENTER_SHOLD
        • DLC_EXIT_SHOLD
        • DLC_ADD_GRP
        • DLC_ADD_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_FUNC_ADDR
        • IOCINFO
        • DLCQLLC Asynchronous Function Subroutine Calls
      • Data Link Control FDDI (DLC FDDI) Overview
      • DLC FDDI Device Manager Nodes
      • DLC FDDI Device Manager Functions
      • DLC FDDI Protocol Support
        • Station Type
        • Response Modes
        • FDDI Data Packet
      • DLC FDDI Name-Discovery Services
        • LAN Find Data Format
        • LAN Found Data Format
        • Bridge Route Discovery
      • DLC FDDI Direct Network Services
      • DLC FDDI Connection Contention
      • DLC FDDI Link Sessions
        • Link Session Termination
      • DLC FDDI Programming Interfaces
        • DLC_ENABLE_SAP
        • DLC_START_LS
        • DLC_ALTER
        • DLC_ENTER_SHOLD
        • DLC_EXIT_SHOLD
        • DLC_ADD_GROUP
        • DLC_ADD_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_FUNC_ADDR
        • DLC_DEL_GRP
        • DLC_QUERY_SAP
        • DLC_QUERY_LS
        • IOCINFO
        • Asynchronous Function Calls
    • Data Link Provider Interface Implementation
      • Primitive Implementation Specifics
      • Packet Format Registration Specifics
      • Address Resolution Routine Registration Specifics
      • ioctl Specifics
      • Dynamic Route Discovery
      • DRD Configuration
      • Connectionless Mode Only DLPI Driver versus Connectionless/Connection-Oriented DLPI Driver
      • Obtaining Copies of the DLPI Specifications
    • New Database Manager
      • Diagnosing NDBM Problems
      • List of NDBM and DBM Programming References
    • eXternal Data Representation
      • eXternal Data Representation Overview for Programming
        • A Canonical Standard
        • Basic Block Size
        • Unsupported Representations
      • XDR Subroutine Format
      • XDR Library
        • XDR with RPC
      • XDR Language Specification
        • Lexical Notes
        • Declarations, Enumerations, Structures, and Unions
        • Syntax Notes
      • XDR Data Types
        • Integer Data Types
          • Signed and Unsigned Integers
          • Signed and Unsigned Hyperintegers
        • Enumeration Data Types
        • Boolean Data Types
        • Floating-Point Data Types
          • Single-Precision Floating Point
          • Double-Precision Floating Point
        • Opaque Data Types
          • Fixed-Length Opaque Data
          • Variable-Length Opaque Data
        • Array Data Types
          • Fixed-Length Array
          • Variable-Length Array
        • Strings
        • Structures
        • Discriminated Unions
        • Voids
        • Constants
        • Type Definitions
        • Optional Data
      • List of XDR Programming References
        • XDR Library Filter Primitives
        • XDR Library Non-Filter Primitives
        • Examples
      • XDR Library Filter Primitives
        • XDR Basic Filter Primitives
          • Number Filter Primitives
          • Floating-Point Filter Primitives
          • Enumeration Filter Primitives
          • Passing No Data
        • XDR Constructed Filter Primitives
          • String Filter Primitives
          • Array Filter Primitives
            • Generic Arrays
            • Byte Arrays
          • Opaque-Data Filter Primitives
          • Primitive for Pointers to Structures
          • Primitive for Discriminated Unions
      • XDR Non-Filter Primitives
        • Creating and Using XDR Data Streams
          • Standard I/O Streams
          • Memory Streams
          • Record Streams
        • Manipulating an XDR Data Stream
        • Implementing an XDR Data Stream
        • Destroying an XDR Data Stream
      • Passing Linked Lists Using XDR Example
      • Using an XDR Data Description Example
      • Showing the Justification for Using XDR Example
      • Using XDR Example
      • Using XDR Array Examples
        • Example 1
        • Example 2
        • Example 3
        • Example 4
      • Using an XDR Discriminated Union Example
      • Showing the Use of Pointers in XDR Example
    • Network Information Services (NIS)
      • Files
    • Network Management
      • Simple Network Management Protocol
      • Management Information Base
      • Terminology Related to Management Information Base Variables
      • Working with Management Information Base Variables
      • Management Information Base Database
        • get-next Request
      • How a Manager Functions
      • How an Agent Functions
        • Traps
      • List of SNMP Agent Programming References
        • Programming Commands
        • Files and File Formats
        • SMUX Subroutines
      • SMUX Error Logging Subroutines Examples
        • adios Sample Subroutine
        • advise Sample Subroutine
    • Remote Procedure Call
      • RPC Model
        • Transports and Semantics
        • RPC in the Binding Process
      • RPC Message Protocol
        • RPC Protocol Requirements
        • RPC Messages
        • RPC Call Message
        • Derived Types
        • RPC Reply Message
          • The Reply to an Accepted Request
          • The Reply to a Rejected Request
        • Marking Records in RPC Messages
      • RPC Authentication
        • RPC Authentication Protocol
        • NULL Authentication
        • UNIX Authentication
          • UNIX Authentication on the Client Side
          • UNIX Authentication on the Server Side
        • Data Encryption Standard (DES) Authentication
          • DES Authentication Naming Scheme
          • DES Authentication Verifiers
          • DES Authentication on the Server Side
          • DES Authentication on the Client Side
          • Nicknames
          • Clock Synchronization
        • DES Authentication Protocol
        • Diffie-Hellman Encryption
      • RPC Port Mapper Program
        • Registering Ports
        • Port Mapper Protocol
        • Port Mapper Procedures
      • Programming in RPC
        • Assigning Program Numbers
        • Assigning Version Numbers
        • Assigning Procedure Numbers
        • Using Registered RPC Programs
        • Using the Highest Layer of RPC
        • Using the Intermediate Layer of RPC
          • Using the registerrpc Routine
          • Using the callrpc Routine
          • Passing Arbitrary Data Types
        • Using the Lowest Layer of RPC
        • Allocating Memory with XDR
        • Starting RPC from the inetd Daemon
        • Compiling and Linking RPC Programs
      • RPC Features
        • Batching Remote Procedure Calls
        • Broadcasting Remote Procedure Calls
        • RPC Call-back Procedures
        • Using the select Subroutine on the Server Side
      • RPC Language
        • RPC Language Descriptions
        • Definitions
        • Structures
        • Unions
        • Enumerations
        • Type Definitions
        • Constants
        • Programs
        • Declarations
          • Simple Declarations
          • Fixed-length Array Declarations
          • Variable-length Array Declarations
          • Pointer Declarations
        • RPCL Syntax Requirements for Program Definition
        • Exceptions to the RPCL Rules
          • Booleans
          • Strings
          • Opaque Data
          • Voids
      • rpcgen Protocol Compiler
        • Converting Local Procedures into Remote Procedures
        • Generating XDR Routines
        • C Preprocessor
        • Changing Time Outs
        • Handling Broadcast on the Server Side
        • Other Information Passed to Server Procedures
      • List of RPC Programming References
        • Subroutines and Macros
          • Managing the Client
          • Managing the Server
          • Describing and Encoding Remote Procedure Calls
        • Examples
      • Using UNIX Authentication Example
        • UNIX Authentication on the Client Side
        • UNIX Authentication on the Server Side
      • DES Authentication Example
        • DES Authentication on the Client Side
        • DES Authentication on the Server Side
      • Using the Highest Layer of RPC Example
      • Using the Intermediate Layer of RPC Example
        • Intermediate Layer of RPC on the Server Side
        • Intermediate Layer of RPC on the Client Side
      • Using the Lowest Layer of RPC Example
        • The Lowest Layer of RPC from the Server Side
        • The Lowest Layer of RPC from the Client Side
      • Showing How RPC Passes Arbitrary Data Types Example
        • Passing a Simple User-Defined Structure Example
        • Passing a Variable-Length Array Example
        • Passing a Fixed-Length Array Example
        • Passing Structure with Pointers Example
      • Using Multiple Program Versions Example
      • Broadcasting a Remote Procedure Call Example
      • IPv6 concerns for Transport Independent Remote Procedure Call
      • Using the select Subroutine Example
      • rcp Process on TCP Example
      • RPC Callback Procedures Example
      • RPC Language ping Program Example
      • Converting Local Procedures into Remote Procedures Example
      • Generating XDR Routines Example
    • Sockets
      • Sockets Overview
        • Critical Attributes
        • Sockets Background
        • Socket Facilities
          • Creating and Naming Sockets
          • Accepting and Making Socket Connections
          • Transferring Data
          • Shutting Down Socket Operations
          • Translating Network Addresses
      • Sockets Interface
        • Socket Interface to Network Facilities
      • Socket Subroutines
      • Socket Header Files
        • Socket Address Data Structures
      • Socket Communication Domains
        • Address Formats
        • Address Families
        • UNIX Domain Properties
        • Internet Domain Properties
        • The Operating System Network Device Driver (NDD) Domain Properties
      • Socket Addresses
        • Socket Address Storage
        • Socket Addresses in TCP/IP
        • Socket Addresses in the Operating System Network Device Driver (NDD)
      • Socket Types and Protocols
        • Socket Types
        • Socket Protocols
      • Socket Creation
      • Binding Names to Sockets
        • Binding Addresses to Sockets
        • Obtaining Socket Addresses
      • Socket Connections
        • Server Connections
        • Connectionless Datagram Services
      • Socket Options
      • Socket Data Transfer
        • Out-of-Band Data
        • Socket I/O Modes
      • Socket Shutdown
        • Closing Sockets
      • IP Multicasts
      • Network Address Translation
        • Name Resolution
        • Host Names
        • Network Names
        • Protocol Names
        • Service Names
        • Network Byte-Order Translation
        • Internet Address Translation
        • Network Host and Domain Names
      • Domain Name Resolution
      • Socket Examples
        • Socketpair Communication Example
        • Reading Internet Datagrams Example Program
        • Sending Internet Datagrams Example Program
        • Reading UNIX Datagrams Example Program
        • Sending UNIX Datagrams Example Program
        • Initiating Internet Stream Connections Example Program
        • Accepting Internet Stream Connections Example Program
        • Checking for Pending Connections Example Program
        • Initiating UNIX Stream Connections Example Program
        • Accepting UNIX Stream Connections Example Program
        • Sending Data on an ATM Socket PVC Client Example Program
        • Receiving Data on an ATM Socket PVC Server Example Program
        • Sending Data on an ATM Socket Rate-Enforced SVC Client Example Program
        • Receiving Data on an ATM Socket Rate-Enforced SVC Server Example Program
        • Sending Data on an ATM Socket SVC Client Example Program
        • Receiving Data on an ATM Socket SVC Server Example Program
        • Receiving Packets Over Ethernet Example Program
        • Sending Packets Over Ethernet Example Program
        • Analyzing Packets Over the Network Example Program
      • List of Socket Programming References
        • Kernel Service Subroutines
        • Network Library Subroutines
        • Header Files
        • Protocols
    • STREAMS
      • STREAMS Introduction
        • Stream Head
        • Modules
        • Stream End
        • STREAMS Modularity
        • STREAMS Facilities
      • Benefits and Features of STREAMS
        • Creating Service Interfaces
        • Manipulating Modules
        • Protocol Substitution
        • Module Reusability
      • STREAMS Flow Control
      • STREAMS Synchronization
        • Synchronization Mechanism
        • Synchronization of timeout and bufcall Utilities
        • Synchronization Levels
          • No Synchronization Level
          • Queue-Level Synchronization
          • Queue Pair-Level Synchronization
          • Module-Level Synchronization
          • Arbitrary-Level Synchronization
          • Global-Level Synchronization
        • Per-stream Synchronization
        • Queue-Welding Mechanism
          • Welding Queues
      • Using STREAMS
        • streamio Operations
      • STREAMS Tunable Parameters
        • Load-Time Parameters
        • Run-Time Parameters
      • streamio (STREAMS ioctl) Operations
      • Building STREAMS
        • Expanded Streams
        • Pushable Modules
      • STREAMS Messages
        • Message Blocks
        • Message Types
        • Message Queue Priority
        • Sending and Receiving Messages
      • Put and Service Procedures
        • Put Procedures
        • Service Procedures
      • STREAMS Drivers and Modules
        • Environment
        • Drivers
        • Modules
        • 64-Bit Support
          • STREAMS Message Block MSG64BIT Flag
          • Transparent ioctls
      • log Device Driver
        • User Interface
        • Examples
      • Configuring Drivers and Modules in the Portable Streams Environment
        • Loading and Unloading PSE
        • Loading and Unloading a Driver or Module
        • PSE Configuration Routines
          • Example Module
      • An Asynchronous Protocol STREAMS Example
        • Initializing the Stream
        • Using Messages in the Example
        • Other User Functions
        • Kernel Processing
          • Read-Side Processing
            • Driver Processing
            • CHARPROC
            • CANONPROC
          • Write-Side Processing
          • Analysis
      • Differences Between Portable Streams Environment and V.4 STREAMS
        • Extensions to STREAMS
        • Differences in PSE
      • List of Streams Commands
        • Configuring
        • Maintaining
      • List of STREAMS Programming References
        • Operation
      • Transport Service Library Interface Overview
        • TLI and XTI Characteristics
    • Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
      • DHCP Server API
        • Loading User Objects
        • Predefined Structures
          • dhcpmessage
          • dhcpoption
          • dhcpclientid
          • dhcplogseverity
        • User-Defined Object Requirements
          • Initialize
          • Shutdown
          • Checkpoint Routines
            • messageReceived
            • addressOffered
            • addressAssigned
            • addressReleased
            • addressExpired
            • addressDeleted
            • addressDeclined
        • User-Defined Object Optional Routine
      • Dynamic Load API
        • Services Map Type
        • Protocols Map Type
        • Hosts Map Type
        • Networks Map Type
        • Netgroup Map Type
        • Using the Dynamic Load API
          • Naming the User-Provided Module
          • Configuring a Dynamic API
          • Procedures
      • Service Location Protocol (SLP) APIs
      • Lists of Programming References
        • Methods
        • Files and File Formats
        • RFCs
          • Name Server
          • Telnet
          • FTP
          • TFTP
          • SNMP
          • SMTP
          • Name/Finger
          • Time
          • TCP
          • UDP
          • ARP
          • IP
          • ICMP
          • Link (802.2)
          • IP Multicasts
          • Others
    • Packet Capture Library
      • Packet Capture Library Overview
        • Performing Packet Capture
      • Packet Capture Library Subroutines
      • Packet Capture Library Header Files
      • Packet Capture Library Data Structures
      • Packet Capture Library Filter Expressions
        • Allowable Primitives
          • Relational Operators of the Expression Parameter
          • Combining Primitives
      • Sample 1: Capturing Packet Data and Printing It in Binary Form to the Screen
      • Sample 2: Capturing Packet Data and Saving It to a File for Processing Later
      • Sample 3: Reading Previously Captured Packet Data from a Savefile and Processing It
  • AIX globalization
    • What's new
    • Separation of messages from programs
      • Conversion between code sets
      • Input method support
      • Converters overview
      • Using the message facility
      • Setting multicultural support for devices
        • Terminals (tty devices)
        • Printers
        • Low-function terminals
      • Changing the language environment
      • Changing the default keyboard map
      • ICU4C libraries
    • Locales
      • Understanding locale
        • Typical user scenarios
        • Locale naming conventions
        • Installation default locale
        • The C or POSIX locale
      • Understanding locale categories
      • Understanding locale environment variables
        • Environment variables precedence example
      • Understanding the locale definition source file
      • Multibyte subroutines
      • Wide character subroutines
      • Bidirectionality and character shaping
      • Code set independence
        • Determining maximum number of bytes in code sets
        • Detemining character and string display widths
        • Exceptions to code set knowledge: unique code-point range
      • File name matching
      • Radix character handling
      • Programming model
    • Subroutines for multicultural support
      • Locale subroutines
        • Setting the Locale
        • Acessing locale information
        • Examples
      • Time formatting subroutines
        • Examples
      • Monetary formatting subroutines
        • Examples
      • Multibyte and wide character subroutines
        • Multibyte code and character code conversion subroutines
          • Multibyte code to wide character code conversion subroutines
          • Wide character code to multibyte code conversion subroutines
          • Examples
        • Wide character classification subroutines
          • Generic wide character classification subroutines
          • Standard wide character classification subroutines
          • Wide character case conversion subroutines
          • Example
        • Wide character display column width subroutines
          • Examples
        • Multibyte and wide character string collation subroutines
          • Examples
        • Multibyte and wide character string comparison subroutines
          • Example
        • Wide character string conversion subroutines
          • Examples
        • Wide character string copy subroutines
          • Example
        • Wide character string search subroutines
          • Examples
        • Wide character input/output subroutines
          • Formatted wide character I/O
          • Unformatted wide character I/O
            • Reading and processsing an entire file
            • Input subroutines
            • Output subroutines
          • Examples
        • Working with the wide character constant
        • wchar.h header file
      • Globalized regular expression subroutines
        • Examples
    • Code sets for multicultural support
      • Single-byte and multibyte code sets
      • Unique code-point range
      • Data representation
        • Multibyte character code data representation
        • Wide character data representation
      • Character properties
        • Collation-Order properties
        • Code set width
        • Code set display width
      • ASCII characters
        • ASCII characters in the unique code-point range
        • Other ASCII characters
      • Code set strategy
      • Code set structure
        • Control characters
        • Graphic characters
        • Single-byte and multibyte code sets
      • ISO code sets
        • ISO646-IRV
        • ISO8859 family
        • Code set ISO8859-1
        • Code set ISO8859–2
        • Code set ISO8859-4
        • Code set ISO8859-5
        • Code set ISO8859–6
        • Code set ISO8859–7
        • Code set ISO8859–8
        • Code set ISO8859–9
        • Code set ISO8859–15
        • Extended UNIX code (EUC) encoding scheme
        • IBM-eucJP
        • IBM-eucCN
        • GB18030
        • IBM-eucTW
        • Big5
          • Code range for Big5 locale
        • IBM-eucKR
      • IBM PC code sets
        • IBM-856
        • IBM-921
        • IBM-922
        • IBM-943 and IBM-932
        • IBM-1046
        • IBM-1124
        • IBM-1129
        • TIS-620
      • UCS-2 and UTF-8
        • ISO10646 UCS-2 (Unicode)
        • UCS-4 and UTF-32
        • UTF-8 (UCS transformation format)
        • UTF-16
    • Converters overview for programming
      • Using the iconv command
      • Understanding libiconv
        • Using the iconv_open subroutine
        • Converter programs versus tables
        • Unicode and universal converters
        • Universal UCS converter
    • Using converters
      • Code set conversion filter example
      • Naming converters
    • List of converters
      • PC, ISO, and EBCDIC code set converters
        • Compatible code set names
        • Files
      • Multibyte code set converters
        • Files
      • Interchange converters—7-bit
        • Files
      • Interchange converters—8-bit
        • Files
      • Interchange converters—compound text
        • Files
      • Interchange converters—uucode
        • Files
      • UCS-2 interchange converters
      • UTF-8 interchange converters
      • Miscellaneous converters
        • Files
    • Writing converters using the iconv interface
      • Code sets and converters
        • Stateful code sets and converters
        • Stateless code sets and converters
      • Overview of iconv framework structures
        • iconv.h file and structures
        • iconv control flow
      • Writing a code set converter
        • Algorithm-based stateless converters
        • Stateful converters
      • Examples
    • Input methods
      • Input method introduction
      • input method names
      • Input method areas
      • Input method command
      • Programming input methods
        • Initialization
        • Input method management
        • Input method keymap management
        • Key event processing
        • Callbacks
        • Input method structures
      • Working with keyboard mapping
        • Input method keymaps
        • Inbound and outbound mapping
      • Using callbacks
        • Initializing callbacks
      • Bidirectional input method
        • Keymaps
        • Key settings
        • Modifiers
      • Cyrillic input method (CIM)
        • keymap
        • Keysyms
        • Modifiers
      • Greek input method (GIM)
        • Keymap
        • Keysyms
        • Modifiers
      • Japanese input method (JIM)
        • Japanese character processing
        • Kana-to-Kanji conversion (KKC) technology
        • Input modes
        • Keyboard mapping
        • Character size
        • Romaji-To-Kana conversion (RKC)
        • Kanji Pre-edit
        • Keymaps
        • Keysyms
        • Modifiers
      • Korean input method (KIM)
      • Latvian input method (LVIM)
        • Keymap
      • Lithuanian input method (LTIM)
        • Keymap
      • Thai input method (THIM)
        • keymap
      • Vietnamese input method (VNIM)
        • keymap
      • Simplified Chinese input method (ZIM-UCS)
        • Chinese (CJK) character processing
      • Single-byte input method (SIM)
        • Keymaps
        • Reserved keysyms
        • Modifiers
      • Traditional Chinese input method (TIM)
        • TIM features
        • Traditional Chinese character processing
      • Universal input method
        • Keymap
      • Reserved keysyms
        • Reserved keysyms for Traditional Chinese
        • Reserved keysyms for Simplified Chinese (ZIM and ZIM-UCS)
    • Message facility
      • Creating a message source file
        • Usage considerations
        • Adding comments to the message source file
        • Continuing messages on the next line
        • Including special characters in the message text
        • Defining a character to delimit message text
        • Assigning message set numbers and message ID numbers
        • Removing messages from a catalog
        • Length of message text
        • Content of message text
        • Examples of message source files
      • Creating a message catalog
        • Noun or noun phrase (ex: Client certificates)
        • Examples
      • Displaying messages outside of an application program
      • Displaying messages with an application program
        • Understanding the NLSPATH environment variable
        • Retrieving program-supplied default messages
        • Setting the language hierarchy
      • Example of retrieving a message from a catalog
      • Write messages
        • Describing command syntax in messages
        • Writing style for messages
    • Culture-specific data handling
      • Culture-specific tables
      • Culture-specific algorithms
      • Example of loading a culture-specific module for Arabic text for an application
        • Header file
        • Main program
        • Methods
        • Include file
      • Layout (bidirectional text and character shaping) overview
        • Data streams
        • Cursor movement
        • Character shaping
          • Methods of character shaping
          • Contextual character shaping
    • Supported languages and locales
    • Globalization reference
      • Globalization checklist
        • Program operation checklist
        • AIXwindows checklist
      • List of multicultural support subroutines
        • List of locale subroutines
        • List of time and monetary formatting subroutines
        • List of multibyte character subroutines
        • List of wide character subroutines
        • List of layout library subroutines
        • List of message facility subroutines
        • List of converter subroutines
        • List of input method subroutines
        • List of regular expression subroutines
    • Character maps
      • ISO code sets
        • ISO8859–1
        • ISO8859–2
        • ISO8859–4
        • ISO8859–5
        • ISO8859–6
        • ISO8859–7
        • ISO8859–8
        • ISO8859–9
        • ISO8859–15
      • IBM PC code sets
        • IBM-856
        • IBM-921
        • IBM-922
        • IBM-1046
        • IBM-1124
        • IBM-1129
        • TIS-620
    • Multicultural support sample program
      • Message source file for my_example
      • Creation of message header file for my_example
      • Single-source, single-path code set independent version
      • Single-source, dual-path version optimized for single-byte code sets
    • Use of the libcur package
  • Assembler language reference
    • Assembler overview
      • Features of the AIX® assembler
        • Multiple hardware architecture and implementation platform support
        • Host machine independence and target environment indicator flag
        • Mnemonics cross-reference
        • CPU ID definition
        • Source language type
        • Detection error conditions
        • Warning messages
        • Special-purpose register changes and special-purpose register field handling
      • Assembler installation
    • Processing and storage
      • POWER® family and PowerPC® architecture overview
        • Instruction forms
          • Split-field notation
          • Instruction fields
      • Branch processor
        • Branch instructions
        • System call instruction
        • Condition register instructions
      • Fixed-point processor
        • Fixed-point load and store instructions
        • Fixed-point load and store with update instructions
        • Fixed-point string instructions
        • Fixed-point address computation instructions
        • Fixed-point arithmetic instructions
        • Fixed-point compare instructions
        • Fixed-point trap instructions
        • Fixed-point logical instructions
        • Fixed-point rotate and shift instructions
        • Fixed-point move to or from special-purpose registers instructions
      • Floating-point processor
        • Floating-point numbers
        • Interpreting the contents of a floating-point register
        • Floating-point load and store instructions
        • Floating-point move instructions
        • Floating-point arithmetic instructions
        • Floating-point multiply-add instructions
        • Floating-point compare instructions
        • Floating-point conversion instructions
        • Floating-point status and control register instructions
    • Syntax and semantics
      • Character set
      • Reserved words
      • Line format
      • Statements
        • Instruction statements and pseudo-operation statements
        • Null statements
        • Separator characters
        • Labels
        • Mnemonics
        • Operands
        • Comments
      • Symbols
        • Constructing symbols
        • Defining a symbol with a label
        • Defining a symbol with a pseudo-op
        • CSECT entry names
        • Thread-local symbols
        • The special symbol toc
        • TOC entry names
        • TOC-end symbols
        • Using a symbol before defining It
        • Visibility of symbols
        • Declaring a global symbol
      • Relocation specifiers
      • Constants
        • Arithmetic constants
          • Arithmetic evaluation
          • Decimal constants
          • Octal constants
          • Hexadecimal constants
          • Binary constants
          • Floating-point constants
        • Character constants
        • Symbolic constants
        • String constants
      • Operators
        • Operator precedence
      • Expressions
        • Object mode considerations
        • Types and values of terms
          • Absolute terms
          • Relocatable terms
          • External relocatable terms
          • TOC-relative relocatable terms
          • TOCOF relocatable terms
        • Types and values of expressions
          • Restricted external relocatable expressions
        • Combination handling of expressions
          • Expression value calculations
          • Object file relocation table entries of expressions
          • Expression type of combined expressions
            • Combining expressions with group 1 operators
            • Combining expressions with group 2 operators
    • Addressing
      • Absolute addressing
      • Absolute immediate addressing
      • Relative immediate addressing
      • Explicit-based addressing
      • Implicit-based addressing
      • Location counter
    • Assembling and linking a program
      • Assembling and linking a program
        • Assembling with the as command
        • Assembling and linking with the cc command
      • Understanding assembler passes
        • First pass
        • Second pass
      • Interpreting an assembler listing
      • Interpreting a symbol cross-reference
      • Subroutine linkage convention
        • Linkage convention overview
          • Object mode considerations
          • Register usage and conventions
          • Special registers in the PowerPC®
          • Runtime process stack
            • Stack layout
            • Stack areas
          • Stack-related system standard
          • Prologs and epilogs
            • Saving gprs only
            • Saving gprs and fprs
            • Saving fprs only
            • Updating the stack pointer
        • Calling routine's responsibilities
        • Called routine's responsibilities
        • Traceback tags
        • Example
        • Using milicode routines
      • Understanding and programming the toc
        • Using the toc
        • Accessing data through the toc entry with tc storage-mapping class
        • Accessing data through the toc entry with the te storage-mapping class
        • Accessing data through the toc entry with td storage-mapping class
          • Example using .csect pseudo-op with td storage-mapping class
          • Example using .comm pseudo-op with td storage-mapping class
          • Example using an external td symbol
        • Intermodule calls using the toc
      • Using thread local storage
      • Running a program
    • Extended instruction mnemonics
      • Extended mnemonics of branch instructions
        • Branch mnemonics that incorporate only the bo operand
        • Extended branch mnemonics that incorporate the bo field and a partial bi field
        • BI operand of branch conditional instructions for basic and extended mnemonics
        • Extended mnemonics for branch prediction
      • Extended mnemonics of condition register logical instructions
      • Extended mnemonics of fixed-point arithmetic instructions
      • Extended mnemonics of fixed-point compare instructions
      • Extended mnemonics of fixed-point load instructions
      • Extended mnemonics of fixed-point logical instructions
      • Extended mnemonics of fixed-point trap instructions
      • Extended mnemonic mtcr for moving to the condition register
      • Extended mnemonics of moving from or to special-purpose registers
        • mfspr extended mnemonics for POWER® family
        • mtspr extended mnemonics for POWER® family
        • mfspr extended mnemonics for PowerPC®
        • mtspr extended mnemonics for PowerPC®
        • mfspr extended mnemonics for PowerPC® 601 RISC microprocessor
        • mtspr extended mnemonics for PowerPC® 601 RISC microprocessor
      • Extended mnemonics of 32-bit fixed-point rotate and shift instructions
        • Alternative input format
          • Examples of valid 32-bit masks
          • Examples of 32-bit masks that are not valid
        • 32-bit rotate and shift extended mnemonics for POWER® family and PowerPC®
        • Examples
      • Extended mnemonics of 64-bit fixed-point rotate and shift instructions
        • Alternative input format
        • 64-bit rotate and shift extended mnemonics for POWER® family and PowerPC®
    • Migrating source programs
      • Functional differences for POWER® family and PowerPC® instructions
      • Differences between POWER® family and PowerPC® instructions with the same op code
        • Instructions with the same op code, mnemonic, and function
        • Instructions with the same op code and function
        • mfdec instructions
      • Extended mnemonics changes
        • Extended mnemonics in com mode
        • Extended mnemonics in ppc mode
      • POWER® family instructions deleted from PowerPC®
      • Added PowerPC® instructions
      • Instructions available only for the PowerPC® 601 RISC microprocessor
      • Migration of branch conditional statements with no separator after mnemonic
    • Instruction set
      • abs (Absolute) instruction
      • add (Add) or cax (Compute Address) instruction
      • addc or a (Add Carrying) instruction
      • adde or ae (Add Extended) instruction
      • addi (Add Immediate) or cal (Compute Address Lower) instruction
      • addic or ai (Add Immediate Carrying) instruction
      • addic. or ai. (Add Immediate Carrying and Record) instruction
      • addis or cau (Add Immediate Shifted) instruction
      • addme or ame (Add to Minus One Extended) instruction
      • addze or aze (Add to Zero Extended) instruction
      • and (AND) instruction
      • andc (AND with Complement) instruction
      • andi. or andil. (AND Immediate) instruction
      • andis. or andiu. (AND Immediate Shifted) instruction
      • b (Branch) instruction
      • bc (Branch Conditional) instruction
      • bcctr or bcc (Branch Conditional to Count Register) instruction
      • bclr or bcr (Branch Conditional Link Register) instruction
      • clcs (Cache Line Compute Size) instruction
      • clf (Cache Line Flush) instruction
      • cli (Cache Line Invalidate) instruction
      • cmp (Compare) instruction
      • cmpi (Compare Immediate) instruction
      • cmpl (Compare Logical) instruction
      • cmpli (Compare Logical Immediate) instruction
      • cntlzd (Count Leading Zeros Double Word) instruction
      • cntlzw or cntlz (Count Leading Zeros Word) instruction
      • crand (Condition Register AND) instruction
      • crandc (Condition Register AND with Complement) instruction
      • creqv (Condition Register Equivalent) instruction
      • crnand (Condition Register NAND) instruction
      • crnor (Condition Register NOR) instruction
      • cror (Condition Register OR) instruction
      • crorc (Condition Register OR with Complement) instruction
      • crxor (Condition Register XOR) instruction
      • dcbf (Data Cache Block Flush) instruction
      • dcbi (Data Cache Block Invalidate) instruction
      • dcbst (Data Cache Block Store) instruction
      • dcbt (Data Cache Block Touch) instruction
      • dcbtst (Data Cache Block Touch for Store) instruction
      • dcbz or dclz (Data Cache Block Set to Zero) instruction
      • dclst (Data Cache Line Store) instruction
      • div (Divide) instruction
      • divd (Divide Double Word) instruction
      • divdu (Divide Double Word Unsigned) instruction
      • divs (Divide Short) instruction
      • divw (Divide Word) instruction
      • divwu (Divide Word Unsigned) instruction
      • doz (Difference or Zero) instruction
      • dozi (Difference or Zero Immediate) instruction
      • eciwx (External Control In Word Indexed) instruction
      • ecowx (External Control Out Word Indexed) instruction
      • eieio (Enforce In-Order Execution of I/O) instruction
      • extsw (Extend Sign Word) instruction
      • eqv (Equivalent) instruction
      • extsb (Extend Sign Byte) instruction
      • extsh or exts (Extend Sign Halfword) instruction
      • fabs (Floating Absolute Value) instruction
      • fadd or fa (Floating Add) instruction
      • fcfid (Floating Convert from Integer Double Word) instruction
      • fcmpo (Floating Compare Ordered) instruction
      • fcmpu (Floating Compare Unordered) instruction
      • fctid (Floating Convert to Integer Double Word) instruction
      • fctidz (Floating Convert to Integer Double Word with Round toward Zero) instruction
      • fctiw or fcir (Floating Convert to Integer Word) instruction
      • fctiwz or fcirz (Floating Convert to Integer Word with Round to Zero) instruction
      • fdiv or fd (Floating Divide) instruction
      • fmadd or fma (Floating Multiply-Add) instruction
      • fmr (Floating Move Register) instruction
      • fmsub or fms (Floating Multiply-Subtract) instruction
      • fmul or fm (Floating Multiply) instruction
      • fnabs (Floating Negative Absolute Value) instruction
      • fneg (Floating Negate) instruction
      • fnmadd or fnma (Floating Negative Multiply-Add) instruction
      • fnmsub or fnms (Floating Negative Multiply-Subtract) instruction
      • fres (Floating Reciprocal Estimate Single) instruction
      • frsp (Floating Round to Single Precision) instruction
      • frsqrte (Floating Reciprocal Square Root Estimate) instruction
      • fsel (Floating-Point Select) instruction
      • fsqrt (Floating Square Root, Double-Precision) instruction
      • fsqrts (Floating Square Root Single) instruction
      • fsub or fs (Floating Subtract) instruction
      • icbi (Instruction Cache Block Invalidate) instruction
      • isync or ics (Instruction Synchronize) instruction
      • lbz (Load Byte and Zero) instruction
      • lbzu (Load Byte and Zero with Update) instruction
      • lbzux (Load Byte and Zero with Update Indexed) instruction
      • lbzx (Load Byte and Zero Indexed) instruction
      • ld (Load Doubleword) instruction
      • ldarx (Load Doubleword Reserve Indexed) instruction
      • ldu (Load Doubleword with Update) instruction
      • ldux (Load Doubleword with Update Indexed) instruction
      • ldx (Load Doubleword Indexed) instruction
      • lfd (Load Floating-Point Double) instruction
      • lfdu (Load Floating-Point Double with Update) instruction
      • lfdux (Load Floating-Point Double with Update Indexed) instruction
      • lfdx (Load Floating-Point Double-Indexed) instruction
      • lfq (Load Floating-Point Quad) instruction
      • lfqu (Load Floating-Point Quad with Update) instruction
      • lfqux (Load Floating-Point Quad with Update Indexed) instruction
      • lfqx (Load Floating-Point Quad Indexed) instruction
      • lfs (Load Floating-Point Single) instruction
      • lfsu (Load Floating-Point Single with Update) instruction
      • lfsux (Load Floating-Point Single with Update Indexed) instruction
      • lfsx (Load Floating-Point Single Indexed) instruction
      • lha (Load Half Algebraic) instruction
      • lhau (Load Half Algebraic with Update) instruction
      • lhaux (Load Half Algebraic with Update Indexed) instruction
      • lhax (Load Half Algebraic Indexed) instruction
      • lhbrx (Load Half Byte-Reverse Indexed) instruction
      • lhz (Load Half and Zero) instruction
      • lhzu (Load Half and Zero with Update) instruction
      • lhzux (Load Half and Zero with Update Indexed) instruction
      • lhzx (Load Half and Zero Indexed) instruction
      • lmw or lm (Load Multiple Word) instruction
      • lq (Load Quad Word) instruction
      • lscbx (Load String and Compare Byte Indexed) instruction
      • lswi or lsi (Load String Word Immediate) instruction
      • lswx or lsx (Load String Word Indexed) instruction
      • lwa (Load Word Algebraic) instruction
      • lwarx (Load Word and Reserve Indexed) instruction
      • lwaux (Load Word Algebraic with Update Indexed) instruction
      • lwax (Load Word Algebraic Indexed) instruction
      • lwbrx or lbrx (Load Word Byte-Reverse Indexed) instruction
      • lwz or l (Load Word and Zero) instruction
      • lwzu or lu (Load Word with Zero Update) instruction
      • lwzux or lux (Load Word and Zero with Update Indexed) instruction
      • lwzx or lx (Load Word and Zero Indexed) instruction
      • maskg (Mask Generate) instruction
      • maskir (Mask Insert from Register) instruction
      • mcrf (Move Condition Register Field) instruction
      • mcrfs (Move to Condition Register from FPSCR) instruction
      • mcrxr (Move to Condition Register from XER) instruction
      • mfcr (Move from Condition Register) instruction
      • mffs (Move from FPSCR) instruction
      • mfmsr (Move from Machine State Register) instruction
      • mfocrf (Move from One Condition Register Field) instruction
      • mfspr (Move from Special-Purpose Register) instruction
      • mfsr (Move from Segment Register) instruction
      • mfsri (Move from Segment Register Indirect) instruction
      • mfsrin (Move from Segment Register Indirect) instruction
      • mtcrf (Move to Condition Register Fields) instruction
      • mtfsb0 (Move to FPSCR Bit 0) instruction
      • mtfsb1 (Move to FPSCR Bit 1) instruction
      • mtfsf (Move to FPSCR Fields) instruction
      • mtfsfi (Move to FPSCR Field Immediate) instruction
      • mtocrf (Move to One Condition Register Field) instruction
      • mtspr (Move to Special-Purpose Register) instruction
      • mul (Multiply) instruction
      • mulhd (Multiply High Double Word) instruction
      • mulhdu (Multiply High Double Word Unsigned) instruction
      • mulhw (Multiply High Word) instruction
      • mulhwu (Multiply High Word Unsigned) instruction
      • mulld (Multiply Low Double Word) instruction
      • mulli or muli (Multiply Low Immediate) instruction
      • mullw or muls (Multiply Low Word) instruction
      • nabs (Negative Absolute) instruction
      • nand (NAND) instruction
      • neg (Negate) instruction
      • nor (NOR) instruction
      • or (OR) instruction
      • orc (OR with Complement) instruction
      • ori or oril (OR Immediate) instruction
      • oris or oriu (OR Immediate Shifted) instruction
      • popcntbd (Population Count Byte Doubleword) instruction
      • rac (Real Address Compute) instruction
      • rfi (Return from Interrupt) instruction
      • rfid (Return from Interrupt Double Word) instruction
      • rfsvc (Return from SVC) instruction
      • rldcl (Rotate Left Double Word then Clear Left) instruction
      • rldicl (Rotate Left Double Word Immediate then Clear Left) instruction
      • rldcr (Rotate Left Double Word then Clear Right) instruction
      • rldic (Rotate Left Double Word Immediate then Clear) instruction
      • rldicl (Rotate Left Double Word Immediate then Clear Left) instruction
      • rldicr (Rotate Left Double Word Immediate then Clear Right) instruction
      • rldimi (Rotate Left Double Word Immediate then Mask Insert) instruction
      • rlmi (Rotate Left Then Mask Insert) instruction
      • rlwimi or rlimi (Rotate Left Word Immediate Then Mask Insert) instruction
      • rlwinm or rlinm (Rotate Left Word Immediate Then AND with Mask) instruction
      • rlwnm or rlnm (Rotate Left Word Then AND with Mask) instruction
      • rrib (Rotate Right and Insert Bit) instruction
      • sc (System Call) instruction
      • scv (System Call Vectored) instruction
      • si (Subtract Immediate) instruction
      • si. (Subtract Immediate and Record) instruction
      • sld (Shift Left Double Word) instruction
      • sle (Shift Left Extended) instruction
      • sleq (Shift Left Extended with MQ) instruction
      • sliq (Shift Left Immediate with MQ) instruction
      • slliq (Shift Left Long Immediate with MQ) instruction
      • sllq (Shift Left Long with MQ) instruction
      • slq (Shift Left with MQ) instruction
      • slw or sl (Shift Left Word) instruction
      • srad (Shift Right Algebraic Double Word) instruction
      • sradi (Shift Right Algebraic Double Word Immediate) instruction
      • sraiq (Shift Right Algebraic Immediate with MQ) instruction
      • sraq (Shift Right Algebraic with MQ) instruction
      • sraw or sra (Shift Right Algebraic Word) instruction
      • srawi or srai (Shift Right Algebraic Word Immediate) instruction
      • srd (Shift Right Double Word) instruction
      • sre (Shift Right Extended) instruction
      • srea (Shift Right Extended Algebraic) instruction
      • sreq (Shift Right Extended with MQ) instruction
      • sriq (Shift Right Immediate with MQ) instruction
      • srliq (Shift Right Long Immediate with MQ) instruction
      • srlq (Shift Right Long with MQ) instruction
      • srq (Shift Right with MQ) instruction
      • srw or sr (Shift Right Word) instruction
      • stb (Store Byte) instruction
      • stbu (Store Byte with Update) instruction
      • stbux (Store Byte with Update Indexed) instruction
      • stbx (Store Byte Indexed) instruction
      • std (Store Double Word) instruction
      • stdcx. (Store Double Word Conditional Indexed) instruction
      • stdu (Store Double Word with Update) instruction
      • stdux (Store Double Word with Update Indexed) instruction
      • stdx (Store Double Word Indexed) instruction
      • stfd (Store Floating-Point Double) instruction
      • stfdu (Store Floating-Point Double with Update) instruction
      • stfdux (Store Floating-Point Double with Update Indexed) instruction
      • stfdx (Store Floating-Point Double Indexed) instruction
      • stfiwx (Store Floating-Point as Integer Word indexed)
      • stfq (Store Floating-Point Quad) instruction
      • stfqu (Store Floating-Point Quad with Update) instruction
      • stfqux (Store Floating-Point Quad with Update Indexed) instruction
      • stfqx (Store Floating-Point Quad Indexed) instruction
      • stfs (Store Floating-Point Single) instruction
      • stfsu (Store Floating-Point Single with Update) instruction
      • stfsux (Store Floating-Point Single with Update Indexed) instruction
      • stfsx (Store Floating-Point Single Indexed) instruction
      • sth (Store Half) instruction
      • sthbrx (Store Half Byte-Reverse Indexed) instruction
      • sthu (Store Half with Update) instruction
      • sthux (Store Half with Update Indexed) instruction
      • sthx (Store Half Indexed) instruction
      • stmw or stm (Store Multiple Word) instruction
      • stq (Store Quad Word) instruction
      • stswi or stsi (Store String Word Immediate) instruction
      • stswx or stsx (Store String Word Indexed) instruction
      • stw or st (Store) instruction
      • stwbrx or stbrx (Store Word Byte-Reverse Indexed) instruction
      • stwcx. (Store Word Conditional Indexed) instruction
      • stwu or stu (Store Word with Update) instruction
      • stwux or stux (Store Word with Update Indexed) instruction
      • stwx or stx (Store Word Indexed) instruction
      • subf (Subtract From) instruction
      • subfc or sf (Subtract from Carrying) instruction
      • subfe or sfe (Subtract from Extended) instruction
      • subfic or sfi (Subtract from Immediate Carrying) instruction
      • subfme or sfme (Subtract from Minus One Extended) instruction
      • subfze or sfze (Subtract from Zero Extended) instruction
      • svc (Supervisor Call) instruction
      • sync (Synchronize) or dcs (Data Cache Synchronize) instruction
      • td (Trap Double Word) instruction
      • tdi (Trap Double Word Immediate) instruction
      • tlbie or tlbi (Translation Look-Aside Buffer Invalidate Entry) instruction
      • tlbld (Load Data TLB Entry) instruction
      • tlbli (Load Instruction TLB Entry) instruction
      • tlbli instruction function
      • tlbsync (Translation Look-Aside Buffer Synchronize) instruction
      • tw or t (Trap Word) instruction
      • twi or ti (Trap Word Immediate) instruction
      • xor (XOR) instruction
      • xori or xoril (XOR Immediate) instruction
      • xoris or xoriu (XOR Immediate Shift) instruction
    • Pseudo-ops
      • Pseudo-ops overview
        • Pseudo-ops grouped by function
          • Data alignment
          • Data definition
          • Storage definition
          • Addressing
          • Assembler section definition
          • DWARF section definitions
          • External symbol definition
          • Static symbol definition
          • Support for calling conventions
          • Miscellaneous
          • Symbol table entries for debuggers
          • Target environment indication
        • Notational conventions
      • .align pseudo-op
      • .bb pseudo-op
      • .bc pseudo-op
      • .bf pseudo-op
      • .bi pseudo-op
      • .bs pseudo-op
      • .byte pseudo-op
      • .comm pseudo-op
      • .comment pseudo-op
      • .csect pseudo-op
      • .double pseudo-op
      • .drop pseudo-op
      • .dsect pseudo-op
      • .dwsect pseudo-op
      • .eb pseudo-op
      • .ec pseudo-op
      • .ef pseudo-op
      • .ei pseudo-op
      • .es pseudo-op
      • .except pseudo-op
      • .extern pseudo-op
      • .file pseudo-op
      • .float pseudo-op
      • .function pseudo-op
      • .globl pseudo-op
      • .hash pseudo-op
      • .info pseudo-op
      • .lcomm pseudo-op
      • .leb128 pseudo-op
      • .lglobl pseudo-op
      • .line pseudo-op
      • .long pseudo-op
      • .llong pseudo-op
      • .machine pseudo-op
      • .option pseudo-op
      • .org pseudo-op
      • .ptr pseudo-op
      • .quad pseudo-op
      • .ref pseudo-op
      • .rename pseudo-op
      • .set pseudo-op
      • .short pseudo-op
      • .source pseudo-op
      • .space pseudo-op
      • .stabx pseudo-op
      • .string pseudo-op
      • .tbtag pseudo-op
      • .tc pseudo-op
      • .toc pseudo-op
      • .tocof pseudo-op
      • .uleb128 pseudo-op
      • .using pseudo-op
      • .vbyte pseudo-op
      • .weak pseudo-op
      • .xline pseudo-op
    • Appendix A messages
    • Appendix B instruction set sorted by mnemonic
    • Appendix C instruction set sorted by primary and extended op code
    • Appendix D instructions common to POWER family, POWER2™, and PowerPC
    • Appendix E POWER family and POWER2™ instructions
    • Appendix F PowerPC® instructions
    • Appendix G PowerPC 601 RISC Microprocessor instructions
    • Appendix H value definitions
    • Appendix I vector processor
      • Storage operands and alignment
      • Register usage conventions
      • Runtime stack
        • Vector register save and restore procedures
      • Procedure calling sequence
        • Argument passing
        • Function return values
      • Traceback tables
      • Debug stabstrings
      • Legacy ABI compatibility and interoperability
  • CAPI programming
    • CAPI Flash adapter
      • CAPI Flash block library
        • cblk_init API
        • cblk_term API
        • cblk_open API
        • cblk_close API
        • cblk_get_lun_size API
        • cblk_get_size API
        • cblk_set_size API
        • cblk_get_stats API
        • cblk_read API
        • cblk_write API
        • cblk_aread API
        • cblk_awrite API
        • cblk_aresult API
        • cblk_clone_after_fork API
        • cblk_listio API
      • CAPI Flash key-value library
        • ark_create API
        • ark_delete API
        • ark_set, ark_set_async_cb API
        • ark_get, ark_get_async_cb API
        • ark_del, ark_del_async_cb API
        • ark_exists, ark_exists_async_cb API
        • ark_first API
        • ark_next API
        • ark_allocated API
        • ark_inuse API
        • ark_actual API
        • ark_fork, ark_fork_done API
        • ark_random API
        • ark_count API
        • ark_stats API
  • KDB kernel debugger and kdb command
    • KDB kernel debugger
      • Invoking the KDB kernel debugger
        • Loading and starting the KDB kernel debugger
        • Entering the KDB kernel debugger
        • Using a terminal with the KDB kernel debugger
      • The kdb command
        • Invoking the kdb command
    • The debugger prompt
      • Online help
      • Registers
      • Expressions
      • User-defined variables
      • Command line editing
        • The emacs or gmacs editing mode
        • The vi editing mode
      • Multiprocessor systems
    • Viewing and modifying global data
      • Method 1: Using the symbol name
      • Method 2: Using the TOC and map file
      • Method 3: Using the map file
    • Viewing stack traces
      • Stack frame format
      • Verbose stack output
    • Setting breakpoints
      • Method 1: Using the lke subcommand
      • Method 2: Using the nm subcommand
      • Method 3: Using the kmid pointer
      • Method 4: Using the devsw subcommand
    • Subcommand lists
      • Alphabetic list
      • Task category list
    • End user subcommands
      • h subcommand
      • set subcommand
      • dbgopt subcommand
      • varset subcommand
      • varlist subcommand
      • varrm subcommand
      • his subcommand
      • debug subcommand
      • ! subcommand
    • Leaving kdb subcommands
      • e subcommand
      • reboot subcommand
      • halt subcommand
    • Changing context subcommands
      • sw subcommand
      • cpu subcommand
      • ctx subcommand
      • runcpu subcommand
    • Calculator and converter subcommands
      • hcal and dcal subcommands
      • conv subcommand
    • CPU start and stop subcommands
      • start and stop subcommands
    • Basic display subcommands
      • f subcommand
      • status subcommand
      • stat subcommand
      • pr subcommand
      • symptom subcommand
    • Memory register display and decode subcommands
      • d, dw, dd, dp, dpw, and dpd subcommands
      • dc and dpc subcommands
      • di subcommand
      • dr subcommand
      • ddvb, ddvh, ddvw, ddvd, ddpb, ddph, ddpw, and ddpd subcommand
    • Memory search and extract subcommands
      • find and findp subcommands
      • ext and extp subcommands
    • Memory modification subcommands
      • m, mw, md, mp, mpw, and mpd subcommands
      • st, stc, and sth subcommands
      • mdvb, mdvh, mdvw, mdvd, mdpb, mdph, mdpw, mdpd subcommands
      • mr subcommand
    • Breakpoint and steps subcommands
      • b subcommand
      • lb subcommand
      • c, lc, and ca subcommands
      • r and gt subcommands
      • n, s, S, and B subcommand
    • Debugger trace points subcommands
      • bt subcommand
      • test subcommand
      • cat and ct subcommands
    • Watch DABR subcommands
      • wr, ww, wrw, cw, lwr, lww, lwrw, and lcw subcommands
    • Branch target subcommands
      • btac, cbtac, lbtac, lcbtac subcommands
    • Namelist and symbols subcommands
      • nm and ts subcommands
      • ns subcommand
      • which subcommand
    • PCI configuration space and I/O debugging subcommands
      • dpcib, dpcih, and dpciw subcommand
      • mpcib, mpcih, and mpciw subcommands
      • buserr subcommand
      • businfo subcommand
    • Display kernel data structures subcommands
      • var subcommand
      • drvars subcommand
      • ipl subcommand
      • devsw subcommand
      • intr subcommand
    • Display RBAC subcommands
      • dpriv subcommand
      • kernauth subcommand
      • kernrole subcommand
      • kpct subcommand
      • kpdt subcommand
      • kst subcommand
      • sec_flags subcommand
      • wparprivs subcommand
    • Display VMM subcommands
      • ames subcommand
      • apt subcommand
      • frameset subcommand
      • free subcommand
      • freelist subcommand
      • ipc subcommand
      • rtipc subcommand
      • rtipcd subcommand
      • lka subcommand
      • lkh subcommand
      • lkw subcommand
      • mempool subcommand
      • pdt subcommand
      • pfhdata subcommand
      • pft subcommand
      • swhat subcommand
      • pvt subcommand
      • pta subcommand
      • pte subcommand
      • rmap subcommand
      • rvsid subcommand
      • scb subcommand
      • segst64 subcommand
      • sr64 subcommand
      • ksp subcommand
      • ste subcommand
      • vmbufst subcommand
      • vmaddr subcommand
      • vmdmap subcommand
      • vmint subcommand
      • vmker subcommand
      • vmlocks subcommand
      • vmlog subcommand
      • vmpool subcommand
      • vmstat subcommand
      • vmthrpgio subcommand
      • vmwait subcommand
      • vrld subcommand
      • vsidd subcommand
      • vsidm subcommand
      • zproc subcommand
      • drlist subcommand
      • lrustate subcommand
    • Address translation subcommands
      • tr and tv subcommands
      • slb subcommand
      • mslb subcommand
      • dbat subcommand
      • ibat subcommand
      • mdbat subcommand
      • mibat subcommand
    • Loader subcommands
      • lke, stbl, and rmst subcommand
      • lle subcommand
      • exp subcommand
    • Display context information subcommands
      • pnda subcommand
      • ppda subcommand
      • mst subcommand
      • lastbackt subcommand
      • proc subcommand
      • thread subcommand
      • user subcommand
      • ppid subcommand
      • ptid subcommand
      • ttid subcommand
      • tpid subcommand
      • rq subcommand
      • rqi subcommand
      • lq subcommand
      • cr subcommand
      • svmon subcommand
      • meml subcommand
      • cred subcommand
      • kkeymap subcommand
      • hkeymap subcommand
      • hkeyset subcommand
      • kkeyset subcommand
    • Display storage subsystem information subcommands
      • pbuf subcommand
      • volgrp subcommand
      • pvol subcommand
      • lvol subcommand
      • scd subcommand
    • Display memory allocation information subcommands
      • heap subcommand
      • xmalloc subcommand
      • kmbucket subcommand
      • kmstats subcommand
    • Display general and Journal File System (JFS) information subcommands
      • dnlc subcommand
      • hdnlc subcommand
      • kvn subcommand
      • buffer subcommand
      • hbuffer subcommand
      • fbuffer subcommand
      • gnode subcommand
      • gfs subcommand
      • file subcommand
      • inode subcommand
      • hinode subcommand
      • icache subcommand
      • vnc subcommand
      • hvnc subcommand
      • vnode subcommand
      • vfs subcommand
      • specnode subcommand
      • devnode subcommand
      • fifonode subcommand
      • hnode subcommand
      • jfsnode subcommand
      • kfset subcommand
    • Display Enhanced Journaled File System information subcommands
      • i2 subcommand
      • tree subcommand
      • dtree subcommand
      • xtree subcommand
      • pgobj subcommand
      • pgbuf subcommand
      • txblock subcommand
      • txblocki subcommand
      • txlock subcommand
      • bmblock subcommand
      • jfs2node subcommand
      • j2logbuf subcommand
      • j2logx subcommand
      • j2log subcommand
      • pile subcommand
      • slab subcommand
    • Display NFS information subcommands
      • cupboard subcommand
      • sockpint subcommand
      • sockcup subcommand
      • svcxprt subcommand
    • Time subcommands
      • time subcommand
      • trb subcommand
    • System trace, dump and error log subcommands
      • trace subcommand
      • mtrace subcommand
      • cdt subcommand
      • errpt subcommand
      • check subcommand
      • ctctrl subcommand
      • trc subcommand
      • errlg subcommand
      • ldmp subcommand
      • dmptrc subcommand
    • Lock subcommands
      • lk, slk, clk, and dlk subcommands
      • dla subcommand
    • Network subcommands
      • ifnet subcommand
      • tcb subcommand
      • udb subcommand
      • sock subcommand
      • sctpcb subcommand
      • tcpcb subcommand
      • mbuf subcommand
      • netm subcommand
      • sockinfo subcommand
      • ndd subcommand
      • nsdbg subcommand
      • netstat subcommand
      • route subcommand
      • rtentry subcommand
      • rxnode subcommand
      • tcpdbg subcommand
    • Workload Manager (WLM) subcommands
      • cla subcommand
      • bdev subcommand
      • bqueue subcommand
      • rules subcommand
    • Workload partition subcommands
      • wp subcommand
    • kdb command
      • Loading the kernel extension
      • Building the demonstration programs
      • Generating map and list files
        • Understanding the compiler list file
        • Understanding map files
      • Using the comp_link script
        • demo.c example file
        • demokext.c example file
        • demo.h example file
        • demokext.exp example file
        • comp_link example file
      • Unloading the demokext kernel extension
  • Understanding the Diagnostic Subsystem for AIX
    • Diagnostic subsystem for AIX concepts
      • Structure of diagnostics
      • Strategy for diagnostics
        • Staging the impact of diagnostics
        • Option Checkout
        • System checkout
      • Diagnostic commands
        • diag command
        • diagrpt command
    • Operating Environments
      • Online Diagnostics
        • Concurrent mode
        • Service mode
        • Maintenance Mode
      • Standalone diagnostics (POWER® processor-based systems only)
        • Tasks not supported in standalone diagnostics
        • Console configuration diskette
          • Different async terminal for console
          • High function terminals 60/77-Mhz refresh rate
      • NIM Diagnostics
    • Diagnostic components
      • Diagnostic controller
        • Control flow of the diagnostic controller
      • Diagnostic applications
        • Device configuration
        • Determining the level of tests to execute
        • Drivers used for diagnostic purposes
        • Acquiring a greater share of the resource
        • Error log analysis
          • resource_alias attribute
        • Enhanced Error Handling (EEH) option
          • Known problems
        • Persistent variables
        • Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
        • Specifying a text conclusion
        • Library restrictions for diagnostic programs
        • Guidelines for writing diagnostic programs using C++
        • Completion status for diagnostic applications
        • Control flow of a diagnostic application
        • SRN architecture
        • Diagnostic controller generated SRNs
        • Source numbers
        • Diagnostic application code checklist
        • Other test scenarios
      • Tasks and service aids
        • Creating a task
        • Performing a task
        • Task list
        • Add or delete drawer configuration
        • Add resource to resource list
        • Shell prompt
        • Analyze adapter internal log (Device specific)
        • Backup and restore media
        • Certify media
        • Change hardware vital product data
        • Configure dials and LPF keys
        • Configure ISA adapter
        • Configure reboot policy (CHRP) on POWER4 and earlier RS/6000 systems
        • Configure reboot Policy (CHRP) on POWER5 systems or later
        • Configure remote maintenance policy (CHRP)
        • Configure ring indicate power on (RSPC)
        • Configure Ring Indicate Power On Policy (CHRP)
        • Configure service processor (RSPC)
        • Surveillance setup
        • Modem configuration
        • Call in/out setup
        • Site specific call in/out setup
        • Configure surveillance policy (CHRP)
        • Create customized configuration diskette
        • Delete resource from resource list
        • Disk maintenance (SCSI disks)
          • Disk to disk copy
          • Display or alter sector
        • Display checkstop analysis results
        • Display configuration and resource list
        • Display firmware device node information (CHRP)
        • Display hardware error report
        • Display hardware vital product data
        • Display machine check error log
        • Display microcode level
        • Display or change bootlist
        • Display or change BUMP configuration
        • Display or change diagnostic run time options
        • Display or change electronic mode switch
        • Display or change multiprocessor configuration (multiprocessor service)
        • Display multipath I/O (MPIO) device configuration
        • Display previous diagnostic results
        • Display resource attributes
        • Display service hints
        • Display software product data
        • Display system environmental sensors (CHRP)
        • Display test patterns
        • Download microcode
        • Download latest available microcode
        • ESCON bit error rate
        • Fibre channel RAID (device specific)
        • Flash SK-NET FDDI firmware
        • Format media
        • Generic microcode download
        • Hot plug task
        • Load ISO image to USB mass storage device
        • Local area network analyzer
        • Log repair action
        • Microcode tasks
        • PCI RAID physical disk identify
        • Periodic diagnostics
        • Process supplemental media
        • Run diagnostics
        • Run error log analysis
        • Save or restore hardware management policies (CHRP)
        • Save or restore service processor configuration (RSPC)
        • SCSD tape drive service aid
        • SCSI bus analyzer
        • Service aids for use with ethernet
        • Spare sector availability
        • Update disk based diagnostics
        • Update system flash (RSPC)
        • Update system or service processor flash (CHRP)
        • 7135 RAIDiant array service aid
      • Application test units
        • Test unit definition
        • Hardware functional coverage
        • Test unit numbering
        • Test unit code device open and close
          • Test Unit Conventions
        • Portability
        • In-service versus out-of-service test units
        • Recommended general structure of test unit code
        • Designing for multitasking environments
        • Persistent data and the TU_INFO_HANDLE
        • Test unit call interface
        • Definition of the TU_TYPE input structure
        • Definition of the TU_RETURN_TYPE output structure
        • Return codes
        • Interrupt handler call interface
        • Interrupt handling in test units
        • Using the interrupt flag bit mask
        • Programming interfaces for TUs and interrupt handlers
        • Configuration services device attributes
        • Message handling
        • Signal handling
        • Definition of exectu()
        • PCI configuration space for I/O devices
      • Test unit 64-bit porting guideline
        • C language data model
        • Makefile
        • Makefile Source
        • SLIH conversion tips
        • SLIH conversion required changes
        • Microcode download or display requirements for test units
        • Enhanced error handling option
      • Diagnostic kernel extension
        • Overview
        • Device configuration
        • Loading PDIAGEX
        • Second level interrupt handlers
        • Programming interfaces for libpdiag.a
        • pdiag_diagnose_state
        • pdiag_diagnose_multifunc_state
        • pdiag_restore_state
        • pdiag_restore_multifunc_state
        • pdiag_cs_open
        • pdiag_cs_close
        • pdiag_cs_get_attr
        • pdiag_cs_free_attr
        • pdiag_open
        • pdiag_close
        • pdiag_pcicfg_read
        • pdiag_pcicfg_write
        • Programming Interfaces for PDIAGEX
          • pdiag_dd_big_dma_complete
          • pdiag_dd_big_dma_setup
          • pdiag_dd_kick_hdw_and_watch_for_interrupts_safe_mode
        • pdiag_dd_watch_for_interrupt
        • pdiag_dd_interrupt_notify
        • pdiag_dd_write, pdiag_dd_write_64
        • pdiag_dd_read, pdiag_dd_read_64
        • pdiag_dd_dma_setup
        • pdiag_dd_dma_complete
        • pdiag_dd_dma_enable
        • pdiag_shared_slot
        • pdiag_read_slot_reset
        • pdiag_set_eeh_option
        • pdiag_set_slot_reset
        • Data dictionary
        • PDIAGEX data structures
        • pdiagex_dds_t
        • pdiagex_opflags_t
        • dma_struct
        • aioo_struct_t
        • diag_struc_t
        • kick_io_t
        • Kernel services
        • Programmed I/O services
      • Diagnostic library
        • dlog_numMatches subroutine
        • dlog_query subroutine
        • dlog_query_cleanup subroutine
        • dl_fru_src structure
        • dl_partition structure
        • dl_menugoal structure
        • dl_srn structure
        • dl_srn_src structure
        • query_fru structure
        • query_log structure
        • query_output structure
        • query_results structure
        • diag_add_obj
        • diag_change_obj
        • diag_close_class
        • diag_free_list
        • diag_get_list
        • diag_lock
        • diag_open_class
        • diag_rm_obj
        • diag_unlock
        • init_dgodm, term_dgodm
        • configure_device, initial_state
        • diagex_cfg_state
        • diagex_initial_state
        • get_device_status
        • addfrub
        • addfrub_src
        • insert_frub
        • add_more_frus
        • diag_catopen
        • diag_cat_gets
        • diag_popup
        • diag_progress
        • diag_read
        • diag_resource_screen
        • diag_task_screen
        • diag_asl_clear_screen
        • diag_asl_init
        • diag_asl_msg
        • diag_asl_read
        • diag_asl_quit
        • diag_display
        • diag_display_menu
        • diag_emsg
        • diag_msg, diag_msg_nw
        • diag_check_optical_media
        • diag_get_device_flag
        • diag_get_property
        • diag_get_sid_lun
        • diag_load_optical_media
        • diag_unload_optical_media
        • get_cpu_model
        • get_dev_desc
        • get_diag_att
        • dlog_getTestMode
        • dlog_close
        • dlog_find_first
        • dlog_find_next
        • dlog_find_sequence
        • dlog_formatElogResults
        • dlog_freeEntry
        • dlog_open
        • dlog_read
        • dlog_same_elogId
        • dlog_setEntryType
        • dlog_write
        • save_davars_ela
        • save_davars_mgoal_ela
        • copy_text
        • DA_SETRC_XXXXXX, DA_CHECKRC_XXXXXX, DA_EXIT
        • diag_asl_beep
        • diag_asl_execute
        • diag_checkstop_eed
        • diag_checkstop_event
        • diag_cluster_support ()
        • diag_cpu2proc (int n)
        • diag_exec_source
        • diag_execute
        • diag_general_eed
        • diag_get_cluster_ms ()
        • diag_get_cluster_mt ()
        • diag_get_fru_serial
        • dt
        • error_log_get
        • file_present
        • get_DApp
        • getdainput, clrdainput
        • getdavar, putdavar
        • getELAdates
        • has_diag_authority
        • ipl_mode
        • menugoal
        • schedule_ela
      • Diagnostic object classes
        • Predefined Diagnostic Resource Object Class
        • Predefined Diagnostic Attribute Device Object Class
        • Predefined Diagnostic Task Object Class
        • Customized diagnostic attribute object class
        • Test mode input object class
        • Menu Goal Object Class
        • FRU bucket object class
        • FRU reporting object class
        • Diagnostic application variables object class
        • Predefined Diagnostic Devices Object Class
        • Diagnostic supervisor menu options object class
      • Diagnostic header files
      • Diagnostic user interface
        • Diagnostic applications
          • INFORMATIVE screen type
          • SINGLE SELECTION screen type
          • TRANSITIONAL screen type
          • POPUP screen type
        • Diagnostic tasks
          • INFORMATIVE screen type
          • SINGLE SELECTION screen type
          • MULTIPLE SELECTION screen type
          • DIALOG SELECTION screen type
          • TRANSITIONAL screen type
          • POP-UP screen type
          • Diagnostic progress indicators
      • Examples: Diagnostic menus
        • Diagnostic operating instructions menu
        • Function selection menu
        • Define terminal menu
        • Missing Resource Selection Menu
        • Missing Resource Menu
        • New Resource Menu
        • Diagnostic mode selection menu
        • Resource selection menu
        • Resource selection menu - display common tasks operation
        • Test method menu
        • No Trouble Found Menu
        • Problem report menu
        • Additional resources menu
        • Task selection list menu
        • Task selection list menu - display supported resources operation
        • Run time options menu
    • Diagnostic features
      • Missing Options Resolution
        • Online Concurrent Diagnostics
        • Online Service Diagnostics
        • Standalone Diagnostics (POWER® processor-based only)
        • Missing Options Procedure Steps
      • Error log analysis
        • Running problem determination mode in diagnostics
      • Periodic diagnostics
      • Automatic error log analysis (DIAGELA)
      • Loop testing
    • Diagnostic Packaging
      • Hardfile packaging
        • Software packages and filesets
        • Directory structure organization
      • CDROM packaging (POWER® processor-based only)
      • Diagnostic supplemental media
        • Diagnostic Supplemental Diskette Contents
        • Example ODM Stanzas
        • Example diagstartS Script File
        • Example diagstart3S Script File
        • Diagnostic Supplemental Diskette Label
    • Diagnostic debugging hints
      • Debugging hints for diagnostic applications
      • Debugging hints for diagnostic kernel extension
        • Starting trace for diagnostic kernel extension
        • Running trace for diagnostic kernel extension in the background
        • Finding the right address
        • Looking at an illegal trap
      • Diagnostic patch diskette procedure
        • Diagnostic configuration diskette
        • Diagnostic patch diskette
        • Diagnostic debug diskette
    • Code examples
      • Example {DEVICE}_ERR_DETAIL.H: TU specific outputs
      • Example {DEVICE}_INPUT_PARAMS.H: TU specific inputs
      • Example TU local leader file
      • Example TU exectu function
      • Example TU open/close device interface
      • Example TU makefiles
      • Example C source file for TU interrupt handler
      • Example TU interrupt handler makefile
      • Example diagnostic application
      • Example diagnostic application message file
    • Diagnostic task matrix
• Advanced system management
  • Advanced Accounting subsystem
    • Introduction to the Advanced Accounting subsystem
    • Data files
      • Data file life cycle
      • Creating a data file
      • Data file management
      • Notification messages
        • E-mail notification messages
        • Configuring e-mail notification
    • Projects
      • Project classification semantics
      • Manual project classification
      • Project classification through environment variables
      • Relative project classification
      • Disablement of accounting
      • Project creation
      • Creating a project definition
      • Project commands and fast paths
    • Policies
      • Admin policy
        • Admin policy assignment rules
        • Examples of Admin policy rules
        • Aliases for Admin policies
        • Alternate Admin policies
        • Creating an Admin policy
      • User and Group policies
      • User or Group policy creation
      • Policy commands and fast paths
    • Application Resource Management interfaces
      • ARM interface structure
      • ARM interface programming model
      • Parameters recognized by the ARM implementation
      • Internally-generated transactional accounting data
    • Interval accounting
      • System interval accounting
      • Process interval
      • Interval accounting commands and fast paths
    • Hosted accounting policies
      • Multisystem accounting policy files
      • Configuring an LDAP server to host accounting policies
        • Configuring an LDAP server to host accounting policies using SMIT
        • Configuring an LDAP client for accounting using the command line
      • Project definitions on an LDAP server
        • Uploading the project definition to an LDAP server using the command line
        • Uploading the project definition to an LDAP server using SMIT
      • Admin policies on an LDAP server
        • Uploading the Admin policy to an LDAP server using the command line
        • Uploading the Admin policy to an LDAP server using SMIT
      • Projects and policies in the kernel
        • Loading LDAP projects into the kernel using the command line
        • Loading LDAP projects into the kernel using SMIT
        • Loading LDAP Admin policies into the kernel using the command line
        • Loading LDAP Admin policies into the kernel using SMIT
      • Projects and policies in a local file
        • Downloading LDAP project definitions to a local file using the command line
        • Downloading LDAP project definitions to a local file using SMIT
        • Downloading LDAP Admin policies to a local file using the command line
        • Downloading LDAP Admin policies to a local file using SMIT
      • Updates to LDAP projects
        • Updates to LDAP projects using the command line
        • Updates to LDAP projects using SMIT
      • Removal and unload of projects and policies
        • Unloading LDAP projects from the kernel
        • Unloading LDAP policies from the kernel
        • Removing LDAP projects from the server
        • Removing LDAP Admin policies from the server
    • Data aggregation
    • Reports and analysis
      • Examples of the Process Accounting report
      • Example of the Logical Partition Accounting report
      • Example of the Transaction Accounting report
    • Accounting records
  • IBM Electronic Service Agent
    • What's new
    • Overview
      • Accessing the IBM Electronic Support portal
      • Problem processing overview
    • Planning
      • Operating system
      • Browsers for Electronic Service Agent
      • Security
        • Information privacy
        • Information transmission security
        • IP Addresses
        • User security
      • Topology
        • Using Electronic Service Agent on a system with an HMC
        • Using Electronic Service Agent in an environment with other operating systems
    • Installing
    • Activating
      • Configuring your service connection
        • Connecting to support through a direct Internet connection
        • Connecting to support through a proxy
        • Creating the IBM Service and Support proxy
        • Electronic Service Agent Users
      • Testing connectivity to IBM
      • Specifying service contact information
    • Using Electronic Service Agent
      • Electronic Service Agent graphical user interface
      • SMIT (for AIX) and cfgassist (for VIOS) interfaces
      • Participating in the NPS Survey
      • Viewing Dashboard
      • Displaying system information
      • Displaying problem information
      • Discovering systems
      • Sending a test problem
      • Running an operational test
      • Collecting and sending service information
      • Collecting extended error data
      • Displaying the activity log
      • Exporting a configuration
      • Importing a configuration
      • Checking status
      • Accessing the IBM Electronic Support portal
    • Managing
      • Specifying service contact information
      • Specifying system location information
      • Providing IBM IDs
      • Configuring your service connection
      • Creating the IBM Service and Support proxy
      • Configuring SNMP Settings
      • Configuring problem reporting
      • Configuring service information collection
      • Configuring operational test settings
      • Configuring notifications settings
      • Configuring application settings
      • Setting the trace level
      • Configuring resource filters
      • Configuring error codes
      • Configuring UAK Management settings
      • Configuring system cleanup settings
      • Stopping and starting Electronic Service Agent
      • Suspending and resuming Electronic Service Agent
      • Testing connectivity to IBM
      • Checking system heartbeat
    • Unconfiguring Electronic Service Agent
    • Uninstalling
      • Uninstalling Electronic Service Agent and saving configuration information
      • Uninstalling Electronic Service Agent without saving configuration information
    • Electronic Service Agent commands
      • esacli
      • esacli activity
      • esacli clusterInformation
      • esacli contactSettings
      • esacli export
      • esacli generateToken
      • esacli help
      • esacli ibmId
      • esacli lsentityIds
      • esacli import
      • esacli locationSettings
      • esacli logSettings
      • esacli notificationSettings
      • esacli opTestSettings
      • esacli opNotificationSettings
      • esacli problem
      • esacli problemSettings
      • esacli resourceFilters
      • esacli restauth
      • esacli resume
      • esacli service
      • esacli serviceSettings
      • esacli solutionInformation
      • esacli srcFilters
      • esacli start
      • esacli status
      • esacli stop
      • esacli suspend
      • esacli test
      • esacli token
      • esacli updateCache
    • Troubleshooting
    • Appendix - Legacy Server Connections
    • Reference information
      • How to read syntax diagrams
      • Modem information
        • Configuring the 7852-400 modem
        • Configuring the 7857-017 or 7858-336 modem
        • Connecting to support through a dial connection
  • Cluster management
    • Cluster Aware concepts
      • CAA ports
      • Cluster repository
      • Cluster system architecture flow
      • Naming a cluster
      • Cluster communication
        • Defining a virtual Ethernet adapter
      • Deadman switch
      • Linked cluster
      • Asymmetric topology reconciliation
      • Unicast communication
      • Rolling upgrade and coexistence with prior AIX technology levels
      • IPv6 support
    • Configuring Cluster Aware
      • Setting up cluster SAN communication
      • Configuring cluster security
      • CAA licensing
    • Managing clusters with commands
    • Managing cluster events
    • Programming cluster sockets
    • Troubleshooting Cluster Aware
      • Troubleshooting with the snap command
      • Troubleshooting with node maintenance mode
      • Troubleshooting with component trace
    • Sample output for cluster commands
      • clcmd date command sample output
      • lscluster -d command sample output
      • lscluster -i command sample output
      • lscluster -m command sample output
      • lscluster -s command sample output
      • nodeState cluster event sample output
    • Code samples for cluster events
      • Cluster events using AHAFS sample code
• IBM Hyperconverged Systems
  • Concepts
  • Planning
  • Deploying
  • Installing
  • Network boot
  • Configuring virtual machines (VM)
  • Troubleshooting
• AIX on KVM
• IBM Workload Partitions for AIX
  • WPAR concepts
    • Differences in the WPAR environment
    • Restrictions and limitations in the WPAR environment
    • Devices
    • Networking
    • Global environment
    • System WPARs
      • Shared and non-shared system WPARs
      • File systems for system WPARs
      • Rootvg WPARs
      • System copy WPARs
    • Security
      • WPAR isolation
    • Resource controls
      • Processor use and memory use controls
  • Versioned workload partitions
    • Requirements for versioned WPARs
    • Installing support for versioned WPAR
    • Restrictions and limitations within a versioned WPAR
    • Creating a versioned WPAR
      • Additional software required for Live Application Mobility of versioned WPARs
      • Versioned WPAR file system and network considerations
  • Devices in WPARs
    • Deploying a storage device
    • Allocating a device
    • Configuring a device in a WPAR
    • Managing file systems for a device
  • Application WPARs
    • File systems for application WPARs
  • Configuring system WPARs
    • Creating a system WPAR
      • Creating a WPAR as a system copy
        • Creating a system copy WPAR from a system backup image
        • Creating a system copy WPAR from the running system
    • Naming the system WPAR
    • Starting system WPARs
    • Configuring directories and file systems for system WPARs
      • File system customization for system WPARs
      • Creating a writable directory under a shared directory
    • Configuring networks for system WPARs
      • Changing the host name for a system WPAR
      • Removing a network from a system WPAR
      • Configuring domain resolution for system WPARs
      • Configuring WPAR-specific routing
    • Configuring resource controls for system WPARs
    • Using specification files for system WPARs
    • Using an image.data file for system WPARs
  • Configuring application WPARs
    • Creating an application WPAR
    • Configuring directories and file systems for application WPARs
    • Configuring networks for application WPARs
    • Configuring resource controls for application WPARs
    • Working with specification files for application WPARs
  • Managing WPARs
    • Listing WPARs
    • Listing WPAR identifiers
    • Logging in to a WPAR
    • Backing up WPARs
      • Alternate bootsets for workload partitions
    • Recovering the shared WPAR that are incompatible
    • Managing software with the shared WPAR
    • Restoring WPARs
    • Removing WPARs
    • Stopping WPARs
    • Recovering detached WPARs that are incompatible
    • Managing software with detached WPARs
  • Installing Apache in a WPAR
  • Using the Advanced Accounting subsystem with WPARs
  • Using the trace facility with WPARs
  • Making software available to other WPARs
  • Modified and enhanced AIX commands for WPARs
• Troubleshooting
• Commands
  • What's new
  • a
    • ac Command
    • accept Command
    • acctcms Command
    • acctcom Command
    • acctcon1 Command
    • acctcon2 Command
    • acctctl Command
    • acctdisk Command
    • acctdusg Command
    • acctmerg Command
    • accton Command
    • acctprc1 Command
    • acctprc2 Command
    • acctrpt Command
    • acctwtmp Command
    • acfo Command
    • aclconvert Command
    • acledit Command
    • aclget Command
    • aclgettypes Command
    • aclput Command
    • adb Command
    • addbib Command
    • addrpnode Command
    • addX11input Command
    • admin Command (SCCS)
    • aixmibd Daemon
    • aixpert Command
    • aixpertldap Command
    • aixterm Command
    • ali Command
    • alias Command
    • alog Command
    • alstat Command
    • alt_disk_copy Command
    • alt_disk_install Command
    • alt_disk_mksysb Command
    • alt_rootvg_op Command
    • amepat Command
    • anno Command
    • ap Command
    • apply Command
    • apropos Command
    • ar Command
    • arithmetic Command
    • arp Command
    • artexdiff Command
    • artexget Command
    • artexlist Command
    • artexmerge Command
    • artexremset Command
    • artexset Command
    • as Command
    • aso Command
    • asoo Command
    • asa Command
    • asa Command
    • at Command
    • ate Command
    • atq Command
    • atrm Command
    • attachrset Command
    • audit Command
    • auditbin Daemon
    • auditcat Command
    • auditconv Command
    • auditldap Command
    • auditmerge Command
    • auditpr Command
    • auditselect Command
    • auditstream Command
    • authexec Command
    • authrpt Command
    • authqry Command
    • autoconf6 Command
    • automount Daemon
    • automountd Daemon
    • autopush Command
    • awk Command
  • b
    • back Command
    • backsnap Command
    • backup Command
    • banner Command
    • basename Command
    • batch Command
    • battery Command
    • bc Command
    • bdftopcf Command
    • bdiff Command
    • bellmail Command
    • bffcreate Command
    • bfs Command
    • bg Command
    • bicheck Command
    • biff Command
    • bindintcpu Command
    • bindprocessor Command
    • binld Daemon
    • biod Daemon
    • bj Command
    • bootauth Command
    • bootlist Command
    • bootparamd Daemon
    • bootpd Daemon
    • bootptodhcp Command
    • bosboot Command
    • bosdebug Command
    • bs Command
    • bsh Command
    • bterm command
    • bugfiler Command
    • burst Command
  • c
    • caccelstat Command
    • cache_mgt Command
    • cachefslog Command
    • cachefsstat Command
    • cachefswssize Command
    • cal Command
    • calendar Command
    • cancel Command
    • canonls Command
    • captoinfo Command
    • capture Command
    • cat Command
    • catman Command
    • cb Command
    • cd Command
    • cdc Command
    • cdcheck Command
    • cdeject Command
    • cdmount Command
    • cdpd daemon
    • cdpctl Command
    • cdromd Command
    • cdumount Command
    • cdutil Command
    • certadd Command
    • certcreate Command
    • certdelete Command
    • certget Command
    • certlink Command
    • certlist Command
    • certrevoke Command
    • certverify Command
    • cfgif Method
    • cfginet Method
    • cfgmgr Command
    • cfgqos Method
    • cfgvsd Command
    • cflow Command
    • cfsadmin Command
    • chargefee Command
    • chauth Command
    • chauthent Command
    • chC2admin Command
    • chCCadmin Command
    • chcifscred Command
    • chcifsmnt Command
    • chclass Command
    • chcluster Command
    • chcod Command
    • chcomg Command
    • chcondition Command
    • chcons Command
    • chcore Command
    • chcosi Command
    • chdef Command
    • chdev Command
    • chdisp Command
    • chdom Command
    • checkeq Command
    • checkmm Command
    • checknr Command
    • cw Command
    • chedition Command
    • chfilt Command
    • chfn Command
    • chfont Command
    • chfs Command
    • chgif Method
    • chginet Method
    • chgroup Command
    • chgrp Command
    • chgrpmem Command
    • chhwkbd Command
    • chiscsi Command
    • chitab Command
    • chkbd Command
    • chkey Command
    • chlang Command
    • chlicense Command
    • chlpclacl Command
    • chlpcmd Command
    • chlpracl Command
    • chlpriacl Command
    • chlprsacl Command
    • chlv Command
    • chlvcopy Command
    • chmaster Command
    • chmod Command
    • chmp Command
    • chnamsv Command
    • chnfs Command
    • chnfsdom Command
    • chnfsexp Command
    • chnfsim Command
    • chnfsmnt Command
    • chnfsrtd Command
    • chnfssec Command
    • chnlspath Command
    • chown Command
    • chpasswd Command
    • chpath Command
    • chprtsv Command
    • chps Command
    • chpv Command
    • chque Command
    • chquedev Command
    • chrepos Command
    • chresponse Command
    • chrmcacl Command
    • chsignpolicy Command
    • chrole Command
    • chroot Command
    • chrsrc Command
    • chsec Command
    • chsecmode Command
    • chsensor Command
    • chserver Command
    • chservices Command
    • chsh Command
    • chslave Command
    • chsmbcmnt Command
    • chsmbcred Command
    • chssys Command
    • chsubserver Command
    • chtcb Command
    • chtun Command
    • chtz Command
    • chuser Command
    • chusil Command
    • chvfs Command
    • chvg Command
    • chvirprt Command
    • chvmode Command
    • chwpar Command
    • chypdom Command
    • ckauth Command
    • ckfilt Command
    • ckpacct Command
    • ckprereq Command
    • cksum Command
    • clcmd Command
    • clctrl Command
    • clear Command
    • clffdc command
    • clogin Command
    • clusterconf Command
    • clsnmp Command
    • clvupdate Command
    • cmp Command
    • col Command
    • colcrt Command
    • colrm Command
    • comb Command (SCCS)
    • comm Command
    • command Command
    • comp Command
    • compare_report Command
    • compress Command
    • comsat Daemon
    • configassist Command
    • conflict Command
    • confsetcntrl Command
    • confsrc Command
    • cp Command
    • cp_bos_updates Command
    • cpcosi Command
    • cpio Command
    • cpiscsi Command
    • cplv Command
    • cpp Command
    • cpuextintr_ctl Command
    • cpupstat Command
    • craps Command
    • createvsd Command
    • create_ova Command
    • crfs Command
    • cron Daemon
    • cronadm Command
    • crontab Command
    • crvfs Command
    • csh Command
    • csmstat Command
    • csplit Command
    • csum Command
    • ct Command
    • ctaclfck Command
    • ctadmingroup Command
    • ctags Command
    • ctcasd Daemon
    • ctctrl Command
    • cthactrl Command
    • cthagsctrl Command
    • cthagstune Command
    • cthatsctrl Command
    • cthatstune Command
    • ctlvsd Command
    • ctmonfs command
    • ctmsskf Command
    • ctscachgen Command
    • ctscfg Command
    • ctsidmck Command
    • ctskeygen Command
    • ctsnap Command
    • ctsthl Command
    • ctstrtcasd Utility
    • ctsvhbac Command
    • ctsvhbal Command
    • ctsvhbar Command
    • ctsyschk command
    • cttracecfg Command
    • cu Command
    • curt Command
    • custom Command
    • cut Command
    • checkcw Command
    • cxref Command
  • d
    • dacinet Command
    • dadmin Command
    • date Command
    • dbts Command
    • dbx Command
    • dc Command
    • dcp Command
    • dd Command
    • ddns-confgen Command
    • defif Method
    • definet Method
    • defragfs Command
    • defvsd Command
    • deleteX11input Command
    • delta Command
    • deroff Command
    • detachrset Command
    • devinstall Command
    • devnm Command
    • devrsrv Command
    • df Command
    • dfmounts Command
    • dfpd Command
    • dfsck Command
    • dfshares Command
    • dhcpaction Command
    • dhcpcd Daemon
    • dhcpcd6 Daemon
    • dhcprd Daemon
    • dhcpsconf Command
    • dhcpsd Daemon
    • dhcpsdv6 Daemon
    • diag Command
    • diaggetrto Command
    • diagrpt Command
    • diagsetrto Command
    • diction Command
    • diff Command
    • diff3 Command
    • diffmk Command
    • dig Command
    • digest Command
    • dircmp Command
    • dirname Command
    • disable Command
    • diskusg Command
    • dispgid Command
    • dispuid Command
    • dist Command
    • dmpuncompress Command
    • dnssec-cds command
    • dnssec-coverage command
    • dnssec-checkds Command
    • dnssec-dsfromkey Command
    • dnssec-importkey Command
    • dnssec-keygen Command
    • dnssec-keymgr Command
    • dnssec-makekeyset command
    • dnssec-revoke command
    • dnssec-settime Command
    • dnssec-signkey Command
    • dnssec-signzone Command
    • dnssec-verify Command
    • dodisk Command
    • domainname Command
    • domlist Command
    • dosdel Command
    • dosdir Command
    • dosformat Command
    • dosread Command
    • doswrite Command
    • dp Command
    • dpid2 Daemon
    • dping Command
    • drmgr Command
    • drslot Command
    • dsblkgen command
    • dscrctl Command
    • dscreen Command
    • dshbak Command
    • dsh Command
    • dslpaccept Command
    • dslpaccess Command
    • dslpadmin Command
    • dslpdisable Command
    • dslpenable Command
    • dslpprotocol Command
    • dslpreject Command
    • dslpsearch Command
    • dspcat Command
    • dspmsg Command
    • dtaction Command
    • dtappintegrate Command
    • dtlogin Command
    • dtscript Command
    • dtsession Command
    • dtterm Command
    • du Command
    • dump Command
    • dumpcheck Command
    • dumpctrl Command
    • dumpfs Command
  • e
    • echo Command
    • ed Command
    • edit Command
    • edquota Command
    • efsenable Command
    • efskeymgr Command
    • efskstoldif Command
    • efsmgr Command
    • egrep Command
    • eimadmin Command
    • elogevent Command
    • emgr Command
    • emgr_check_ifixes Command
    • emgr_download_ifix Command
    • emgr_sec Command
    • emgr_sec_patch Command
    • emstat Command
    • emsvcsctrl Command
    • enable Command
    • enotifyevent Command
    • enq Command
    • enroll Command
    • enscript Command
    • entstat Command
    • env Command
    • epkg Command
    • eqn Command
    • errclear Command
    • errctrl Command
    • errdead Command
    • errdemon Daemon
    • errinstall Command
    • errlogger Command
    • errmsg Command
    • errpt Command
    • errstop Command
    • errupdate Command
    • ethchan_config Command
    • ewallevent Command
    • ex Command
    • execerror Command
    • execrset Command
    • expand Command
    • expfilt Command
    • explain Command
    • explore Command
    • exportfs Command
    • exportvg Command
    • expr Command
    • exptun Command
    • extendlv Command
    • extendvg Command
  • f
    • f Command
    • factor Command
    • false Command
    • fastboot Command
    • fasthalt Command
    • fc Command
    • fccheck Command
    • fcclear Command
    • fcdecode Command
    • fcdispfid Command
    • fcfilter Command
    • fcinit Command
    • fclogerr Command
    • fcpushstk Command
    • fcreport Command
    • fcstat Command
    • fcstkrpt Command
    • fcteststk Command
    • fddistat Command
    • fdformat Command
    • fdpr Command
    • fencevsd Command
    • ff Command
    • fg Command
    • fgrep Command
    • file Command
    • filemon Command
    • fileplace Command
    • find Command
    • finger Command
    • fingerd Daemon
    • fish Command
    • flcopy Command
    • flush-secldapclntd Command
    • fmt Command
    • fold Command
    • folder Command
    • folders Command
    • forcerpoffline Command
    • format Command
    • fortune Command
    • forw Command
    • fpm Command
    • fpr Command
    • frcactrl Command
    • from Command
    • fsck Command
    • fsck_cachefs Command
    • fsdb Command
    • fsplit Command
    • ftp Command
    • ftpd Daemon
    • fuser Command
    • fwtmp Command
    • fxfer Command
  • g
    • gated Daemon
    • gdc Command
    • gencat Command
    • gencopy Command
    • gencore Command
    • genfilt Command
    • geninstall Command
    • genkex Command
    • genkld Command
    • genld Command
    • gennames Command
    • gensyms Command
    • gentun Command
    • genxlt Command
    • get Command
    • getconf Command
    • getdev Command
    • getdgrp Command
    • getea Command
    • getopt Command
    • getopts Command
    • getrunmode Command
    • getsecconf Command
    • getsyslab Command
    • gettable Command
    • gettrc Command
    • getty Command
    • gmvgstat Command
    • gprof Command
    • grap Command
    • greek Command
    • grep Command
    • groups Command
    • grpck Command
    • grpsvcsctrl Command
    • gssd Daemon
  • h
    • ha.vsd Command
    • ha_star Command
    • ha_vsd Command
    • haemd Daemon
    • haemd_HACMP Command
    • haemqvar Command
    • haemtrcoff Command
    • haemtrcon Command
    • haemunlkrm Command
    • hagsd Daemon
    • hagsns Command
    • hagsvote Command
    • halt or fasthalt Command
    • hangman Command
    • hash Command
    • hatsoptions Command
    • head Command
    • help Command
    • hfistat Command
    • hdcryptmgr Command
    • hmcauth Command
    • host Command
    • host9 Command
    • hostent Command
    • hostid Command
    • hostmibd Daemon
    • hostname Command
    • hosts2ldif Command
    • hp Command
    • hplj Command
    • hpmcount Command
    • hpmstat Command
    • hps_dump Command
    • htable Command
    • hty_load Command
    • hyphen Command
  • i
    • ibm3812 Command
    • ibm3816 Command
    • ibm5585H-T Command
    • ibm5587G Command
    • ibstat Command
    • iconv Command
    • id Command
    • ifconfig Command
    • ike Command
    • ikedb Command
    • imake Command
    • imapd Daemon
    • imapds Daemon
    • impfilt Command
    • importvg Command
    • imptun Command
    • inc Command
    • indent Command
    • indxbib Command
    • inetd Daemon
    • infocmp Command
    • init Command
    • install Command
    • install_all_updates Command
    • install_assist Command
    • install_mh Command
    • installbsd Command
    • installios Command
    • installp Command
    • instfix Command
    • inucp Command
    • inudocm Command
    • inulag Command
    • inurecv Command
    • inurest Command
    • inurid Command
    • inusave Command
    • inutoc Command
    • inuumsg Command
    • inuwpar Command
    • invscout Command
    • invscoutd Command
    • ioo Command
    • iostat Command
    • ipcrm Command
    • ipcs Command
    • ipfilter Command
    • ipreport Command
    • ipsec_convert Command
    • ipsecstat Command
    • ipsectrcbuf Command
    • iptrace Daemon
    • ipv6policy Command
    • isC2host Command
    • isCChost Command
    • isnstgtd Command
    • istat Command
  • j
    • j2edlimit Command
    • jobs Command
    • join Command
    • joinvg Command
  • k
    • kdb Command
    • kdestroy Command
    • keyadd Command
    • keycomp Command
    • keydelete Command
    • keyenvoy Command
    • keylist Command
    • keylogin Command
    • keypasswd Command
    • keyserv Daemon
    • keysvrmgr Command
    • kill Command
    • killall Command
    • kinit Command
    • klist Command
    • kmodctrl Command
    • kpasswd Command
    • krlogind Daemon
    • krshd Daemon
    • ksh Command
    • ksh93 Command
    • kvno Command
  • l
    • labcat Command
    • labck Command
    • last Command
    • lastcomm Command
    • lastlogin Command
    • lbxproxy Command
    • ld Command
    • ldapgetusrattr command
    • ldd Command
    • ldedit Command
    • learn Command
    • leave Command
    • lecstat Command
    • lex Command
    • line Command
    • link Command
    • lint Command
    • listdgrp Command
    • listvgbackup Command
    • listX11input Command
    • livedumpstart Command
    • lkdev Command
    • ln Command
    • locale Command
    • localedef Command
    • lock Command
    • lockd Daemon
    • locktrace Command
    • logevent Command
    • logform Command
    • logger Command
    • login Command
    • logins Command
    • logname Command
    • logout Command
    • look Command
    • lookbib Command
    • loopmount Command
    • loopumount Command
    • lorder Command
    • lp Command
    • lp.cat Command
    • lp.set Command
    • lp.tell Command
    • lpacl Information
    • lpadmin Command
    • lpar_netboot Command
    • lparstat Command
    • lpc Command
    • lpd Command
    • lpfilter Command
    • lpforms Command
    • lphistory Command
    • lpmove Command
    • lppchk Command
    • lppmgr Command
    • lpq Command
    • lpr Command
    • lprm Command
    • lpsched Command
    • lpstat Command
    • lpsystem Command
    • lptest Command
    • lpusers Command
    • ls Command
    • ls-secldapclntd Command
    • lsactdef Command
    • lsallq Command
    • lsallqdev Command
    • lsarm command
    • lsassocmap Command
    • lsattr Command
    • lsaudrec Command
    • lsauth Command
    • lsauthent Command
    • lsC2admin Command
    • lsCCadmin Command
    • lscfg Command
    • lscifscred Command
    • lscifsmnt Command
    • lsclass Command
    • lscluster Command
    • lscomg Command
    • lscondition Command
    • lscondresp Command
    • lsconn Command
    • lscons Command
    • lscore Command
    • lscosi Command
    • lsdev Command
    • lsdisp Command
    • lsdom Command
    • lsevent Command
    • lsfilt Command
    • lsfont Command
    • lsfs Command
    • lsgroup Command
    • lsiscsi Command
    • lsitab Command
    • lskbd Command
    • lskst Command
    • lsldap Command
    • lslicense Command
    • lslpclacl Command
    • lslpcmd Command
    • lslpp Command
    • lslpracl Command
    • lslpriacl Command
    • lslprsacl Command
    • lslv Command
    • lsmaster Command
    • lsmcode Command
    • lsmksysb Command
    • lsmp Command
    • lsmpio Command
    • lsnamsv Command
    • lsnfsexp Command
    • lsnfsmnt Command
    • lsnim Command
    • lsnlspath Command
    • lsparent Command
    • lspath Command
    • lspriv Command
    • lsprtsv Command
    • lsps Command
    • lspv Command
    • lspprc Command
    • lsque Command
    • lsquedev Command
    • lsresource Command
    • lsresponse Command
    • lsrole Command
    • lsrpdomain Command
    • lsrpnode Command
    • lsrset Command
    • lsrsrc Command
    • lsrsrcassoc Command
    • lsrsrcdef Command
    • lssavevg Command
    • lssavewpar Command
    • lssec Command
    • lssecattr Command
    • lssecmode Command
    • lssensor Command
    • lsslot Command
    • lssmbcmnt Command
    • lssmbcred Command
    • lssrad Command
    • lssrc Command
    • lsts Command
    • lstun Command
    • lstxattr Command
    • lsuser Command
    • lsusil Command
    • lsvfs Command
    • lsvg Command
    • lsvgfs Command
    • lsvirprt Command
    • lsvmode Command
    • lsvpd Command
    • lsvsd Command
    • lswlmconf Command
    • lswpar Command
    • luit Command
    • lvmo Command
    • lvmstat Command
    • lvupdateInit Command
    • lvupdateRegKE Command
    • lvupdateRegScript Command
    • lvupdateSafeKE Command
    • lvupdateSetProcs Command
  • m
    • m4 Command
    • mach Command
    • machstat Command
    • macref Command
    • mail Command
    • Mail Command
    • mailq Command
    • mailstats Command
    • mailx Command
    • make Command
    • makedbm Command
    • makedepend Command
    • makedev Command
    • makekey Command
    • makemap Command
    • man Command
    • manage_disk_drivers Command
    • managefonts Command
    • mant Command
    • mark Command
    • mesg Command
    • mhl Command
    • mhmail Command
    • mhpath Command
    • migratelp Command
    • migratepv Command
    • migwpar Command
    • mirrorvg Command
    • mirscan Command
    • mkauth Command
    • mkboot Command
    • mkC2admin Command
    • mkcatdefs Command
    • mkCCadmin Command
    • mkcd Command
    • mkcfsmnt Command
    • mkcifscred Command
    • mkcifsmnt Command
    • mkcimreg Command
    • mkclass Command
    • mkclient Command
    • mkcluster Command
    • mkcomg Command
    • mkcondition Command
    • mkcondresp Command
    • mkcosi Command
    • mkdev Command
    • mkdir Command
    • mkdirhier Command
    • mkdom Command
    • mkdvd Command
    • mkfifo Command
    • mkfilt Command
    • mkfont Command
    • mkfontdir Command
    • mkfs Command
    • mkgroup Command
    • mkhosts Command
    • mkiba Command
    • mkinstallp Command
    • mkiscsi Command
    • mkitab Command
    • mkkeyserv Command
    • mkkrb5clnt Command
    • mkkrb5srv Command
    • mklost+found Command
    • mklpcmd Command
    • mklv Command
    • mklvcopy Command
    • mkmaster Command
    • mknamsv Command
    • mknetid Command
    • mknfs Command
    • mknfsexp Command
    • mknfsmnt Command
    • mknfsproxy Command
    • mknod Command
    • mknotify Command
    • mkpasswd Command
    • mkpath Command
    • mkprojldap Command
    • mkproto Command
    • mkprtldap Command
    • mkprtsv Command
    • mkps Command
    • mkqos Command
    • mkque Command
    • mkquedev Command
    • mkramdisk Command
    • mkresponse Command
    • mkrole Command
    • mkrpdomain Command
    • mkrset Command
    • mkrsrc Command
    • mkrtc Command
    • mkseckrb5 Command
    • mksecldap Command
    • mksecpki Command
    • mksensor Command
    • mkserver Command
    • mkslave Command
    • mksmbcmnt Command
    • mksmbcred Command
    • mkssys Command
    • mkstr Command
    • mksysb Command
    • mksysb_iso Command
    • mkszfile Command
    • mktcpip Command
    • mkts Command
    • mktun Command
    • mkuser Command
    • mkuser.sys Command
    • mkusil Command
    • mkvg Command
    • mkvgdata Command
    • mkvirprt Command
    • mkwpar Command
    • mkwpardata Command
    • mm Command
    • mmt Command
    • mmtu Command
    • mobip6ctrl Command
    • mobip6reqd Daemon
    • monacct Command
    • mon-cxma Command
    • monitord Daemon
    • moo Command
    • more Command
    • mosy Command
    • mount Command
    • mountd Daemon
    • mpcstat Command
    • mpio_get_config Command
    • mpstat Command
    • mrouted Daemon
    • msgchk Command
    • msh Command
    • mt Command (BSD)
    • mtrace Command
    • multibos Command
    • mv Command
    • mvdir Command
    • mvfilt Command
    • mvt Command
    • mwm Command
  • n
    • named Daemon
    • named-checkconf Command
    • named-checkzone Command
    • named-compilezone Command
    • named8 Daemon
    • named9 Daemon
    • namerslv Command
    • ncheck Command
    • nddctl Command
    • ndp Command
    • ndpd-host Daemon
    • ndpd-router Daemon
    • ndx Command
    • neqn Command
    • netcd Daemon
    • netcdctrl Command
    • netpmon Command
    • netrule Command
    • netstat Command
    • newaliases Command
    • newform Command
    • newgrp Command
    • newkey Command
    • news Command
    • next Command
    • nfs.clean Command
    • nfs4cl Command
    • nfs4smctl Command
    • nfsauthreset Command
    • nfsd Daemon
    • nfshostkey Command
    • nfshostmap Command
    • nfso Command
    • nfsrgyd daemon
    • nfsstat Command
    • nice Command
    • nim Command
    • nim_clients_setup Command
    • nim_master_recover Command
    • nim_master_setup Command
    • nim_move_up Command
    • nim_update_all Command
    • nimadapters Command
    • nimadm Command
    • nimclient Command
    • nimconfig Command
    • nimdef Command
    • nimhttp Command
    • niminit Command
    • niminv Command
    • nimol_backup Command
    • nimol_config Command
    • nimol_install Command
    • nimol_lslpp Command
    • nimol_update Command
    • nimquery Command
    • nistoldif Command
    • nl Command
    • nlssrc Command
    • nm Command
    • nmon Command
    • no Command
    • nohup Command
    • notifyevent Command
    • nroff Command
    • nslookup Command
    • nsupdate Command
    • nsupdate4 Command
    • nsupdate8 Command
    • nsupdate9 Command - BIND version 9.4
    • ntpd Daemon for NTPv4
    • ntpdate Command
    • ntpdate Command for NTPv4
    • ntpdc Command for NTPv4
    • ntp-keygen Command for NTPv4
    • ntp_ssw Command
    • ntpq Command
    • ntpq Daemon for NTPv4
    • ntptrace Command
    • ntptrace Command for NTPv4
    • nulladm Command
    • number Command
    • nxstat Command
  • o
    • od Command
    • odmadd Command
    • odmchange Command
    • odmcreate Command
    • odmdelete Command
    • odmdrop Command
    • odmget Command
    • odmshow Command
    • on Command
    • openpts Command
    • OS_install Command
    • oslevel Command
    • ospf_monitor Command
  • p
    • pac Command
    • pack Command
    • packf Command
    • pagdel Command
    • pagesize Command
    • paginit Command
    • paglist Command
    • panel20 Command
    • passwd Command
    • paste Command
    • patch Command
    • pathchk Command
    • pax Command
    • pcat Command
    • pdelay Command
    • pdisable Command
    • pdlink Command
    • pdmkdir Command
    • pdmode Command
    • pdrmdir Command
    • pdset Command
    • penable Command
    • perfwb Command
    • pg Command
    • phold Command
    • pic Command
    • pick Command
    • ping Command
    • pioattred Command
    • piobe Command
    • pioburst Command
    • piocnvt Command
    • piodigest Command
    • piodmgr Command
    • piofontin Command
    • pioformat Command
    • piofquote Command
    • piolsvp Command
    • piomgpdev Command
    • piomkapqd Command
    • piomkpq Command
    • piomsg Command
    • pioout Command
    • piopredef Command
    • pkgadd Command
    • pkgask Command
    • pkgchk Command
    • pkginfo Command
    • pkgmk Command
    • pkgparam Command
    • pkgproto Command
    • pkgrm Command
    • pkgtrans Command
    • platform_dump Command
    • plotgbe Command
    • plotlbe Command
    • pmctl Command
    • pmcycles Command
    • pmlist Command
    • pmtu Command
    • pop3d Daemon
    • pop3ds Daemon
    • portmap Daemon
    • portmir Command
    • post Command
    • pppattachd Daemon
    • pppcontrold Daemon
    • pppdial Command
    • pppstat Command
    • pprof Command
    • pr Command
    • praliases Command
    • prctmp Command
    • prdaily Command
    • preparevsd Command
    • preprpnode Command
    • prev Command
    • printenv Command
    • printf Command
    • probevctrl Command
    • probevue Command
    • proccred Command
    • procfiles Command
    • procflags Command
    • procldd Command
    • procmap Command
    • procrun Command
    • procsig Command
    • procstack Command
    • procstop Command
    • proctree Command
    • procwait Command
    • procwdx Command
    • prof Command
    • proff Command
    • projctl Command
    • prompter Command
    • proto Command
    • proxymngr Command
    • prs Command (SCCS)
    • prtacct Command
    • prtconf Command
    • prtgblconfig Command
    • ps Command
    • ps4014 Command
    • ps630 Command
    • psc Command
    • psdit Command
    • pshare Command
    • psplot Command
    • psrasc Command
    • psrev Command
    • psroff Command
    • pstart Command
    • pstat Command
    • ptpd Daemon
    • ptsc Command
    • ptsevt Command
    • ptsevtd Command
    • ptx Command
    • pvcauth command
    • pvi Command
    • pwchange Command
    • pwck Command
    • pwd Command
    • pwdadm Command
    • pwdck Command
    • pwtokey Command
    • pxed Command
  • q
    • qadm Command
    • qcan Command
    • qchk Command
    • qdaemon Command
    • qhld Command
    • qmov Command
    • qosadd Command
    • qoslist Command
    • qosmod Command
    • qosremove Command
    • qosstat Command
    • qpri Command
    • qprt Command
    • qstatus Command
    • quiz Command
    • quot Command
    • quota Command
    • quotacheck Command
    • quotaon Command
    • quotaoff Command
  • r
    • raddbm Command
    • radiusctl Command
    • ranlib Command
    • raso Command
    • ras_logger Command
    • rbacqry Command
    • rbactoldif Command
    • rc Command
    • rc.mobip6 Command
    • rc.powerfail Command
    • rc.wpars Command
    • rcp Command
    • rcvdist Command
    • rcvpack Command
    • rcvstore Command
    • rcvtty Command
    • rdist Command
    • rdistd Command
    • rdump Command
    • read Command
    • readlvcopy Command
    • reboot Command
    • rebootwpar Command
    • recfgct Command
    • recreatevg Command
    • recsh Command
    • red Command
    • redefinevg Command
    • reducevg Command
    • refer Command
    • refile Command
    • refresh Command
    • refrsrc Command
    • refsensor Command
    • regcmp Command
    • reject Command
    • rembak Command
    • remove Command
    • removevsd Command
    • remsh Command
    • rendev Command
    • renice Command
    • reorgvg Command
    • repl Command
    • replacepv Command
    • repquota Command
    • reset Command
    • resetrsrc Command
    • resize Command
    • resource_data_input Information File
    • restart-secldapclntd Command
    • restbase Command
    • restore Command
    • restorevgfiles Command
    • restvg Command
    • restwpar Command
    • restwparfiles Command
    • resumevsd Command
    • rev Command
    • revnetgroup Command
    • rexd Daemon
    • rexec Command
    • rexecd Daemon
    • rgb Command
    • ripquery Command
    • rksh Command
    • rlogin Command
    • rlogind Daemon
    • rm Command
    • rmail Command
    • rmauth Command
    • rmaudrec Command
    • rmC2admin Command
    • rmCCadmin Command
    • rmccli information file
    • rmcctrl Command
    • rmcdomainstatus Command
    • rmcifscred Command
    • rmcifsmnt Command
    • rmclass Command
    • rmcluster Command
    • rmcomg Command
    • rmcondition Command
    • rmcondresp Command
    • rmcosi Command
    • rmdel Command
    • rmdev Command
    • rmdir Command
    • rmdom Command
    • rmf Command
    • rmfilt Command
    • rmfs Command
    • rmgroup Command
    • rmiscsi Command
    • rmitab Command
    • rmkeyserv Command
    • rmlpcmd Command
    • rmlv Command
    • rmlvcopy Command
    • rmm Command
    • rmnamsv Command
    • rmnfs Command
    • rmnfsexp Command
    • rmnfsmnt Command
    • rmnfsproxy Command
    • rmnotify Command
    • rmpath Command
    • rmprtsv Command
    • rmps Command
    • rmqos Command
    • rmque Command
    • rmquedev Command
    • rmramdisk Command
    • rmresponse Command
    • rmrole Command
    • rmrpdomain Command
    • rmrpnode Command
    • rmrset Command
    • rmrsrc Command
    • rmsecattr Command
    • rmsensor Command
    • rmserver Command
    • rmsmbcmnt Command
    • rmsmbcred Command
    • rmsock Command
    • rmss Command
    • rmssys Command
    • rmt Command
    • rmtcpip Command
    • rmts Command
    • rmtun Command
    • rmusil Command
    • rmuser Command
    • rmvfs Command
    • rmvirprt Command
    • rmwpar Command
    • rmyp Command
    • rndc Command
    • rndc-confgen Command
    • roffbib Command
    • rolelist Command
    • roleqry Command
    • rolerpt Command
    • rollback Command
    • route Command
    • routed Daemon
    • rpc.pcnfsd Daemon
    • rpcgen Command
    • rpcinfo Command
    • rpvstat Command
    • rpvutil Command
    • rrestore Command
    • Rsh command
    • rsh Command
    • rshd Daemon
    • rstatd Daemon
    • rsyslogd Daemon
    • rtcd Daemon
    • rtl_enable Command
    • runacct Command
    • runact Command
    • runcat Command
    • runlpcmd Command
    • rup Command
    • ruptime Command
    • ruser Command
    • rusers Command
    • rusersd Daemon
    • rvsdrestrict Command
    • rwall Command
    • rwalld Daemon
    • rwho Command
    • rwhod Daemon
  • s
    • sa Command
    • sa1 Command
    • sa2 Command
    • sact Command
    • sadc Command
    • sar Command
    • savebase Command
    • savecore Command
    • savevg Command
    • savewpar Command
    • scan Command
    • sccs Command
    • sccsdiff Command
    • sccshelp Command
    • schedo Command
    • scls Command
    • script Command
    • sctpctrl Command
    • sdiff Command
    • secldapclntd Daemon
    • secldifconv Command
    • sectoldif Command
    • securetcpip Command
    • sed Command
    • sedmgr Command
    • send Command
    • sendbug Command
    • sendmail Command
    • setclock Command
    • setea Command
    • setgroups Command
    • setkst Command
    • setmaps Command
    • setrunmode Command
    • setsecattr Command
    • setsecconf Command
    • setsenv Command
    • setsyslab Command
    • settime Command
    • settxattr Command
    • setuname Command
    • sh Command
    • shconf Command
    • shell Command
    • show Command
    • showmount Command
    • shutacct Command
    • shutdown Command
    • sisraidmgr Command
    • sissasraidmgr Command
    • size Command
    • skctl Command
    • skulker Command
    • slattach Command
    • sleep Command
    • slibclean Command
    • sliplogin Command
    • slocal Command
    • slp_srvreg Command
    • smbcd Daemon
    • smbcstat Command
    • smbctune Command
    • smdemon.cleanu Command
    • smit Command
    • smitty Command
    • smrsh Command
    • smtctl Command
    • snap Command
    • snapcore Command
    • snapshot Command
    • snapsplit Command
    • snmpd Daemon
    • snmpdv1 Daemon
    • snmpdv3 Daemon
    • snmpevent Command
    • snmpinfo Command
    • snmpmibd Daemon
    • snmptrap Command
    • snmpv3_ssw Command
    • sno Command
    • sntp Command for NTPv4
    • sodebug Command
    • soelim Command
    • soestat Command
    • sort Command
    • sortbib Command
    • sortm Command
    • spell Command
    • spellin Command
    • spellout Command
    • splat Command
    • split Command
    • splitlvcopy Command
    • splitvg Command
    • splp Command
    • spost Command
    • spray Command
    • sprayd Daemon
    • srcmstr Daemon
    • start-secldapclntd Command
    • startcondresp Command
    • startrpdomain Command
    • startrpnode Command
    • startrsrc Command
    • startsrc Command
    • startup Command
    • startvsd Command
    • startwpar Command
    • startx Command
    • statd Daemon
    • statvsd Command
    • stop-secldapclntd Command
    • stopcondresp Command
    • stoprpdomain Command
    • stoprpnode Command
    • stoprsrc Command
    • stopsrc Command
    • stopvsd Command
    • stopwpar Command
    • stpinet Method
    • strace Command
    • strchg Command
    • strclean Command
    • strconf Command
    • strerr Daemon
    • strinfo Command
    • strings Command
    • strip Command
    • stripnm Command
    • strload Command
    • strreset Command
    • strtune Command
    • struct Command
    • sttinet Method
    • stty-cxma Command
    • stty Command
    • style Command
    • su Command
    • subj Command
    • sum Command
    • suma Command
    • suspendvsd Command
    • svmon Command
    • swap Command
    • swapoff Command
    • swapon Command
    • swcons Command
    • swrole Command
    • swts Command
    • sync Command
    • synclvodm Command
    • syncroot Command
    • syncvg Command
    • syncwpar Command
    • syscall Command
    • sysck Command
    • syscorepath Command
    • sysdumpdev Command
    • sysdumpstart Command
    • sysline Command
    • syslogd Daemon
  • t
    • tab Command
    • tabs Command
    • tail Command
    • talk Command
    • talkd Daemon
    • tapechk Command
    • tar Command
    • tbl Command
    • tc Command
    • tcbck Command
    • tcopy Command
    • tcpdump Command
    • tcptr Command
    • tcsd Daemon
    • tctl Command
    • tee Command
    • telinit or init Command
    • telnet Command
    • telnetd Daemon
    • termdef Command
    • test Command
    • tetoldif Command
    • tftp Command
    • tftpd Daemon
    • tic Command
    • time Command
    • timed Daemon
    • timedc Command
    • timex Command
    • tip Command
    • tn Command
    • tn3270 Command
    • tncconsole Command
    • tninit Command
    • tokstat Command
    • topas Command
    • topasout Command
    • topasrec Command
    • topsvcs Command
    • topsvcsctrl Command
    • touch Command
    • tpm_activate Command
    • tpm_changeauth Command
    • tpm_clear Command
    • tpm_clearable Command
    • tpm_createek Command
    • tpm_enable Command
    • tpm_getpubek Command
    • tpm_ownable Command
    • tpm_present Command
    • tpm_restrictpubek Command
    • tpm_selftest Command
    • tpm_takeownership Command
    • tpm_version Command
    • tprof Command
    • tput Command
    • tr Command
    • trace Daemon
    • traceauth Command
    • tracepriv Command
    • traceroute Command
    • tracesoff Command
    • traceson Command
    • trbsd Command
    • trcctl Command
    • trcdead Command
    • trcevgrp Command
    • trcnm Command
    • trcrpt Command
    • trcstop Command
    • trcupdate Command
    • troff Command
    • trpt Command
    • true or false Command
    • truss Command
    • trustchk Command
    • tset Command
    • tsh Command
    • tsig-keygen Command
    • tsm Command
    • tsort Command
    • ttt Command
    • tty Command
    • tunchange Command
    • tuncheck Command
    • tundefault Command
    • tunrestore Command
    • tunsave Command
    • turnacct Command
    • turnoff Command
    • turnon Command
    • tvi Command
    • twconvdict Command
    • twconvfont Command
    • type Command
  • u
    • ucfgif Method
    • ucfginet Method
    • ucfgqos Method
    • ucfgvsd Command
    • uconvdef Command
    • udefif Method
    • udefinet Method
    • udfcheck Command
    • udfcreate Command
    • udflabel Command
    • uil Command
    • uimx Command
    • ul Command
    • ulimit Command
    • umask Command
    • umcode_latest Command
    • umount Command
    • umountall Command
    • unalias Command
    • uname Command
    • uncompress Command
    • undefvsd Command
    • unexpand Command
    • unfencevsd Command
    • unget Command (SCCS)
    • unifdef Command
    • uniq Command
    • units Command
    • unlink Command
    • unloadipsec Command
    • unmirrorvg Command
    • unmount Command
    • unpack Command
    • untab Command
    • update Command
    • update_iscsi Command
    • updatevsdnode Command
    • updatevsdtab Command
    • updatevsdvg Command
    • uprintfd Daemon
    • uptime Command
    • useradd Command
    • userdel Command
    • usermod Command
    • users Command
    • usrck Command
    • usrrpt Command
    • utftp Command
    • utmpd Daemon
    • uucheck Command
    • uucico Daemon
    • uuclean Command
    • uucleanup Command
    • uucp Command
    • uucpadm Command
    • uucpd Daemon
    • uudecode Command
    • uudemon.admin Command
    • uudemon.cleanu Command
    • uudemon.hour Command
    • uudemon.poll Command
    • uuencode Command
    • uuid_get command
    • uukick Command
    • uulog Command
    • uuname Command
    • uupick Command
    • uupoll Command
    • uuq Command
    • uusched Daemon
    • uusend Command
    • uusnap Command
    • uustat Command
    • uuto Command
    • uutry Command
    • uux Command
    • uuxqt Daemon
  • v
    • vacation Command
    • val Command (SCCS)
    • varyoffvg Command
    • varyonvg Command
    • vc Command
    • vedit Command
    • vgrind Command
    • vi Command
    • view Command
    • viosupgrade command
    • vmh Command
    • vmo Command
    • vmstat Command
    • vpdadd Command
    • vpddel Command
    • vsdatalst Command
    • vsdchgserver Command
    • vsdelnode Command
    • vsdelvg Command
    • vsdnode Command
    • vsdsklst Command
    • vsdvg Command
    • vsdvgts Command
  • w
    • w Command
    • wait Command
    • wall Command
    • wallevent Command
    • watch Command
    • wc Command
    • what Command
    • whatis Command
    • whatnow Command
    • whereis Command
    • which Command
    • which_fileset Command
    • who Command
    • whoami Command
    • whodo Command
    • whois Command
    • whom Command
    • wlmassign command
    • wlmcheck command
    • wlmcntrl Command
    • wlmstat Command
    • wol command
    • wparerr Command
    • wparexec Command
    • wpar_reg_script Command
    • wparprnterr Command
    • write Command
    • writesrv Daemon
    • wtmpfix Command
    • wump Command
  • x
    • X Command
    • x_add_fs_fpe Command
    • x_add_nfs_fpe Command
    • x_rm_fpe Command
    • xargs Command
    • xauth Command
    • xclock Command
    • xcmsdb Command
    • xdm Command
    • xfindproxy Command
    • xfs Command
    • xget Command
    • xhost Command
    • xinit Command
    • xkbcomp Command
    • xkbevd Daemon
    • xkbprint Command
    • xlock Command
    • xlsfonts Command
    • xmbind Command
    • xmkmf Command
    • xmwlm Command
    • xmodem Command
    • xmodmap Command
    • xmpeek Command
    • xmscheck Command
    • xmtopas Command
    • xntpd Daemon
    • xntpdc Command
    • xpr Command
    • xpreview Command
    • xprofiler Command
    • xrdb Command
    • xsend Command
    • xset Command
    • xsetroot Command
    • xss Command
    • xstr Command
    • xterm Command
    • xwd Command
    • xwud Command
  • y
    • yacc Command
    • yes Command
    • ypbind Daemon
    • ypcat Command
    • ypinit Command
    • ypmatch Command
    • yppasswd Command
    • yppasswdd Daemon
    • yppoll Command
    • yppush Command
    • ypserv Daemon
    • ypset Command
    • ypupdated Daemon
    • ypwhich Command
    • ypxfr Command
  • z
    • zcat Command
    • zdump Command
    • zic Command
• Technical reference
  • Base Operating System (BOS) Runtime Services
    • What's new
    • a
      • a64l or l64a Subroutine
      • abort Subroutine
      • abs, div, labs, ldiv, imul_dbl, umul_dbl, llabs, or lldiv Subroutine
      • access, accessx, faccessx, accessxat, or faccessat Subroutine
      • accel_compress Subroutine
      • accel_decompress Subroutine
      • accredrange Subroutine
      • acct Subroutine
      • acct_wpar Subroutine
      • acl_chg or acl_fchg Subroutine
      • acl_get or acl_fget Subroutine
      • acl_put or acl_fput Subroutine
      • acl_set or acl_fset Subroutine
      • aclx_convert Subroutine
      • aclx_get or aclx_fget Subroutine
      • aclx_gettypeinfo Subroutine
      • aclx_gettypes Subroutine
      • aclx_print or aclx_printStr Subroutine
      • aclx_put or aclx_fput Subroutine
      • aclx_scan or aclx_scanStr Subroutine
      • acos, acosf, acosl, acosd32, acosd64, or acosd128 Subroutines
      • acosh, acoshf, acoshl, acoshd32, acoshd64, and acoshd128 Subroutines
      • addch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, or waddch Subroutine
      • addnstr, addstr, mvaddnstr, mvaddstr, mvwaddnstr, mvwaddstr, waddnstr, or waddstr Subroutine
      • addproj Subroutine
      • addprojdb Subroutine
      • addssys Subroutine
      • adjtime Subroutine
      • agg_proc_stat, agg_lpar_stat, agg_arm_stat, or free_agg_list Subroutine
      • aio_cancel or aio_cancel64 Subroutine
      • aio_error or aio_error64 Subroutine
      • aio_fsync Subroutine
      • aio_nwait Subroutine
      • aio_nwait_timeout Subroutine
      • aio_read or aio_read64 Subroutine
      • aio_return or aio_return64 Subroutine
      • aio_suspend or aio_suspend64 Subroutine
      • aio_write or aio_write64 Subroutine
      • alloc, dealloc, print, read_data, read_regs, symbol_addrs, write_data, and write_regs Subroutine
      • alloclmb Subroutine
      • asinh, asinhf, asinhl, asinhd32, asinhd64, and asinhd128 Subroutines
      • asinf, asinl, asin, asind32, asind64, and asind128 Subroutines
      • assert Macro
      • at_quick_exit Subroutine
      • atan2f, atan2l, atan2, atan2d32, atan2d64, and atan2d128 Subroutines
      • atan, atanf, atanl, atand32, atand64, and atand128 Subroutines
      • atanh, atanhf, atanhl, atanhd32, atanhd64, and atanhd128 Subroutines
      • atof atoff Subroutine
      • atol or atoll Subroutine
      • attrset or wattrset Subroutine
      • attroff, attron, attrset, wattroff, wattron, or wattrset Subroutine
      • attron or wattron Subroutine
      • audit Subroutine
      • auditbin Subroutine
      • auditevents Subroutine
      • auditlog Subroutine
      • auditobj Subroutine
      • auditpack Subroutine
      • auditproc Subroutine
      • auditread, auditread_r Subroutines
      • auditwrite Subroutine
      • authenticate Subroutine
      • authenticatex Subroutine
    • b
      • basename Subroutine
      • baudrate Subroutine
      • bcopy, bcmp, bzero, ffs, ffsl, or ffsll Subroutine
      • beep Subroutine
      • bessel: j0, j1, jn, y0, y1, or yn Subroutine
      • bindprocessor Subroutine
      • box Subroutine
      • brk or sbrk Subroutine
      • bsearch Subroutine
      • btowc Subroutine
      • buildproclist Subroutine
      • buildtranlist or freetranlist Subroutine
    • c
      • _check_lock Subroutine
      • _clear_lock Subroutine
      • cabs, cabsf, or cabsl Subroutine
      • cacos, cacosf, or cacosl Subroutine
      • cacosh, cacoshf, or cacoshl Subroutines
      • call_once Subroutine
      • can_change_color, color_content, has_colors,init_color, init_pair, start_color or pair_content Subroutine
      • carg, cargf, or cargl Subroutine
      • casin, casinf, or casinl Subroutine
      • casinh, casinfh, or casinlh Subroutine
      • catan, catanf, or catanl Subroutine
      • catanh, catanhf, or catanhl Subroutine
      • catclose Subroutine
      • catgets Subroutine
      • catopen Subroutine
      • cbreak, nocbreak, noraw, or raw Subroutine
      • cbrtf, cbrtl, cbrt, cbrtd32, cbrtd64, and cbrtd128 Subroutines
      • ccos, ccosf, or ccosl Subroutine
      • ccosh, ccoshf, or ccoshl Subroutine
      • ccsidtocs or cstoccsid Subroutine
      • ceil, ceilf, ceill, ceild32, ceild64, and ceild128 Subroutines
      • cexp, cexpf, or cexpl Subroutine
      • cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed, cfgetispeed, or cfsetispeed Subroutine
      • chacl or fchacl Subroutine
      • chdir Subroutine
      • checkauths Subroutine
      • chmod, fchmod, or fchmodat Subroutine
      • chown, fchown, lchown, chownx, fchownx, chownxat, or fchownat Subroutine
      • chpass Subroutine
      • chpassx Subroutine
      • chprojattr Subroutine
      • chprojattrdb Subroutine
      • chroot Subroutine
      • chssys Subroutine
      • cimag, cimagf, or cimagl Subroutine
      • ckuseracct Subroutine
      • ckuserID Subroutine
      • class, _class, finite, isnan, or unordered Subroutines
      • clear, erase, wclear or werase Subroutine
      • clearok, idlok, leaveok, scrollok, setscrreg or wsetscrreg Subroutine
      • clrtobot or wclrtobot Subroutine
      • clrtoeol or wclrtoeol Subroutine
      • clock Subroutine
      • clock_getcpuclockid Subroutine
      • clock_getres, clock_gettime, and clock_settime Subroutine
      • clock_nanosleep Subroutine
      • clog, clogf, or clogl Subroutine
      • close Subroutine
      • cnd_broadcast, cnd_destroy, cnd_init, cnd_signal, cnd_timedwait and cnd_wait Subroutine
      • compare_and_swap and compare_and_swaplp Subroutines
      • compile, step, or advance Subroutine
      • confstr Subroutine
      • conj, conjf, or conjl Subroutine
      • color_content Subroutine
      • conv Subroutines
      • copysign, copysignf, copysignl , copysignd32, copysignd64, and copysignd128 Subroutines
      • copywin Subroutine
      • coredump Subroutine
      • cosf, cosl, cos, cosd32, cosd64, and cosd128 Subroutines
      • cosh, coshf, coshl, coshd32, coshd64, and coshd128 Subroutines
      • cpfile Subroutine
      • cpow, cpowf, or cpowl Subroutine
      • cproj, cprojf, or cprojl Subroutine
      • cpu_context_barrier and cpu_speculation_barrier Subroutines
      • cpuextintr_ctl Subroutine
      • creal, crealf, or creall Subroutine
      • crypt, encrypt, or setkey Subroutine
      • csid Subroutine
      • csin, csinf, or csinl Subroutine
      • csinh, csinhf, or csinhl Subroutine
      • csqrt, csqrtf, or csqrtl Subroutine
      • CT_HOOKx and CT_GEN macros
      • CT_HOOKx_PRIV, CTCS_HOOKx_PRIV, CT_HOOKx_COMMON, CT_HOOKx_RARE, and CT_HOOKx_SYSTEM Macros
      • CT_TRCON macro
      • ctan, ctanf, or ctanl Subroutine
      • ctanh, ctanhf, or ctanhl Subroutine
      • CTCS_HOOKx Macros
      • ctermid Subroutine
      • CTFUNC_HOOKx Macros
      • ctime, localtime, gmtime, mktime, difftime, asctime, or tzset Subroutine
      • ctime64, localtime64, gmtime64, mktime64, difftime64, or asctime64 Subroutine
      • ctime64_r, localtime64_r, gmtime64_r, or asctime64_r Subroutine
      • ctime_r, localtime_r, gmtime_r, or asctime_r Subroutine
      • ctype, isalpha, isupper, islower, isdigit, isxdigit, isalnum, isspace, ispunct, isprint, isgraph, iscntrl, or isascii Subroutines
      • cuserid Subroutine
      • curs_set Subroutine
      • c16rtomb, c32rtomb Subroutine
    • d
      • def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode, reset_prog_mode or reset_shell_mode Subroutine
      • def_shell_mode Subroutine
      • defssys Subroutine
      • del_curterm, restartterm, set_curterm, or setupterm Subroutine
      • delay_output Subroutine
      • delch, mvdelch, mvwdelch or wdelch Subroutine
      • deleteln or wdeleteln Subroutine
      • delwin Subroutine
      • delssys Subroutine
      • derwin, newwin, or subwin Subroutine
      • dirname Subroutine
      • disclaim and disclaim64 Subroutines
      • dlclose Subroutine
      • dlerror Subroutine
      • dlopen Subroutine
      • dlsym Subroutine
      • dirfd Subroutine
      • doupdate, refresh, wnoutrefresh, or wrefresh Subroutines
      • drand48, erand48, jrand48, lcong48, lrand48, mrand48, nrand48, seed48, or srand48 Subroutine
      • drem Subroutine
      • drw_lock_done Kernel Service
      • drw_lock_free Kernel Service
      • drw_lock_init Kernel Service
      • drw_lock_islocked Kernel Service
      • drw_lock_read Kernel Service
      • drw_lock_read_to_write Kernel Service
      • drw_lock_try_write Kernel Service
      • drw_lock_write Kernel Service
      • drw_lock_write_to_read Kernel Service
      • dscr_ctl Subroutine
      • duplocale Subroutine
    • e
      • _end, _etext, or _edata Identifier
      • echo or noecho Subroutine
      • echochar or wechochar Subroutines
      • ecvt, fcvt, or gcvt Subroutine
      • efs_closeKS Subroutine
      • EnableCriticalSections, BeginCriticalSection, and EndCriticalSection Subroutine
      • endwin Subroutine
      • erase or werase Subroutine
      • erasechar, erasewchar, killchar, and killwchar Subroutine
      • erf, erff, erfl, erfd32, erfd64, and erfd128 Subroutines
      • erfc, erfcf, erfcl, erfcd32, erfcd64, and erfcd128 Subroutines
      • errlog Subroutine
      • errlog_close Subroutine
      • errlog_find_first, errlog_find_next, and errlog_find_sequence Subroutines
      • errlog_open Subroutine
      • errlog_set_direction Subroutine
      • errlog_write Subroutine
      • exec, execl, execle, execlp, execv, execve, execvp, exect, or fexecve Subroutine
      • exit, atexit, unatexit, _exit, or _Exit Subroutine
      • exp, expf, expl, expd32, expd64, and expd128 Subroutines
      • exp2, exp2f, exp2l, exp2d32, exp2d64, and exp2d128 Subroutines
      • expm1, expm1f, expm1l, expm1d32, expm1d64, and expm1d128 Subroutine
    • f
      • fabsf, fabsl, fabs, fabsd32, fabsd64, and fabsd128 Subroutines
      • fattach Subroutine
      • fchdir Subroutine
      • fclear or fclear64 Subroutine
      • fclose or fflush Subroutine
      • fcntl, dup, or dup2 Subroutine
      • fdetach Subroutine
      • fdim, fdimf, fdiml, fdimd32, fdimd64, and fdimd128 Subroutines
      • fe_dec_getround and fe_dec_setround Subroutines
      • feclearexcept Subroutine
      • fegetenv or fesetenv Subroutine
      • fegetexceptflag or fesetexceptflag Subroutine
      • fegetround or fesetround Subroutine
      • feholdexcept Subroutine
      • fence Subroutine
      • feof, ferror, clearerr, or fileno Macro
      • feraiseexcept Subroutine
      • fetch_and_add and fetch_and_addlp Subroutines
      • fetch_and_and, fetch_and_or, fetch_and_andlp, and fetch_and_orlp Subroutines
      • fetestexcept Subroutine
      • feupdateenv Subroutine
      • finfo or ffinfo Subroutine
      • filter Subroutine
      • flash Subroutine
      • flockfile, ftrylockfile, funlockfile Subroutine
      • floor, floorf, floorl, floord32, floord64, floord128, nearest, trunc, itrunc, and uitrunc Subroutines
      • flushinp Subroutine
      • fma, fmaf, fmal, and fmad128 Subroutines
      • fmax, fmaxf, fmaxl, fmaxd32, fmaxd64, and fmaxd128 Subroutines
      • fmemopen Subroutine
      • fminf, fminl, fmind32, fmind64, and fmind128 Subroutines
      • fmod, fmodf, fmodl, fmodd32, fmodd64, and fmodd128 Subroutines
      • fmtmsg Subroutine
      • fnmatch Subroutine
      • fopen, fopen64, freopen, freopen64, fopen_s or fdopen Subroutine
      • fork, f_fork, or vfork Subroutine
      • fp_any_enable, fp_is_enabled, fp_enable_all, fp_enable, fp_disable_all, or fp_disable Subroutine
      • fp_clr_flag, fp_set_flag, fp_read_flag, or fp_swap_flag Subroutine
      • fp_cpusync Subroutine
      • fp_flush_imprecise Subroutine
      • fp_invalid_op, fp_divbyzero, fp_overflow, fp_underflow, fp_inexact, fp_any_xcp Subroutine
      • fp_iop_snan, fp_iop_infsinf, fp_iop_infdinf, fp_iop_zrdzr, fp_iop_infmzr, fp_iop_invcmp, fp_iop_sqrt, fp_iop_convert, or fp_iop_vxsoft Subroutines
      • fp_raise_xcp Subroutine
      • fp_read_rnd or fp_swap_rnd Subroutine
      • fp_sh_info, fp_sh_trap_info, or fp_sh_set_stat Subroutine
      • fp_trap Subroutine
      • fp_trapstate Subroutine
      • fpclassify Macro
      • fread or fwrite Subroutine
      • freehostent Subroutine
      • freelocale Subroutine
      • freelmb Subroutine
      • frevoke Subroutine
      • frexpd32, frexpd64, and frexpd128 Subroutines
      • frexpf, frexpl, or frexp Subroutine
      • fscntl Subroutine
      • fseek, fseeko, fseeko64, rewind, ftell, ftello, ftello64, fgetpos, fgetpos64, fsetpos, or fsetpos64 Subroutine
      • fsync or fsync_range Subroutine
      • ftok Subroutine
      • ftw or ftw64 Subroutine
      • fwide Subroutine
      • fwprintf, wprintf, swprintf Subroutines
      • fwscanf, wscanf, swscanf Subroutines
    • g
      • gai_strerror Subroutine
      • gamma Subroutine
      • garbagedlines Subroutine
      • gencore or coredump Subroutine
      • genpagvalue Subroutine
      • get_ipc_info Subroutine
      • get_malloc_log Subroutine
      • get_malloc_log_live Subroutine
      • get_speed, set_speed, or reset_speed Subroutines
      • getargs Subroutine
      • getaudithostattr, IDtohost, hosttoID, nexthost or putaudithostattr Subroutine
      • getauthattr Subroutine
      • getauthattrs Subroutine
      • getauthdb or getauthdb_r Subroutine
      • getbegyx, getmaxyx, getparyx, or getyx Subroutine
      • getc, getchar, fgetc, or getw Subroutine
      • getc_unlocked, getchar_unlocked, putc_unlocked, putchar_unlocked Subroutines
      • getch, mvgetch, mvwgetch, or wgetch Subroutine
      • getcmdattr Subroutine
      • getcmdattrs Subroutine
      • getconfattr or putconfattr Subroutine
      • getconfattrs Subroutine
      • getcontext or setcontext Subroutine
      • getcwd Subroutine
      • getdate Subroutine
      • getdevattr Subroutine
      • getdevattrs Subroutine
      • getdomattr Subroutine
      • getdomattrs Subroutine
      • getdtablesize Subroutine
      • getea Subroutine
      • getenv Subroutine
      • getevars Subroutine
      • getfilehdr Subroutine
      • getfirstprojdb Subroutine
      • getfsent, getfsspec, getfsfile, getfstype, setfsent, or endfsent Subroutine
      • getfsfbitindex and getfsfbitstring Subroutines
      • getgid, getegid or gegidx Subroutine
      • getgrent, getgrgid, getgrnam, setgrent, or endgrent Subroutine
      • getgrgid_r Subroutine
      • getgrnam_r Subroutine
      • getgroupattr, IDtogroup, nextgroup, or putgroupattr Subroutine
      • getgroupattrs Subroutine
      • getgroups Subroutine
      • getgrpaclattr, nextgrpacl, or putgrpaclattr Subroutine
      • getgrset Subroutine
      • getgrset_r Subroutine
      • getinterval, incinterval, absinterval, resinc, resabs, alarm, ualarm, getitimer or setitimer Subroutine
      • getiopri Subroutine
      • getipnodebyaddr Subroutine
      • getipnodebyname Subroutine
      • getline, getdelim Subroutines
      • getlogin Subroutine
      • getlogin_r Subroutine
      • getmax_sl, getmax_tl, getmin_sl, and getmin_tl Subroutines
      • getmaxyx Subroutine
      • getnextprojdb Subroutine
      • getnstr, getstr, mvgetnstr, mvgetstr, mvwgetnstr, mvwgetstr, wgetnstr, or wgetstr Subroutine
      • getobjattr Subroutine
      • getobjattrs Subroutine
      • getopt Subroutine
      • getosuuid Subroutine
      • getpagesize Subroutine
      • getpaginfo Subroutine
      • getpagvalue or getpagvalue64 Subroutine
      • getpass Subroutine
      • getpcred Subroutine
      • getpeereid Subroutine
      • getpenv Subroutine
      • getpfileattr Subroutine
      • getpfileattrs Subroutine
      • getpgid Subroutine
      • getpid, getpgrp, or getppid Subroutine
      • getportattr or putportattr Subroutine
      • getppriv Subroutine
      • getpri Subroutine
      • getprivid Subroutine
      • getprivname Subroutine
      • getpriority, setpriority, or nice Subroutine
      • getproclist, getlparlist, or getarmlist Subroutine
      • getprocs Subroutine
      • getproj Subroutine
      • getprojdb Subroutine
      • getprojs Subroutine
      • getpw Subroutine
      • getpwent, getpwuid, getpwnam, putpwent, setpwent, or endpwent Subroutine
      • getrlimit, getrlimit64, setrlimit, setrlimit64, or vlimit Subroutine
      • getrpcent, getrpcbyname, getrpcbynumber, setrpcent, or endrpcent Subroutine
      • getrusage, getrusage64, times, or vtimes Subroutine
      • getroleattr, nextrole or putroleattr Subroutine
      • getroleattrs Subroutine
      • gets or fgets Subroutine
      • getsecconfig and setsecconfig Subroutines
      • getsecorder Subroutine
      • getfsent_r, getfsspec_r, getfsfile_r, getfstype_r, setfsent_r, or endfsent_r Subroutine
      • getroles Subroutine
      • getsid Subroutine
      • getssys Subroutine
      • getsubopt Subroutine
      • getsubsvr Subroutine
      • getsyx Subroutine
      • getsystemcfg Subroutine
      • gettcbattr or puttcbattr Subroutine
      • getthrds Subroutine
      • gettimeofday, settimeofday, or ftime Subroutine
      • gettimer, settimer, restimer, stime, or time Subroutine
      • gettimerid Subroutine
      • getttyent, getttynam, setttyent, or endttyent Subroutine
      • getuid, geteuid, or getuidx Subroutine
      • getuinfo Subroutine
      • getuinfox Subroutine
      • getuserattr, IDtouser, nextuser, or putuserattr Subroutine
      • getuserattrs Subroutine
      • GetUserAuths Subroutine
      • getuserpw, putuserpw, or putuserpwhist Subroutine
      • getuserpwx Subroutine
      • getusraclattr, nextusracl or putusraclattr Subroutine
      • getutent, getutid, getutline, pututline, setutent, endutent, or utmpname Subroutine
      • getvfsent, getvfsbytype, getvfsbyname, getvfsbyflag, setvfsent, or endvfsent Subroutine
      • getwc, fgetwc, or getwchar Subroutine
      • getwd Subroutine
      • getws or fgetws Subroutine
      • getyx Macro
      • glob Subroutine
      • globfree Subroutine
      • grantpt Subroutine
    • h
      • halfdelay Subroutine
      • has_colors Subroutine
      • has_ic and has_il Subroutine
      • has_il Subroutine
      • HBA_CloseAdapter Subroutine
      • HBA_FreeLibrary Subroutine
      • HBA_GetAdapterAttributes, HBA_GetPortAttributes, HBA_GetDiscoveredPortAttributes, HBA_GetPortAttributesByWWN Subroutine
      • HBA_GetAdapterName Subroutine
      • HBA_GetEventBuffer Subroutine
      • HBA_GetFC4Statistics Subroutine
      • HBA_GetFcpPersistentBinding Subroutine
      • HBA_GetFCPStatistics Subroutine
      • HBA_GetFcpTargetMappingV2 Subroutine
      • HBA_GetFcpTargetMapping Subroutine
      • HBA_GetNumberOfAdapters Subroutine
      • HBA_GetPersistentBindingV2 Subroutine
      • HBA_GetPortStatistics Subroutine
      • HBA_GetRNIDMgmtInfo Subroutine
      • HBA_GetVersion Subroutine
      • HBA_LoadLibrary Subroutine
      • HBA_OpenAdapter Subroutine
      • HBA_OpenAdapterByWWN Subroutine
      • HBA_RefreshInformation Subroutine
      • HBA_ScsiInquiryV2 Subroutine
      • HBA_ScsiReadCapacityV2 Subroutine
      • HBA_ScsiReportLunsV2 Subroutine
      • HBA_SendCTPassThru Subroutine
      • HBA_SendCTPassThruV2 Subroutine
      • HBA_SendReadCapacity Subroutine
      • HBA_SendReportLUNs Subroutine
      • HBA_SendRLS Subroutine
      • HBA_SendRNID Subroutine
      • HBA_SendRNIDV2 Subroutine
      • HBA_SendRPL Subroutine
      • HBA_SendRPS Subroutine
      • HBA_SendScsiInquiry Subroutine
      • HBA_SetRNIDMgmtInfo Subroutine
      • hpmInit, f_hpminit, hpmStart, f_hpmstart, hpmStop, f_hpmstop, hpmTstart, f_hpmtstart, hpmTstop, f_hpmtstop, hpmGetTimeAndCounters, f_hpmgettimeandcounters, hpmGetCounters, f_hpmgetcounters, hpmTerminate, and f_hpmterminate Subroutine
      • hsearch, hcreate, or hdestroy Subroutine
      • hypot, hypotf, hypotl, hypotd32, hypotd64, and hypotd128 Subroutines
    • i
      • iconv Subroutine
      • iconv_close Subroutine
      • iconv_open Subroutine
      • idlok Subroutine
      • ilogbd32, ilogbd64, and ilogbd128 Subroutines
      • ilogbf, ilogbl, or ilogb Subroutine
      • imaxabs Subroutine
      • imaxdiv Subroutine
      • IMAIXMapping Subroutine
      • IMAuxCreate Callback Subroutine
      • IMAuxDestroy Callback Subroutine
      • IMAuxDraw Callback Subroutine
      • IMAuxHide Callback Subroutine
      • IMBeep Callback Subroutine
      • IMClose Subroutine
      • IMCreate Subroutine
      • IMDestroy Subroutine
      • IMFilter Subroutine
      • IMFreeKeymap Subroutine
      • IMIndicatorDraw Callback Subroutine
      • IMIndicatorHide Callback Subroutine
      • IMInitialize Subroutine
      • IMInitializeKeymap Subroutine
      • IMIoctl Subroutine
      • IMLookupString Subroutine
      • IMProcess Subroutine
      • IMProcessAuxiliary Subroutine
      • IMQueryLanguage Subroutine
      • IMSimpleMapping Subroutine
      • IMTextCursor Callback Subroutine
      • IMTextDraw Callback Subroutine
      • IMTextHide Callback Subroutine
      • IMTextStart Callback Subroutine
      • inch, mvinch, mvwinch, or winch Subroutine
      • inet_aton Subroutine
      • init_color Subroutine
      • init_pair Subroutine
      • initgroups Subroutine
      • initialize Subroutine
      • initlabeldb and endlabeldb Subroutines
      • insch, mvinsch, mvwinsch, or winsch Subroutine
      • insertln or winsertln Subroutine
      • insque or remque Subroutine
      • install_lwcf_handler Subroutine
      • intrflush Subroutine
      • ioctl, ioctlx, ioctl32, or ioctl32x Subroutine
      • is_linetouched, is_wintouched, touchline, touchwin, untouchwin, or wtouchin Subroutine
      • isalpha_l, isupper_l, islower_l, isdigit_l, isxdigit_l, isalnum_l, isspace_l, ispunct_l, isprint_l, isgraph_l, iscntrl_l, or isascii_ l Subroutines
      • isblank, or isblank_l Subroutines
      • isendwin Subroutine
      • isfinite Macro
      • isgreater Macro
      • isgreaterequal Subroutine
      • isinf Subroutine
      • isless Macro
      • islessequal Macro
      • islessgreater Macro
      • isnormal Macro
      • isunordered Macro
      • iswalnum, iswalpha, iswcntrl, iswdigit, iswgraph, iswlower, iswprint, iswpunct, iswspace, iswupper, or iswxdigit Subroutine
      • iswalnum_l, iswalpha_l, iswcntrl_l, iswdigit_l, iswgraph_l, iswlower_l, iswprint_l, iswpunct_l, iswspace_l, iswupper_l, or iswxdigit_l Subroutines
      • iswblank, or iswblank_l Subroutines
      • iswctype, iswctype_l or is_wctype Subroutine
    • j
      • jcode Subroutines
      • Japanese conv Subroutines
      • Japanese ctype Subroutines
    • k
      • keyname, key_name Subroutine
      • keypad Subroutine
      • killchar or killwchar Subroutine
      • kget_proc_info Kernel Service
      • kill or killpg Subroutine
      • kleenup Subroutine
      • knlist Subroutine
      • kpidstate Subroutine
    • l
      • _lazySetErrorHandler Subroutine
      • l3tol or ltol3 Subroutine
      • l64a_r Subroutine
      • labelsession Subroutine
      • LAPI_Addr_get Subroutine
      • LAPI_Addr_set Subroutine
      • LAPI_Address Subroutine
      • LAPI_Address_init Subroutine
      • LAPI_Address_init64 Subroutine
      • LAPI_Amsend Subroutine
      • LAPI_Amsendv Subroutine
      • LAPI_Fence Subroutine
      • LAPI_Get Subroutine
      • LAPI_Getcntr Subroutine
      • LAPI_Getv Subroutine
      • LAPI_Gfence Subroutine
      • LAPI_Init Subroutine
      • LAPI_Msg_string Subroutine
      • LAPI_Msgpoll Subroutine
      • LAPI_Nopoll_wait Subroutine
      • LAPI_Probe Subroutine
      • LAPI_Purge_totask Subroutine
      • LAPI_Put Subroutine
      • LAPI_Putv Subroutine
      • LAPI_Qenv Subroutine
      • LAPI_Resume_totask Subroutine
      • LAPI_Rmw Subroutine
      • LAPI_Rmw64 Subroutine
      • LAPI_Senv Subroutine
      • LAPI_Setcntr Subroutine
      • LAPI_Setcntr_wstatus Subroutine
      • LAPI_Term Subroutine
      • LAPI_Util Subroutine
      • LAPI_Waitcntr Subroutine
      • LAPI_Xfer Subroutine
      • layout_object_create Subroutine
      • layout_object_editshape or wcslayout_object_editshape Subroutine
      • layout_object_getvalue Subroutine
      • layout_object_setvalue Subroutine
      • layout_object_shapeboxchars Subroutine
      • layout_object_transform or wcslayout_object_transform Subroutine
      • layout_object_free Subroutine
      • lckpwdf Subroutine
      • ldahread Subroutine
      • ldclose or ldaclose Subroutine
      • ldexpd32, ldexpd64, and ldexpd128 Subroutines
      • ldexp, ldexpf, or ldexpl Subroutine
      • ldfhread Subroutine
      • ldgetname Subroutine
      • ldlread, ldlinit, or ldlitem Subroutine
      • ldlseek or ldnlseek Subroutine
      • ldohseek Subroutine
      • ldopen or ldaopen Subroutine
      • ldrseek or ldnrseek Subroutine
      • ldshread or ldnshread Subroutine
      • ldsseek or ldnsseek Subroutine
      • ldtbindex Subroutine
      • ldtbread Subroutine
      • ldtbseek Subroutine
      • leaveok Subroutine
      • lgamma, lgammaf, lgammal, lgammad32, lgammad64, and lgammad128 Subroutine
      • lineout Subroutine
      • link and linkat Subroutine
      • lio_listio or lio_listio64 Subroutine
      • listea Subroutine
      • llrint, llrintf, llrintl, llrintd32, llrintd64, and llrintd128 Subroutines
      • llround, llroundf, llroundl, llroundd32, llroundd64, and llroundd128 Subroutines
      • load and loadAndInit Subroutines
      • loadbind Subroutine
      • loadquery Subroutine
      • localeconv Subroutine
      • lockfx, lockf, flock, or lockf64 Subroutine
      • log10, log10f, log10l, log10d32, log10d64, and log10d128 Subroutine
      • log1p, log1pf, log1pl, log1pd32, log1pd64, and log1pd128 Subroutines
      • log2, log2f, log2l, log2d32, log2d64, and log2d128 Subroutine
      • logbd32, logbd64, and logbd128 Subroutines
      • logbf, logbl, or logb Subroutine
      • log, logf, logl, logd32, logd64, and logd128 Subroutines
      • loginfailed Subroutine
      • loginrestrictions Subroutine
      • loginrestrictionsx Subroutine
      • loginsuccess Subroutine
      • lpar_get_info Subroutine
      • lpar_set_resources Subroutine
      • lrint, lrintf, lrintl, lrintd32, lrintd64, and lrintd128 Subroutines
      • lround, lroundf, lroundl, lroundd32, lroundd64, and lroundd128 Subroutines
      • lsearch or lfind Subroutine
      • lseek, llseek or lseek64 Subroutine
      • lvm_querylv Subroutine
      • lvm_querypv Subroutine
      • lvm_queryvg Subroutine
      • lvm_queryvgs Subroutine
      • longname Subroutine
    • m
      • malloc, free, realloc, calloc, mallopt, mallinfo, mallinfo_heap, alloca, valloc, or posix_memalign Subroutine
      • madd, msub, mult, mdiv, pow, gcd, invert, rpow, msqrt, mcmp, move, min, omin, fmin, m_in, mout, omout, fmout, m_out, sdiv, or itom Subroutine
      • madvise Subroutine
      • makecontext or swapcontext Subroutine
      • makenew Subroutine
      • matherr Subroutine
      • MatchAllAuths, MatchAnyAuths, MatchAllAuthsList, or MatchAnyAuthsList Subroutine
      • maxlen_sl, maxlen_cl, and maxlen_tl Subroutines
      • mblen Subroutine
      • mbrlen Subroutine
      • mbrtoc16, mbrtoc32 Subroutine
      • mbrtowc Subroutine
      • mbsadvance Subroutine
      • mbscat, mbscmp, or mbscpy Subroutine
      • mbschr Subroutine
      • mbsinit Subroutine
      • mbsinvalid Subroutine
      • mbslen Subroutine
      • mbsncat, mbsncmp, or mbsncpy Subroutine
      • mbspbrk Subroutine
      • mbsrchr Subroutine
      • mbsrtowcs Subroutine
      • mbstomb Subroutine
      • mbstowcs Subroutine
      • mbswidth Subroutine
      • mbtowc Subroutine
      • memccpy, memchr, memcmp, memcpy, memset, memset_s, or memmove Subroutine
      • meta Subroutine
      • mincore Subroutine
      • MIO_aio_read64 Subroutine
      • MIO_aio_suspend64 Subroutine
      • MIO_aio_write64 Subroutine
      • MIO_close Subroutine
      • MIO_fcntl Subroutine
      • MIO_ffinfo Subroutine
      • MIO_fstat64 Subroutine
      • MIO_fsync Subroutine
      • MIO_ftruncate64 Subroutine
      • MIO_lio_listio64 Subroutine
      • MIO_lseek64 Subroutine
      • MIO_open64 Subroutine
      • MIO_open Subroutine
      • MIO_read Subroutine
      • MIO_write Subroutine
      • mkdir or mkdirat Subroutine
      • mknod, mknodat, mkfifo or mkfifoat, Subroutine
      • mktemp or mkstemp Subroutine
      • mlock and munlock Subroutine
      • mlockall and munlockall Subroutine
      • mmap or mmap64 Subroutine
      • mmcr_read Subroutine
      • mmcr_write Subroutine
      • mntctl Subroutine
      • modf, modff, modfl, modfd32, modfd64, and modfd128 Subroutines
      • moncontrol Subroutine
      • monitor Subroutine
      • monstartup Subroutine
      • move or wmove Subroutine
      • mprotect Subroutine
      • mq_close Subroutine
      • mq_getattr Subroutine
      • mq_notify Subroutine
      • mq_open Subroutine
      • mq_receive Subroutine
      • mq_send Subroutine
      • mq_setattr Subroutine
      • mq_receive, mq_timedreceive Subroutine
      • mq_send, mq_timedsend Subroutine
      • mq_unlink Subroutine
      • msem_init Subroutine
      • msem_lock Subroutine
      • msem_remove Subroutine
      • msem_unlock Subroutine
      • msgctl Subroutine
      • msgget Subroutine
      • msgrcv Subroutine
      • msgsnd Subroutine
      • msgxrcv Subroutine
      • msleep Subroutine
      • msync Subroutine
      • mt__trce Subroutine
      • mtx_destroy, mtx_init, mtx_lock, mtx_timedlock, mtx_trylock, and mtx_unlock Subroutine
      • munmap Subroutine
      • mvcur Subroutine
      • mvwin Subroutine
      • mwakeup Subroutine
    • n
      • nan, nanf, nanl, nand32, nand64, and nand128 Subroutines
      • nanosleep Subroutine
      • nearbyint, nearbyintf, nearbyintl, nearbyintd32, nearbyintd64, and nearbyintd128 Subroutines
      • nextafterd32, nextafterd64, nextafterd128, nexttowardd32, nexttowardd64, and nexttowardd128 Subroutines
      • nextafter, nextafterf, nextafterl, nexttoward, nexttowardf, or nexttowardl Subroutine
      • newlocale Subroutine
      • newpad, pnoutrefresh, prefresh, or subpad Subroutine
      • newpass Subroutine
      • newpassx Subroutine
      • newterm Subroutine
      • nftw or nftw64 Subroutine
      • nl or nonl Subroutine
      • nl_langinfo Subroutine
      • nlist, nlist64 Subroutine
      • nodelay Subroutine
      • notimeout, timeout, wtimeout Subroutine
      • ns_addr Subroutine
      • ns_ntoa Subroutine
      • ntimeradd Macro
      • ntimersub Macro
    • o
      • odm_add_obj Subroutine
      • odm_change_obj Subroutine
      • odm_close_class Subroutine
      • odm_create_class Subroutine
      • odm_err_msg Subroutine
      • odm_free_list Subroutine
      • odm_get_by_id Subroutine
      • odm_get_list Subroutine
      • odm_get_obj, odm_get_first, or odm_get_next Subroutine
      • odm_initialize Subroutine
      • odm_lock Subroutine
      • odm_mount_class Subroutine
      • odm_open_class or odm_open_class_rdonly Subroutine
      • odm_rm_by_id Subroutine
      • odm_rm_class Subroutine
      • odm_rm_obj Subroutine
      • odm_run_method Subroutine
      • odm_set_path Subroutine
      • odm_set_perms Subroutine
      • odm_terminate Subroutine
      • odm_unlock Subroutine
      • open, openat, openx, openxat, open64, open64at, open64x, open64xat, creat, or creat64 Subroutine
      • open_memstream, open_wmemstream Subroutines
      • opendir, readdir, telldir, seekdir, rewinddir, closedir, opendir64, readdir64, telldir64, seekdir64, rewinddir64, closedir64, or fdopendir Subroutine
      • overlay or overwrite Subroutine
    • p
      • __pthread_atexit_np Subroutine
      • pair_content Subroutine
      • pam_acct_mgmt Subroutine
      • pam_authenticate Subroutine
      • pam_chauthtok Subroutine
      • pam_close_session Subroutine
      • pam_end Subroutine
      • pam_get_data Subroutine
      • pam_get_item Subroutine
      • pam_get_user Subroutine
      • pam_getenv Subroutine
      • pam_getenvlist Subroutine
      • pam_open_session Subroutine
      • pam_putenv Subroutine
      • pam_set_data Subroutine
      • pam_set_item Subroutine
      • pam_setcred Subroutine
      • pam_sm_acct_mgmt Subroutine
      • pam_sm_authenticate Subroutine
      • pam_sm_chauthtok Subroutine
      • pam_sm_close_session Subroutine
      • pam_sm_open_session Subroutine
      • pam_sm_setcred Subroutine
      • pam_start Subroutine
      • pam_strerror Subroutine
      • passwdexpired Subroutine
      • passwdexpiredx Subroutine
      • passwdpolicy Subroutine
      • passwdstrength Subroutine
      • pathconf or fpathconf Subroutine
      • pause Subroutine
      • pcap_close Subroutine
      • pcap_compile Subroutine
      • pcap_datalink Subroutine
      • pcap_dispatch Subroutine
      • pcap_dump Subroutine
      • pcap_dump_close Subroutine
      • pcap_dump_open Subroutine
      • pcap_file Subroutine
      • pcap_fileno Subroutine
      • pcap_geterr Subroutine
      • pcap_is_swapped Subroutine
      • pcap_lookupdev Subroutine
      • pcap_lookupnet Subroutine
      • pcap_loop Subroutine
      • pcap_major_version Subroutine
      • pcap_minor_version Subroutine
      • pcap_next Subroutine
      • pcap_open_live Subroutine
      • pcap_open_live_sb Subroutine
      • pcap_open_offline Subroutine
      • pcap_perror Subroutine
      • pcap_setfilter Subroutine
      • pcap_snapshot Subroutine
      • pcap_stats Subroutine
      • pcap_strerror Subroutine
      • pclose Subroutine
      • pdmkdir Subroutine
      • perfstat_bridgedadapters Subroutine
      • perfstat_cluster_disk Subroutine
      • perfstat_cpu Subroutine
      • perfstat_cpu_rset Subroutine
      • perfstat_cpu_total_rset Subroutine
      • perfstat_cpu_total_wpar Subroutine
      • perfstat_cpu_total Subroutine
      • perfstat_cluster_total Subroutine
      • perfstat_disk Subroutine
      • perfstat_cpu_util Subroutine
      • perfstat_diskadapter Subroutine
      • perfstat_diskpath Subroutine
      • perfstat_disk_total Subroutine
      • perfstat_fcstat Subroutine
      • perfstat_fcstat_wwpn Subroutine
      • perfstat_hfistat Subroutine
      • perfstat_hfistat_window Subroutine
      • perfstat_logicalvolume Subroutine
      • perfstat_memory_page Subroutine
      • perfstat_memory_page_wpar Subroutine
      • perfstat_memory_total_wpar Subroutine
      • perfstat_memory_total Subroutine
      • perfstat_netadapter Subroutine
      • perfstat_netbuffer Subroutine
      • perfstat_netinterface Subroutine
      • perfstat_netinterface_total Subroutine
      • perfstat_node Subroutine
      • perfstat_node_list Subroutine
      • perfstat_pagingspace Subroutine
      • perfstat_partial_reset Subroutine
      • perfstat_partition_config Subroutine
      • perfstat_partition_total Subroutine
      • perfstat_protocol Subroutine
      • perfstat_process Subroutine
      • perfstat_process_util Subroutine
      • perfstat_processor_pool_util subroutine
      • perfstat_reset Subroutine
      • perfstat_ssp Subroutine
      • perfstat_ssp_ext Subroutine
      • perfstat_tape Subroutine
      • perfstat_tape_total Subroutine
      • perfstat_thread Subroutine
      • perfstat_thread_util Subroutine
      • perfstat_virtualdiskadapter Subroutine
      • perfstat_virtualdisktarget Subroutine
      • perfstat_virtual_fcadapter Subroutine
      • perfstat_volumegroup Subroutine
      • perfstat_wpar_total Subroutine
      • perror Subroutine
      • pipe Subroutine
      • plock Subroutine
      • pm_clear_ebb_handler Subroutine
      • pm_cycles Subroutine
      • pm_delete_program and pm_delete_program_wp Subroutines
      • pm_delete_program_group Subroutine
      • pm_delete_program_mygroup Subroutine
      • pm_delete_program_mythread Subroutine
      • pm_delete_program_pgroup Subroutine
      • pm_delete_program_pthread Subroutine
      • pm_delete_program_thread Subroutine
      • pm_disable_bhrb Subroutine
      • pm_enable_bhrb Subroutine
      • pm_error Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_generic subroutine
      • pm_get_data, pm_get_tdata, pm_get_Tdata, pm_get_data_cpu, pm_get_tdata_cpu, pm_get_Tdata_cpu, pm_get_data_lcpu, pm_get_tdata_lcpu and pm_get_Tdata_lcpu Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_group, pm_get_tdata_group and pm_get_Tdata_group Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_group_mx and pm_get_tdata_group_mx Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_mx, pm_get_tdata_mx, pm_get_data_cpu_mx, pm_get_tdata_cpu_mx, pm_get_data_lcpu_mx and pm_get_tdata_lcpu_mx Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_mygroup, pm_get_tdata_mygroup or pm_get_Tdata_mygroup Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_mygroup_mx or pm_get_tdata_mygroup_mx Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_mythread, pm_get_tdata_mythread or pm_get_Tdata_mythread Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_mythread_mx or pm_get_tdata_mythread_mx Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_pgroup, pm_get_tdata_pgroup and pm_get_Tdata_pgroup Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_pgroup_mx and pm_get_tdata_pgroup_mx Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_pthread, pm_get_tdata_pthread or pm_get_Tdata_pthread Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_pthread_mx or pm_get_tdata_pthread_mx Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_thread, pm_get_tdata_thread or pm_get_Tdata_thread Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_thread_mx or pm_get_tdata_thread_mx Subroutine
      • pm_get_data_wp, pm_get_tdata_wp, pm_get_Tdata_wp, pm_get_data_lcpu_wp, pm_get_tdata_lcpu_wp, and pm_get_Tdata_lcpu_wp Subroutines
      • pm_get_data_wp_mx, pm_get_tdata_wp_mx, pm_get_data_lcpu_wp_mx, and pm_get_tdata_lcpu_wp_mx Subroutine
      • pm_get_proctype Subroutine
      • pm_get_program Subroutine
      • pm_get_program_group Subroutine
      • pm_get_program_group_mx and pm_get_program_group_mm Subroutines
      • pm_get_program_mx and pm_get_program_mm Subroutines
      • pm_get_program_mygroup Subroutine
      • pm_get_program_mygroup_mx and pm_get_program_mygroup_mm Subroutines
      • pm_get_program_mythread Subroutine
      • pm_get_program_mythread_mx and pm_get_program_mythread_mm Subroutines
      • pm_get_program_pgroup Subroutine
      • pm_get_program_pgroup_mx and pm_get_program_pgroup_mm Subroutines
      • pm_get_program_pthread Subroutine
      • pm_get_program_pthread_mx and pm_get_program_pthread_mm Subroutines
      • pm_get_program_thread Subroutine
      • pm_get_program_thread_mx and pm_get_program_thread_mm Subroutines
      • pm_get_program_wp Subroutine
      • pm_get_program_wp_mm Subroutine
      • pm_get_wplist Subroutine
      • pm_init Subroutine
      • pm_initialize Subroutine
      • pm_reset_data and pm_reset_data_wp Subroutines
      • pm_reset_data_group Subroutine
      • pm_reset_data_mygroup Subroutine
      • pm_reset_data_mythread Subroutine
      • pm_reset_data_pgroup Subroutine
      • pm_reset_data_pthread Subroutine
      • pm_reset_data_thread Subroutine
      • pm_set_counter_frequency_pthread, pm_set_counter_frequency_thread, or pm_set_counter_frequency_mythread Subroutine
      • pm_set_ebb_handler Subroutine
      • pm_set_program Subroutine
      • pm_set_program_group Subroutine
      • pm_set_program_group_mx and pm_set_program_group_mm Subroutines
      • pm_set_program_mx and pm_set_program_mm Subroutines
      • pm_set_program_mygroup Subroutine
      • pm_set_program_mygroup_mx and pm_set_program_mygroup_mm Subroutines
      • pm_set_program_mythread Subroutine
      • pm_set_program_mythread_mx and pm_set_program_mythread_mm Subroutines
      • pm_set_program_pgroup Subroutine
      • pm_set_program_pgroup_mx and pm_set_program_pgroup_mm Subroutines
      • pm_set_program_pthread Subroutine
      • pm_set_program_pthread_mx and pm_set_program_pthread_mm Subroutines
      • pm_set_program_thread Subroutine
      • pm_set_program_thread_mx and pm_set_program_thread_mm Subroutines
      • pm_set_program_wp Subroutine
      • pm_set_program_wp_mm Subroutine
      • pm_start and pm_tstart Subroutine
      • pm_start_group and pm_tstart_group Subroutine
      • pm_start_mygroup and pm_tstart_mygroup Subroutine
      • pm_start_mythread and pm_tstart_mythread Subroutine
      • pm_start_pgroup and pm_tstart_pgroup Subroutine
      • pm_start_pthread and pm_tstart_pthread Subroutine
      • pm_start_thread and pm_tstart_thread Subroutine
      • pm_start_wp and pm_tstart_wp Subroutines
      • pm_stop and pm_tstop Subroutine
      • pm_stop_group and pm_tstop_group Subroutine
      • pm_stop_mygroup and pm_tstop_mygroup Subroutine
      • pm_stop_mythread and pm_tstop_mythread Subroutine
      • pm_stop_pgroup and pm_tstop_pgroup Subroutine
      • pm_stop_pthread and pm_tstop_pthread Subroutine
      • pm_stop_thread and pm_tstop_thread Subroutine
      • pm_stop_wp and pm_tstop_wp Subroutines
      • pmc_read_1to4 Subroutine
      • pmc_read_5to6 Subroutine
      • pmc_write Subroutine
      • poll Subroutine
      • pollset_create, pollset_ctl, pollset_destroy, pollset_poll, pollset_query, pollset_ctl_ext, pollset_poll_ext, pollset_query_ext, and pollset_ext Subroutines
      • popen Subroutine
      • posix_fadvise Subroutine
      • posix_fallocate Subroutine
      • posix_madvise Subroutine
      • posix_openpt Subroutine
      • posix_spawn or posix_spawnp Subroutine
      • posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose or posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen Subroutine
      • posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 Subroutine
      • posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy or posix_spawn_file_actions_init Subroutine
      • posix_spawnattr_destroy or posix_spawnattr_init Subroutine
      • posix_spawnattr_getflags or posix_spawnattr_setflags Subroutine
      • posix_spawnattr_getpgroup or posix_spawnattr_setpgroup Subroutine
      • posix_spawnattr_getschedparam or posix_spawnattr_setschedparam Subroutine
      • posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy or posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy Subroutine
      • posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault or posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault Subroutine
      • posix_spawnattr_getsigmask or posix_spawnattr_setsigmask Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_destroy Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getcreatetime Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getclockres Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getgenversion Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getinherited Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getlogfullpolicy Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getlogsize Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getmaxdatasize Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getmaxsystemeventsize Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getmaxusereventsize Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getname Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getstreamfullpolicy Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_getstreamsize Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_init Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_setinherited Subroutines
      • posix_trace_attr_setlogsize Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_setmaxdatasize Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_setname Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_setlogfullpolicy Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_setstreamfullpolicy Subroutine
      • posix_trace_attr_setstreamsize Subroutine
      • posix_trace_clear Subroutine
      • posix_trace_close Subroutine
      • posix_trace_create Subroutine
      • posix_trace_create_withlog Subroutine
      • posix_trace_event Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventset_add Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventset_del Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventset_empty Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventset_fill Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventset_ismember Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventid_equal Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventid_open Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventid_get_name Subroutine
      • posix_trace_eventtypelist_getnext_id and posix_trace_eventtypelist_rewind Subroutines
      • posix_trace_flush Subroutine
      • posix_trace_getnext_event Subroutine
      • posix_trace_get_attr Subroutine
      • posix_trace_get_filter Subroutine
      • posix_trace_get_status Subroutine
      • posix_trace_open Subroutine
      • posix_trace_rewind Subroutine
      • posix_trace_set_filter Subroutine
      • posix_trace_shutdown Subroutine
      • posix_trace_start Subroutine
      • posix_trace_stop Subroutine
      • posix_trace_timedgetnext_event Subroutine
      • posix_trace_trygetnext_event Subroutine
      • posix_trace_trid_eventid_open Subroutine
      • powf, powl, pow, powd32, powd64, and powd128 Subroutines
      • prefresh or pnoutrefresh Subroutine
      • printf, fprintf, sprintf, snprintf, wsprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, vsprintf, vwsprintf, or vdprintf Subroutine
      • printw, wprintw, mvprintw, or mvwprintw Subroutine
      • priv_clrall Subroutine
      • priv_comb Subroutine
      • priv_copy Subroutine
      • priv_isnull Subroutine
      • priv_lower Subroutine
      • priv_mask Subroutine
      • priv_raise Subroutine
      • priv_rem Subroutine
      • priv_remove Subroutine
      • priv_setall Subroutine
      • priv_subset Subroutine
      • privbit_clr Subroutine
      • privbit_set Subroutine
      • privbit_test Subroutine
      • proc_getattr Subroutine
      • proc_mobility_base_set Subroutine
      • proc_mobility_restartexit_set Subroutine
      • proc_setattr Subroutine
      • proc_rbac_op Subroutine
      • profil Subroutine
      • proj_execve Subroutine
      • projdballoc Subroutine
      • projdbfinit Subroutine
      • projdbfree Subroutine
      • psdanger Subroutine
      • psignal or psiginfo Subroutine or sys_siglist Vector
      • pthdb_attr, pthdb_cond, pthdb_condattr, pthdb_key, pthdb_mutex, pthdb_mutexattr, pthdb_pthread, pthdb_pthread_key, pthdb_rwlock, or pthdb_rwlockattr Subroutine
      • pthdb_attr_detachstate,pthdb_attr_addr, pthdb_attr_guardsize,pthdb_attr_inheritsched, pthdb_attr_schedparam,pthdb_attr_schedpolicy, pthdb_attr_schedpriority,pthdb_attr_scope, pthdb_attr_stackaddr,pthdb_attr_stacksize, or pthdb_attr_suspendstate Subroutine
      • pthdb_condattr_pshared, or pthdb_condattr_addr Subroutine
      • pthdb_cond_addr, pthdb_cond_mutex or pthdb_cond_pshared Subroutine
      • pthdb_mutexattr_addr, pthdb_mutexattr_prioceiling, pthdb_mutexattr_protocol, pthdb_mutexattr_pshared or pthdb_mutexattr_type Subroutine
      • pthdb_mutex_addr, pthdb_mutex_lock_count, pthdb_mutex_owner, pthdb_mutex_pshared, pthdb_mutex_prioceiling, pthdb_mutex_protocol, pthdb_mutex_state or pthdb_mutex_type Subroutine
      • pthdb_mutex_waiter, pthdb_cond_waiter, pthdb_rwlock_read_waiter or pthdb_rwlock_write_waiter Subroutine
      • pthdb_pthread_arg Subroutine
      • pthdb_pthread_context or pthdb_pthread_setcontext Subroutine
      • pthdb_pthread_hold, pthdb_pthread_holdstate or pthdb_pthread_unhold Subroutine
      • pthdb_pthread_sigmask, pthdb_pthread_sigpend or pthdb_pthread_sigwait Subroutine
      • pthdb_pthread_specific Subroutine
      • pthdb_pthread_tid or pthdb_tid_pthread Subroutine
      • pthdb_rwlockattr_addr, or pthdb_rwlockattr_pshared Subroutine
      • pthdb_rwlock_addr, pthdb_rwlock_lock_count, pthdb_rwlock_owner, pthdb_rwlock_pshared or pthdb_rwlock_state Subroutine
      • pthdb_session_committed Subroutines
      • pthread_atfork Subroutine
      • pthread_atfork_np subroutine`
      • pthread_atfork_unregister_np Subroutine`
      • pthread_attr_destroy Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_getguardsize or pthread_attr_setguardsize Subroutines
      • pthread_attr_getinheritsched, pthread_attr_setinheritsched Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_getschedparam Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_getschedpolicy, pthread_attr_setschedpolicy Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_getstackaddr Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_getstacksize Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_init Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_getdetachstate or pthread_attr_setdetachstate Subroutines
      • pthread_attr_getscope and pthread_attr_setscope Subroutines
      • pthread_attr_getsrad_np and pthread_attr_setsrad_np Subroutines
      • pthread_attr_getukeyset_np or pthread_attr_setukeyset_np Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_setschedparam Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_setstackaddr Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_setstacksize Subroutine
      • pthread_attr_setsuspendstate_np and pthread_attr_getsuspendstate_np Subroutine
      • pthread_barrier_destroy or pthread_barrier_init Subroutine
      • pthread_barrier_wait Subroutine
      • pthread_barrierattr_destroy or pthread_barrierattr_init Subroutine
      • pthread_barrierattr_getpshared or pthread_barrierattr_setpshared Subroutine
      • pthread_cancel Subroutine
      • pthread_cleanup_pop or pthread_cleanup_push Subroutine
      • pthread_cond_destroy or pthread_cond_init Subroutine
      • PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER Macro
      • pthread_cond_signal or pthread_cond_broadcast Subroutine
      • pthread_cond_wait or pthread_cond_timedwait Subroutine
      • pthread_condattr_destroy or pthread_condattr_init Subroutine
      • pthread_condattr_getclock, pthread_condattr_setclock Subroutine
      • pthread_condattr_getpshared Subroutine
      • pthread_condattr_setpshared Subroutine
      • pthread_create Subroutine
      • pthread_create_withcred_np Subroutine
      • pthread_delay_np Subroutine
      • pthread_equal Subroutine
      • pthread_exit Subroutine
      • pthread_get_expiration_np Subroutine
      • pthread_getconcurrency or pthread_setconcurrency Subroutine
      • pthread_getcpuclockid Subroutine
      • pthread_getiopri_np or pthread_setiopri_np Subroutine
      • pthread_getrusage_np Subroutine
      • pthread_getschedparam Subroutine
      • pthread_getspecific or pthread_setspecific Subroutine
      • pthread_getthrds_np Subroutine
      • pthread_getunique_np Subroutine
      • pthread_join or pthread_detach Subroutine
      • pthread_key_create Subroutine
      • pthread_key_delete Subroutine
      • pthread_kill Subroutine
      • pthread_lock_global_np Subroutine
      • pthread_mutex_consistent Subroutine
      • pthread_mutex_init or pthread_mutex_destroy Subroutine
      • pthread_mutex_getprioceiling or pthread_mutex_setprioceiling Subroutine
      • PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER Macro
      • pthread_mutex_lock, pthread_mutex_trylock, or pthread_mutex_unlock Subroutine
      • pthread_mutex_timedlock Subroutine
      • pthread_mutexattr_destroy or pthread_mutexattr_init Subroutine
      • pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np Subroutine
      • pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling or pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling Subroutine
      • pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol or pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol Subroutine
      • pthread_mutexattr_getrobust and pthread_mutexattr_setrobust Subroutine
      • pthread_mutexattr_getpshared or pthread_mutexattr_setpshared Subroutine
      • pthread_mutexattr_gettype or pthread_mutexattr_settype Subroutine
      • pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np Subroutine
      • pthread_once Subroutine
      • PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT Macro
      • pthread_rwlock_init or pthread_rwlock_destroy Subroutine
      • pthread_rwlock_rdlock or pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock Subroutines
      • pthread_rwlock_attr_setfavorwriters_np or pthread_rwlock_attr_getfavorwriters_np Subroutine
      • pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock Subroutine
      • pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock Subroutine
      • pthread_rwlock_unlock Subroutine
      • pthread_rwlock_wrlock or pthread_rwlock_trywrlock Subroutines
      • pthread_rwlockattr_init or pthread_rwlockattr_destroy Subroutines
      • pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared or pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared Subroutines
      • pthread_self Subroutine
      • pthread_setcancelstate, pthread_setcanceltype, or pthread_testcancel Subroutines
      • pthread_setschedparam Subroutine
      • pthread_setschedprio Subroutine
      • pthread_sigmask Subroutine
      • pthread_signal_to_cancel_np Subroutine
      • pthread_spin_destroy or pthread_spin_init Subroutine
      • pthread_spin_lock or pthread_spin_trylock Subroutine
      • pthread_spin_unlock Subroutine
      • pthread_suspend_np, pthread_unsuspend_np and pthread_continue_np Subroutine
      • pthread_unlock_global_np Subroutine
      • pthread_yield Subroutine
      • ptrace, ptracex, ptrace64 Subroutine
      • ptsname Subroutine
      • putauthattr Subroutine
      • putauthattrs Subroutine
      • putc, putchar, fputc, or putw Subroutine
      • putcmdattr Subroutine
      • putcmdattrs Subroutine
      • putconfattrs Subroutine
      • putdevattr Subroutine
      • putdevattrs Subroutine
      • putdomattr Subroutine
      • putdomattrs Subroutine
      • putenv Subroutine
      • putgrent Subroutine
      • putgroupattrs Subroutine
      • putobjattr Subroutine
      • putobjattrs Subroutine
      • putp, tputs Subroutine
      • putpfileattr Subroutine
      • putpfileattrs Subroutine
      • putroleattrs Subroutine
      • puts or fputs Subroutine
      • putuserattrs Subroutine
      • putuserpwx Subroutine
      • putwc, putwchar, or fputwc Subroutine
      • putws or fputws Subroutine
      • pwdrestrict_method Subroutine
    • q
      • quantized32, quantized64, or quantized128 Subroutine
      • quick_exit Subroutine
      • qsort Subroutine
      • quotactl Subroutine
    • r
      • raise Subroutine
      • rand or srand Subroutine
      • rand_r Subroutine
      • random, srandom, initstate, or setstate Subroutine
      • raw or noraw Subroutine
      • ra_attach Subroutine
      • ra_attachrset Subroutine
      • ra_detach Subroutine
      • ra_detachrset Subroutine
      • ra_exec Subroutine
      • ra_fork Subroutine
      • ra_free_attachinfo Subroutine
      • ra_get_attachinfo Subroutine
      • ra_getrset Subroutine
      • ra_mmap or ra_mmapv Subroutine
      • ra_shmget and ra_shmgetv Subroutines
      • ras_callback Registered Callback
      • rbac_chkauth Subroutine
      • read, readx, read64x, readv, readvx, eread, ereadv, pread, or preadv Subroutine
      • readdir_r Subroutine
      • readlink or readlinkat Subroutine
      • read_real_time, read_wall_time,time_base_to_time or mread_real time Subroutine
      • realpath Subroutine
      • reboot Subroutine
      • re_comp or re_exec Subroutine
      • refresh or wrefresh Subroutine
      • regcmp or regex Subroutine
      • regcomp Subroutine
      • regerror Subroutine
      • regexec Subroutine
      • regfree Subroutine
      • reltimerid Subroutine
      • remainder, remainderf, remainderl, remainderd32, remainderd64, and remainderd128 Subroutines
      • remove Subroutine
      • removeea Subroutine
      • remquo, remquof, remquol, remquod32, remquod64, and remquod128 Subroutines
      • rename or renameat Subroutine
      • reset_malloc_log Subroutine
      • reset_prog_mode Subroutine
      • reset_shell_mode Subroutine
      • resetterm Subroutine
      • resetty, savetty Subroutine
      • restartterm Subroutine
      • revoke Subroutine
      • rintf, rintl, rint, rintd32, rintd64, or rintd128 Subroutine
      • ripoffline Subroutine
      • rmdir Subroutine
      • rmproj Subroutine
      • rmprojdb Subroutine
      • round, roundf, roundl, roundd32, roundd64, or roundd128 Subroutine
      • rpmatch Subroutine
      • RSiAddSetHot or RSiAddSetHotx Subroutine
      • RSiChangeFeed or RSiChangeFeedx Subroutine
      • RSiChangeHotFeed or RSiChangeHotFeedx Subroutine
      • RSiClose or RSiClosex Subroutine
      • RSiCreateHotSet or RSiCreateHotSetx Subroutine
      • RSiCreateStatSet or RSiCreateStatSetx Subroutine
      • RSiDelSetHot or RSiDelSetHotx Subroutine
      • RSiDelSetStat or RSiDelSetStatx Subroutine
      • RSiFirstCx or RSiFirstCxx Subroutine
      • RSiFirstStat or RSiFirstStatx Subroutine
      • RSiGetCECData or RSiGetCECDatax Subroutine
      • RSiGetClusterData or RSiGetClusterDatax Subroutine
      • RSiGetHotItem or RSiGetHotItemx Subroutine
      • RSiGetRawValue or RSiGetRawValuex Subroutine
      • RSiGetValue or RSiGetValuex Subroutine
      • RSiInit or RSiInitx Subroutine
      • RSiInstantiate or RSiInstantiatex Subroutine
      • RSiInvite or RSiInvitex Subroutine
      • RSiMainLoop or RSiMainLoopx Subroutine
      • RSiNextCx or RSiNextCxx Subroutine
      • RSiNextStat or RSiNextStatx Subroutine
      • RSiOpen or RSiOpenx Subroutine
      • RSiPathAddSetStat or RSiPathAddSetStatx Subroutine
      • RSiPathGetCx or RSiPathGetCxx Subroutine
      • RSiStartFeed or RSiStartFeedx Subroutine
      • RSiStartHotFeed or RSiStartHotFeedx Subroutine
      • RSiStatGetPath or RSiStatGetPathx Subroutine
      • RSiStopFeed or RSiStopFeedx Subroutine
      • RSiStopHotFeed or RSiStopHotFeedx Subroutine
      • rs_alloc Subroutine
      • rs_discardname Subroutine
      • rs_free Subroutine
      • rs_getassociativity Subroutine
      • rs_get_homesrad Subroutine
      • rs_getinfo Subroutine
      • rs_getnameattr Subroutine
      • rs_getnamedrset Subroutine
      • rs_getpartition Subroutine
      • rs_getrad Subroutine
      • rs_info Subroutine
      • rs_init Subroutine
      • rs_numrads Subroutine
      • rs_op Subroutine
      • rs_registername Subroutine
      • rs_setnameattr Subroutine
      • rs_setpartition Subroutine
      • rsqrt Subroutine
      • rstat Subroutines
    • s
      • _showstring Subroutine
      • samequantumd32, samequantumd64, or samequantumd128 Subroutine
      • savetty Subroutine
      • scalbln, scalblnf, scalblnl, scalbn, scalbnf, scalbnl, or scalb Subroutine
      • scalblnd32, scalblnd64, scalblnd128, scalbnd32, scalbnd64, or scalbnd128 Subroutine
      • scandir, scandir64, alphasort or alphasort64 Subroutine
      • scanf, fscanf, sscanf, or wsscanf Subroutine
      • scanw, wscanw, mvscanw, or mvwscanw Subroutine
      • sched_get_priority_max and sched_get_priority_min Subroutine
      • sched_getparam Subroutine
      • sched_getscheduler Subroutine
      • sched_rr_get_interval Subroutine
      • sched_setparam Subroutine
      • sched_setscheduler Subroutine
      • sched_yield Subroutine
      • scr_dump, scr_init, scr_restore, scr_set Subroutine
      • scr_init Subroutine
      • scr_restore Subroutine
      • scrl, scroll, wscrl Subroutine
      • scrollok Subroutine
      • sec_getmsgsec Subroutine
      • sec_getpsec Subroutine
      • sec_getsemsec Subroutine
      • sec_getshmsec Subroutine
      • sec_getsyslab Subroutine
      • sec_setmsglab Subroutine
      • sec_setplab Subroutine
      • sec_setsemlab Subroutine
      • sec_setshmlab Subroutine
      • sec_setsyslab Subroutine
      • select Subroutine
      • sem_close Subroutine
      • sem_destroy Subroutine
      • sem_getvalue Subroutine
      • sem_init Subroutine
      • sem_open Subroutine
      • sem_post Subroutine
      • sem_timedwait Subroutine
      • sem_trywait and sem_wait Subroutine
      • sem_unlink Subroutine
      • semctl Subroutine
      • semget Subroutine
      • semop and semtimedop Subroutines
      • set_curterm Subroutine
      • set_term Subroutine
      • setacldb or endacldb Subroutine
      • setauthdb or setauthdb_r Subroutine
      • setbuf, setvbuf, setbuffer, or setlinebuf Subroutine
      • setcsmap Subroutine
      • setea Subroutine
      • setgid, setrgid, setegid, setregid, or setgidx Subroutine
      • setgroups Subroutine
      • setjmp or longjmp Subroutine
      • setiopri Subroutine
      • setlocale Subroutine
      • setosuuid Subroutine
      • setpagvalue or setpagvalue64 Subroutine
      • setpcred Subroutine
      • setpenv Subroutine
      • setpgid or setpgrp Subroutine
      • setppdmode Subroutine
      • setppriv Subroutine
      • setpri Subroutine
      • setpwdb or endpwdb Subroutine
      • setroledb or endroledb Subroutine
      • setroles Subroutine
      • setsecorder Subroutine
      • setsid Subroutine
      • setscrreg or wsetscrreg Subroutine
      • setsyx Subroutine
      • setuid, setruid, seteuid, setreuid or setuidx Subroutine
      • setuserdb or enduserdb Subroutine
      • setupterm Subroutine
      • sgetl or sputl Subroutine
      • shm_open Subroutine
      • shm_unlink Subroutine
      • shmat Subroutine
      • shmctl Subroutine
      • shmdt Subroutine
      • shmget Subroutine
      • sigaction, sigvec, or signal Subroutine
      • sigaltstack Subroutine
      • sigemptyset, sigfillset, sigaddset, sigdelset, or sigismember Subroutine
      • siginterrupt Subroutine
      • signbit Macro
      • sigpending Subroutine
      • sigprocmask, sigsetmask, or sigblock Subroutine
      • sigqueue Subroutine
      • sigset, sighold, sigrelse, or sigignore Subroutine
      • sigsetjmp or siglongjmp Subroutine
      • sigstack Subroutine
      • sigsuspend or sigpause Subroutine
      • sigthreadmask Subroutine
      • sigtimedwait and sigwaitinfo Subroutine
      • sigwait Subroutine
      • sin, sinf, sinl, sind32, sind64, and sind128 Subroutine
      • sinh, sinhf, sinhl, sinhd32, sinhd64, and sinhd128 Subroutines
      • sl_clr or tl_clr Subroutine
      • sl_cmp or tl_cmp Subroutine
      • slbtohr, slhrtob, clbtohr, clhrtob, tlbtohr, or tlhrtob Subroutine
      • sleep, nsleep or usleep Subroutine
      • slk_attroff, slk_attr_off, slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attr_set, slk_clear, slk_color, slk_init, slk_label, slk_noutrefresh, slk_refresh, slk_restore, slk_set, slk_touch, slk_wset, Subroutine
      • slk_init Subroutine
      • slk_label Subroutine
      • slk_noutrefresh Subroutine
      • slk_refresh Subroutine
      • slk_restore Subroutine
      • slk_touch Subroutine
      • sockatmark Subroutine
      • SpmiAddSetHot Subroutine
      • SpmiCreateHotSet
      • SpmiCreateStatSet Subroutine
      • SpmiDdsAddCx Subroutine
      • SpmiDdsDelCx Subroutine
      • SpmiDdsInit Subroutine
      • SpmiDelSetHot Subroutine
      • SpmiDelSetStat Subroutine
      • SpmiExit Subroutine
      • SpmiFirstCx Subroutine
      • SpmiFirstHot Subroutine
      • SpmiFirstStat Subroutine
      • SpmiFirstVals Subroutine
      • SpmiFreeHotSet Subroutine
      • SpmiFreeStatSet Subroutine
      • SpmiGetCx Subroutine
      • SpmiGetHotSet Subroutine
      • SpmiGetStat Subroutine
      • SpmiGetStatSet Subroutine
      • SpmiGetValue Subroutine
      • SpmiInit Subroutine
      • SpmiInstantiate Subroutine
      • SpmiNextCx Subroutine
      • SpmiNextHot Subroutine
      • SpmiNextHotItem Subroutine
      • SpmiNextStat Subroutine
      • SpmiNextVals Subroutine
      • SpmiNextValue Subroutine
      • SpmiPathAddSetStat Subroutine
      • SpmiPathGetCx Subroutine
      • SpmiStatGetPath Subroutine
      • sqrt, sqrtf, sqrtl, sqrtd32, sqrtd64, and sqrtd128 Subroutines
      • src_err_msg Subroutine
      • src_err_msg_r Subroutine
      • srcrrqs Subroutine
      • srcrrqs_r Subroutine
      • srcsbuf Subroutine
      • srcsbuf_r Subroutine
      • srcsrpy Subroutine
      • srcsrqt Subroutine
      • srcsrqt_r Subroutine
      • srcstat Subroutine
      • srcstat_r Subroutine
      • srcstathdr Subroutine
      • srcstattxt Subroutine
      • srcstattxt_r Subroutine
      • srcstop Subroutine
      • srcstrt Subroutine
      • ssignal or gsignal Subroutine
      • statacl or fstatacl Subroutine
      • statea Subroutine
      • standend, standout, wstandend, or wstandout Subroutine
      • start_color Subroutine
      • statfs, fstatfs, statfs64, fstatfs64, or ustat Subroutine
      • statvfs, fstatvfs, statvfs64, or fstatvfs64 Subroutine
      • stat, fstat, lstat, statx, fstatx, statxat, fstatat, fullstat, ffullstat, stat64, fstat64, lstat64, stat64x, fstat64x, lstat64x, or stat64xat Subroutine
      • strcat, strncat, strxfrm, strxfrm_l, strcpy, strncpy, stpcpy, stpncpy, strdup or strndup Subroutines
      • strcmp, strncmp, strcasecmp, strcasecmp_l , strncasecmp, strncasecmp_l, strcoll, or strcoll_l Subroutine
      • strerror Subroutine
      • strfmon, or strfmon_l Subroutine
      • strftime or strftime_l Subroutine
      • strlen, , strnlen, strchr, strrchr, strpbrk, strspn, strcspn, strstr, strtok, or strsep Subroutine
      • strncollen Subroutine
      • strtod32, strtod64, or strtod128 Subroutine
      • strtof, strtod, or strtold Subroutine
      • strtoimax or strtoumax Subroutine
      • strtok_r Subroutine
      • strtol, strtoul, strtoll, strtoull, or atoi Subroutine
      • strptime Subroutine
      • stty or gtty Subroutine
      • subpad Subroutine
      • subwin Subroutine
      • swab Subroutine
      • swapoff Subroutine
      • swapon Subroutine
      • swapqry Subroutine
      • symlink or symlinkat Subroutine
      • sync Subroutine
      • syncvfs Subroutine
      • _sync_cache_range Subroutine
      • sysconf Subroutine
      • sysconfig Subroutine
      • SYS_CFGDD sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_CFGKMOD sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_GETLPAR_INFO sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_GETPARMS sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_KLOAD sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_KULOAD sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_QDVSW sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_QUERYLOAD sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_SETPARMS sysconfig Operation
      • SYS_SINGLELOAD sysconfig Operation
      • syslog, openlog, closelog, or setlogmask Subroutine
      • syslog_r, openlog_r, closelog_r, or setlogmask_r Subroutine
      • sys_parm Subroutine
      • system Subroutine
    • t
      • tan, tanf, tanl, tand32, tand64, and tand128 Subroutines
      • tanh, tanhf, tanhl, tanhd32, tanhd64, and tanhd128 Subroutines
      • tcb Subroutine
      • tcdrain Subroutine
      • tcflow Subroutine
      • tcflush Subroutine
      • tcgetattr Subroutine
      • tcgetpgrp Subroutine
      • tcsendbreak Subroutine
      • tcsetattr Subroutine
      • tcsetpgrp Subroutine
      • termdef Subroutine
      • test_and_set Subroutine
      • tgamma, tgammaf, tgammal, tgammad32, tgammad64, and tgammad128 Subroutines
      • tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum, tgetstr, or tgoto Subroutine
      • tgetnum Subroutine
      • tgetstr Subroutine
      • tgoto Subroutine
      • tigetflag, tigetnum, tigetstr, or tparm Subroutine
      • tigetnum Subroutine
      • tigetstr Routine
      • timer_create Subroutine
      • timer_delete Subroutine
      • timer_getoverrun, timer_gettime, and timer_settime Subroutine
      • times Subroutine
      • timezone Subroutine
      • thread_cputime Subroutine
      • thread_post Subroutine
      • thread_post_many Subroutine
      • thread_self Subroutine
      • thread_setsched Subroutine
      • thread_sigsend Subroutine
      • thread_wait Subroutine
      • thrd_create Subroutine
      • thrd_current Subroutine
      • thrd_detach Subroutine
      • thrd_equal Subroutine
      • thrd_exit Subroutine
      • thrd_join Subroutine
      • thrd_sleep Subroutine
      • thrd_yield Subroutine
      • tmpfile Subroutine
      • tmpnam or tempnam Subroutine
      • touchoverlap Subroutine
      • touchwin Subroutine
      • towctrans, or towctrans_l Subroutine
      • towlower, or towlower_l Subroutine
      • towupper, or towupper_l Subroutine
      • t_rcvreldata Subroutine
      • t_rcvv Subroutine
      • t_rcvvudata Subroutine
      • t_sndv Subroutine
      • t_sndreldata Subroutine
      • t_sndvudata Subroutine
      • t_sysconf Subroutine
      • tparm Subroutine
      • tputs Subroutine
      • trc_close Subroutine
      • trc_find_first, trc_find_next, or trc_compare Subroutine
      • trc_free Subroutine
      • trc_hkemptyset, trc_hkfillset, trc_hkaddset, trc_hkdelset, or trc_hkisset Subroutine
      • trc_hkemptyset64, trc_hkfillset64, trc_hkaddset64, trc_hkdelset64, or trc_hkisset64 Subroutine
      • trc_hookname Subroutine
      • trc_ishookon Subroutine
      • trc_ishookset Subroutine
      • trc_libcntl Subroutine
      • trc_loginfo Subroutine
      • trc_logpath Subroutine
      • trc_open Subroutine
      • trc_perror Subroutine
      • trc_read Subroutine
      • trc_reg Subroutine
      • trc_seek and trc_tell Subroutine
      • trc_strerror Subroutine
      • trcgen or trcgent Subroutine
      • trchook, utrchook, trchook64, and utrhook64 Subroutine
      • trcoff Subroutine
      • trcon Subroutine
      • trcstart Subroutine
      • trcstop Subroutine
      • trunc, truncf, truncl, truncd32, truncd64, or truncd128 Subroutine
      • truncate, truncate64, ftruncate, or ftruncate64 Subroutine
      • tsearch, tdelete, tfind or twalk Subroutine
      • tss_create Subroutine
      • tss_delete Subroutine
      • tss_get Subroutine
      • tss_set Subroutine
      • ttylock, ttywait, ttyunlock, or ttylocked Subroutine
      • ttyname or isatty Subroutine
      • ttyslot Subroutine
      • typeahead Subroutine
    • u
      • ukey_enable Subroutine
      • ukeyset_add_key, ukeyset_remove_key, ukeyset_add_set or ukeyset_remove_set Subroutine
      • ukeyset_activate Subroutine
      • ukey_setjmp Subroutine
      • ukeyset_init Subroutine
      • ukeyset_ismember Subroutine
      • ukey_getkey Subroutine
      • ukey_protect Subroutine
      • ulimit Subroutine
      • umask Subroutine
      • umount or uvmount Subroutine
      • uname or unamex Subroutine
      • unctrl Subroutine
      • ungetc or ungetwc Subroutine
      • ungetch, unget_wch Subroutine
      • ulckpwdf Subroutine
      • unlink or unlinkat Subroutine
      • unload and terminateAndUnload Subroutines
      • unlockpt Subroutine
      • usrinfo Subroutine
      • utime, utimes, futimens, or utimensat Subroutine
      • uuid_create or uuid_create_nil Subroutine
      • uuid_hash Subroutine
      • uuid_is_nil, uuid_compare, or uuid_equal Subroutine
      • uuid_to_string or uuid_from_string Subroutine
    • v
      • varargs Macros
      • vfscanf, vscanf, or vsscanf Subroutine
      • vfwscanf, vswscanf, or vwscanf Subroutine
      • vfwprintf, vwprintf Subroutine
      • vidattr, vid_attr, vidputs, or vid_puts Subroutine
      • vmgetinfo Subroutine
      • vmount or mount Subroutine
      • vsnprintf Subroutine
      • vwsprintf Subroutine
    • w
      • wait, waitpid, wait3, wait364, and wait4 Subroutine
      • waitid Subroutine
      • wcscat, wcschr, wcscmp, wcscpy, wcpcpy, or wcscspn Subroutine
      • wcscoll or wcscoll_l Subroutine
      • wcsftime Subroutine
      • wcsid Subroutine
      • wcslen, or wcsnlen Subroutine
      • wcsncat, wcsncmp, wcsncpy, or wcpncpy Subroutine
      • wcspbrk Subroutine
      • wcsrchr Subroutine
      • wcsrtombs, or wcsnrtombs Subroutine
      • wcsspn Subroutine
      • wcsstr Subroutine
      • wcstod, wcstof, or wcstold Subroutine
      • wcstod32, wcstod64, or wcstod128 Subroutine
      • wcstoimax or wcstoumax Subroutine
      • wcstok Subroutine
      • wcstol or wcstoll Subroutine
      • wcstombs Subroutine
      • wcstoul or wcstoull Subroutine
      • wcswcs Subroutine
      • wcswidth Subroutine
      • wcsxfrm Subroutine
      • wctob Subroutine
      • wctomb Subroutine
      • wctrans, or wctrans_l Subroutine
      • wctype, wctype_l, or get_wctype Subroutine
      • wcwidth Subroutine
      • wlm_assign Subroutine
      • wlm_assign_tag Subroutine
      • wlm_change_class Subroutine
      • wlm_check subroutine
      • wlm_classify Subroutine
      • wlm_class2key Subroutine
      • wlm_create_class Subroutine
      • wlm_delete_class Subroutine
      • wlm_endkey Subroutine
      • wlm_get_bio_stats subroutine
      • wlm_get_info Subroutine
      • wlm_get_procinfo Subroutine
      • wlm_init_class_definition Subroutine
      • wlm_initialize Subroutine
      • wlm_initkey Subroutine
      • wlm_key2class Subroutine
      • wlm_load Subroutine
      • wlm_read_classes Subroutine
      • wlm_set Subroutine
      • wlm_set_tag Subroutine
      • wlm_set_thread_tag Subroutine
      • wmemchr Subroutine
      • wmemcmp Subroutine
      • wmemcpy Subroutine
      • wmemmove Subroutine
      • wmemset Subroutine
      • wordexp Subroutine
      • wordfree Subroutine
      • wpar_getcid Subroutine
      • wpar_getckey Subroutine
      • wpar_log_err Subroutine
      • wpar_print_err Subroutine
      • write, writex, write64x, writev, writevx, ewrite, ewritev, pwrite, or pwritev Subroutine
      • wstring Subroutine
      • wstrtod or watof Subroutine
      • wstrtol, watol, or watoi Subroutine
    • x
      • xcrypt_key_setup, xcrypt_encrypt, xcrypt_decrypt, xcrypt_hash, xcrypt_malloc, xcrypt_free, xcrypt_printb, xcrypt_mac, xcrypt_hmac, xcrypt_sign, xcrypt_verify, xcrypt_dh_keygen, xcrypt_dh, xcrypt_btoa and xcrypt_randbuff Subroutine
    • y
      • yield Subroutine
    • Curses Subroutines
    • Base Operating System error codes for services that require path-name resolution
    • Object Data Manager (ODM) error codes
  • Communication subroutines
    • eXternal Data Representation
      • xdr_accepted_reply Subroutine
      • xdr_array Subroutine
      • xdr_bool Subroutine
      • xdr_bytes Subroutine
      • xdr_callhdr Subroutine
      • xdr_callmsg Subroutine
      • xdr_char Subroutine
      • xdr_destroy Macro
      • xdr_enum Subroutine
      • xdr_float Subroutine
      • xdr_free Subroutine
      • xdr_getpos Macro
      • xdr_hyper Subroutine
      • xdr_inline Macro
      • xdr_int Subroutine
      • xdr_long Subroutine
      • xdr_opaque Subroutine
      • xdr_opaque_auth Subroutine
      • xdr_pmap Subroutine
      • xdr_pmaplist Subroutine
      • xdr_pointer Subroutine
      • xdr_reference Subroutine
      • xdr_rejected_reply Subroutine
      • xdr_replymsg Subroutine
      • xdr_setpos Macro
      • xdr_short Subroutine
      • xdr_string Subroutine
      • xdr_u_char Subroutine
      • xdr_u_int Subroutine
      • xdr_u_long Subroutine
      • xdr_u_short Subroutine
      • xdr_union Subroutine
      • xdr_vector Subroutine
      • xdr_void Subroutine
      • xdr_wrapstring Subroutine
      • xdr_authunix_parms Subroutine
      • xdr_double Subroutine
      • xdrmem_create Subroutine
      • xdrrec_create Subroutine
      • xdrrec_endofrecord Subroutine
      • xdrrec_eof Subroutine
      • xdrrec_skiprecord Subroutine
      • xdrstdio_create Subroutine
    • Network Information Services
      • yp_all Subroutine
      • yp_bind Subroutine
      • yp_first Subroutine
      • yp_get_default_domain Subroutine
      • yp_master Subroutine
      • yp_match Subroutine
      • yp_next Subroutine
      • yp_order Subroutine
      • yp_unbind Subroutine
      • yp_update Subroutine
      • yperr_string Subroutine
      • ypprot_err Subroutine
    • Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
      • getsmuxEntrybyname or getsmuxEntrybyidentity Subroutine
      • isodetailor Subroutine
      • ll_hdinit, ll_dbinit, _ll_log, or ll_log Subroutine
      • o_number, o_integer, o_string, o_igeneric, o_generic, o_specific, or o_ipaddr Subroutine
      • oid_cmp, oid_cpy, oid_free, sprintoid, str2oid, ode2oid, oid2ode, oid2ode_aux, prim2oid, or oid2prim Subroutine
      • oid_extend or oid_normalize Subroutine
      • readobjects Subroutine
      • s_generic Subroutine
      • smux_close Subroutine
      • smux_error Subroutine
      • smux_free_tree Subroutine
      • smux_init Subroutine
      • smux_register Subroutine
      • smux_response Subroutine
      • smux_simple_open Subroutine
      • smux_trap Subroutine
      • smux_wait Subroutine
      • text2inst, name2inst, next2inst, or nextot2inst Subroutine
      • text2oid or text2obj Subroutine
    • Sockets
      • _
        • _getlong Subroutine
        • _getshort Subroutine
        • _putlong Subroutine
        • _putshort Subroutine
      • a
        • accept Subroutine
        • arpresolve_common Subroutine
        • arpupdate Subroutine
      • b
        • bind Subroutine
        • bind2addrsel Subroutine
      • c
        • connect Subroutine
        • CreateIoCompletionPort Subroutine
      • d
        • dn_comp Subroutine
        • dn_expand Subroutine
      • e
        • eaccept Subroutine
        • ebind Subroutine
        • econnect Subroutine
        • endhostent Subroutine
        • endhostent_r Subroutine
        • endnetent Subroutine
        • endnetent_r Subroutine
        • endnetgrent_r Subroutine
        • endprotoent Subroutine
        • endprotoent_r Subroutine
        • endservent Subroutine
        • endservent_r Subroutine
        • erecv, erecvmsg, erecvfrom, enrecvmsg, or enrecvfrom Subroutine
        • esend, esendto, or esendmsg Subroutine
        • ether_ntoa, ether_aton, ether_ntohost, ether_hostton, or ether_line Subroutine
      • f
        • FrcaCacheCreate Subroutine
        • FrcaCacheDelete Subroutine
        • FrcaCacheLoadFile Subroutine
        • FrcaCacheUnloadFile Subroutine
        • FrcaCtrlCreate Subroutine
        • FrcaCtrlDelete Subroutine
        • FrcaCtrlLog Subroutine
        • FrcaCtrlStart Subroutine
        • FrcaCtrlStop Subroutine
        • freeaddrinfo Subroutine
      • g
        • getaddrinfo Subroutine
        • get_auth_method Subroutine
        • getdomainname Subroutine
        • gethostbyaddr Subroutine
        • gethostbyaddr_r Subroutine
        • gethostbyname Subroutine
        • gethostbyname_r Subroutine
        • gethostent Subroutine
        • gethostent_r Subroutine
        • gethostid Subroutine
        • gethostname Subroutine
        • GetMultipleCompletionStatus Subroutine
        • getnameinfo Subroutine
        • getnetbyaddr Subroutine
        • getnetbyaddr_r Subroutine
        • getnetbyname Subroutine
        • getnetbyname_r Subroutine
        • getnetent Subroutine
        • getnetent_r Subroutine
        • getnetgrent_r Subroutine
        • getpeername Subroutine
        • getprotobyname Subroutine
        • getprotobyname_r Subroutine
        • getprotobynumber Subroutine
        • getprotobynumber_r Subroutine
        • getprotoent Subroutine
        • getprotoent_r Subroutine
        • GetQueuedCompletionStatus Subroutine
        • getservbyname Subroutine
        • getservbyname_r Subroutine
        • getservbyport Subroutine
        • getservbyport_r Subroutine
        • getservent Subroutine
        • getservent_r Subroutine
        • getsockname Subroutine
        • getsockopt Subroutine
      • h
        • htonl Subroutine
        • htonll Subroutine
        • htons Subroutine
      • i
        • if_freenameindex Subroutine
        • if_indextoname Subroutine
        • if_nameindex Subroutine
        • if_nametoindex Subroutine
        • inet_ntop6_zone Subroutine
        • inet_pton6_zone Subroutine
        • inet6_is_srcaddr Subroutine
        • inet6_opt_append Subroutine
        • inet6_opt_find Subroutine
        • inet6_opt_finish Subroutine
        • inet6_opt_get_val Subroutine
        • inet6_opt_init Subroutine
        • inet6_opt_next Subroutine
        • inet6_opt_set_val Subroutine
        • inet6_rth_add Subroutine
        • inet6_rth_getaddr Subroutine
        • inet6_rth_init Subroutine
        • inet6_rth_reverse Subroutine
        • inet6_rth_segments Subroutine
        • inet6_rth_space Subroutine
        • inet_addr Subroutine
        • inet_lnaof Subroutine
        • inet_makeaddr Subroutine
        • inet_net_ntop Subroutine
        • inet_net_pton Subroutine
        • inet_netof Subroutine
        • inet_network Subroutine
        • inet_ntoa Subroutine
        • inet_ntop Subroutine
        • inet_pton Subroutine
        • innetgr, getnetgrent, setnetgrent, or endnetgrent Subroutine
        • ioctl Socket Control Operations
        • isinet_addr Subroutine
      • kvalid_user Subroutine
      • listen Subroutine
      • n
        • ntohl Subroutine
        • ntohll Subroutine
        • ntohs Subroutine
      • PostQueuedCompletionStatus Subroutine
      • r
        • rcmd Subroutine
        • rcmd_af Subroutine
        • rds Subroutine
        • rds-info Subroutine
        • rds-ping Subroutine
        • rds-rdma Subroutine
        • ReadFile Subroutine
        • recv Subroutine
        • recvfrom Subroutine
        • recvmsg Subroutine
        • res_init Subroutine
        • res_mkquery Subroutine
        • res_ninit Subroutine
        • res_query Subroutine
        • res_search Subroutine
        • res_send Subroutine
        • rexec Subroutine
        • rexec_af Subroutine
        • rresvport Subroutine
        • rresvport_af Subroutine
        • ruserok Subroutine
      • s
        • sctp_opt_info Subroutine
        • sctp_peeloff Subroutine
        • send Subroutine
        • sendmsg Subroutine
        • sendmmsg Subroutine
        • sendto Subroutine
        • send_file Subroutine
        • set_auth_method Subroutine
        • setdomainname Subroutine
        • sethostent Subroutine
        • sethostent_r Subroutine
        • sethostid Subroutine
        • sethostname Subroutine
        • setnetent Subroutine
        • setnetent_r Subroutine
        • setnetgrent_r Subroutine
        • setprotoent Subroutine
        • setprotoent_r Subroutine
        • setservent Subroutine
        • setservent_r Subroutine
        • setsockopt Subroutine
        • setsourcefilter, getsourcefilter, setipv4sourcefilter, getipv4sourcefilter Subroutine
        • shutdown Subroutine
        • SLPAttrCallback Subroutine
        • SLPClose Subroutine
        • SLPDereg Subroutine
        • SLPEscape Subroutine
        • SLPFindAttrs Subroutine
        • SLPFindScopes Subroutine
        • SLPFindSrvs Subroutine
        • SLPFindSrvTypes Subroutine
        • SLPFree Subroutine
        • SLPGetProperty Subroutine
        • SLPOpen Subroutine
        • SLPParseSrvURL Subroutine
        • SLPReg Subroutine
        • SLPRegReport Callback Subroutine
        • SLPSrvTypeCallback Subroutine
        • SLPSrvURLCallback Subroutine
        • SLPUnescape Subroutine
        • socket Subroutine
        • socketpair Subroutine
        • socks5_getserv Subroutine
        • /etc/socks5c.conf File
        • socks5tcp_accept Subroutine
        • socks5tcp_bind Subroutine
        • socks5tcp_connect Subroutine
        • socks5udp_associate Subroutine
        • socks5udp_sendto Subroutine
        • splice Subroutine
      • WriteFile Subroutine
    • Packet Capture
      • ioctl BPF Control Operations
    • Librdmacm Library
      • Returned error rules
      • Supported verbs
        • Event channel operations
          • rdma_create_event_channel
          • rdma_destroy_event_channel
        • Connection Manager (CM) ID operations
          • rdma_cm
          • rdma_create_id
          • rdma_destroy_id
          • rdma_migrate_id
          • rdma_bind_addr
          • rdma_resolve_addr
          • rdma_resolve_route
          • rdma_connect
          • rdma_listen
          • rdma_accept
          • rdma_reject
          • rdma_disconnect
          • rdma_get_src_port
          • rdma_get_dst_port
          • rdma_get_local_addr
          • rdma_get_peer_addr
          • rdma_create_ep
          • rdma_destroy_ep
          • rdma_getaddrinfo
          • rdma_notify
        • Event Handling Operations
          • rdma_get_cm_event
          • rdma_ack_cm_event
          • rdma_event_str
        • Data transfer operations
          • rdma_get_recv_comp
          • rdma_get_request
          • rdma_get_send_comp
          • rdma_post_read
          • rdma_post_readv
          • rdma_post_recv
          • rdma_post_recvv
          • rdma_post_send
          • rdma_post_sendv
          • rdma_post_ud_send
          • rdma_post_write
          • rdma_post_writev
        • Queue Pair Management
        • rdma_create_qp
        • rdma_destroy_qp
      • Device Management
        • rdma_get_devices
        • rdma_free_devices
      • Memory region management
        • rdma_dereg_mr
        • rdma_reg_msgs
        • rdma_reg_read
        • rdma_reg_write
    • Libibverbs Library
      • Returned error rules
      • Supported Verbs
        • Device management
          • ibv_get_device_list, ibv_free_device_list
          • ibv_get_device_name
          • ibv_get_device_guid
          • ibv_open_device, ibv_close_device
          • ibv_query_device
          • ibv_query_port
          • ibv_query_pkey
          • ibv_query_gid
        • Queue pair management
          • ibv_create_qp, ibv_destroy_qp
          • ibv_modify_qp
          • ibv_post_recv
          • ibv_post_send
          • ibv_query_qp
          • ibv_attach_mcast
        • Completion queue management
          • ibv_create_cq, ibv_destroy_cq
          • ibv_req_notify_cq
          • ibv_poll_cq
          • ibv_get_cq_event, ibv_ack_cq_events
        • Protection domain management
          • ibv_alloc_pd, ibv_dealloc_pd
        • Memory region management
          • ibv_reg_mr
        • Event Management
          • ibv_create_comp_channel, ibv_destroy_comp_channel
          • ibv_get_async_event, ibv_ack_async_event
          • ibv_event_type_str()
      • Verbs not supported by the libibverbs library
  • Kernel Services and Subsystem Operations
    • What's new
    • Kernel Services
      • a
        • acct_add_LL or acct_zero_LL Kernel Service
        • acct_get_projid Kernel Service
        • acct_get_usage Kernel Service
        • acct_interval_register or acct_interval_unregister Kernel Service
        • acct_put Kernel Service
        • add_domain_af Kernel Service
        • add_input_type Kernel Service
        • add_netisr Kernel Service
        • add_netopt Macro
        • as_att64 Kernel Service
        • as_det64 Kernel Service
        • as_geth Kernel Service
        • as_geth64 Kernel Service
        • as_getsrval64 Kernel Service
        • as_lw_att64 Kernel Service
        • as_lw_det64 Kernel Service
        • as_lw_pool_init Kernel Service
        • as_puth64 Kernel Service
        • as_seth64 Kernel Service
        • attach Device Queue Management Routine
        • audit_svcbcopy Kernel Service
        • audit_svcfinis Kernel Service
        • audit_svcstart Kernel Service
      • b
        • bawrite Kernel Service
        • bdwrite Kernel Service
        • bflush Kernel Service
        • bindprocessor Kernel Service
        • binval Kernel Service
        • blkflush Kernel Service
        • bread Kernel Service
        • breada Kernel Service
        • brelse Kernel Service
        • bsr_alloc Kernel Service
        • bsr_free Kernel Service
        • bsr_query Kernel Service
        • bwrite Kernel Service
      • c
        • cancel Device Queue Management Routine
        • cfgnadd Kernel Service
        • cfgncb Configuration Notification Control Block
        • cfgndel Kernel Service
        • check Device Queue Management Routine
        • clrbuf Kernel Service
        • clrjmpx Kernel Service
        • common_reclock Kernel Service
        • compare_and_swap Kernel Services
        • coprocessor_user_register Kernel Service
        • coprocessor_user_unregister Kernel Service
        • copyin Kernel Service
        • copyinstr Kernel Service
        • copyout Kernel Service
        • cpu_speculation_barrier kernel service
        • crcopy Kernel Service
        • crdup Kernel Service
        • creatp Kernel Service
        • CRED_GETEUID, CRED_GETRUID, CRED_GETSUID, CRED_GETLUID, CRED_GETEGID, CRED_GETRGID, CRED_GETSGID and CRED_GETNGRPS Macros
        • crexport Kernel Service
        • crfree Kernel Service
        • crget Kernel Service
        • crhold Kernel Service
        • crref Kernel Service
        • crset Kernel Service
        • curtime Kernel Service
      • d
        • d_align Kernel Service
        • d_alloc_dmamem Kernel Service
        • d_cflush Kernel Service
        • delay Kernel Service
        • del_domain_af Kernel Service
        • del_input_type Kernel Service
        • del_netisr Kernel Service
        • del_netopt Macro
        • detach Device Queue Management Routine
        • devdump Kernel Service
        • devstrat Kernel Service
        • devswadd Kernel Service
        • devswchg Kernel Service
        • devswdel Kernel Service
        • devswqry Kernel Service
        • d_free_dmamem Kernel Service
        • disable_lock Kernel Service
        • disablement_checking_resume Kernel Service
        • disablement_checking_suspend Kernel Service
        • d_map_attr Kernel Service
        • d_map_clear Kernel Service
        • d_map_disable Kernel Service
        • d_map_enable Kernel Service
        • d_map_init Kernel Service
        • d_map_init_ext Kernel Service
        • d_map_list Kernel Service
        • d_map_page Kernel Service
        • d_map_query Kernel Service
        • d_map_slave Kernel Service
        • dmp_add Kernel Service
        • dmp_compspec and dmp_compext Kernel Services
        • dmp_ctl Kernel Service
        • dmp_del Kernel Service
        • dmp_eaddr, dmp_context, dmp_tid, dmp_pid, dmp_errbuf, dmp_mtrc, dmp_systrace, and dmp_ct Kernel Services
        • dmp_kernext Kernel Service
        • d_roundup Kernel Service
        • d_sync_mem Kernel Service
        • DTOM Macro for mbuf Kernel Services
        • d_unmap_list Kernel Service
        • d_unmap_slave Kernel Service
        • d_unmap_page Kernel Service
        • dr_reconfig System Call
      • e
        • e_assert_wait Kernel Service
        • e_block_thread Kernel Service
        • e_clear_wait Kernel Service
        • e_sleep Kernel Service
        • e_sleepl Kernel Service
        • e_sleep_thread Kernel Service
        • et_post Kernel Service
        • et_wait Kernel Service
        • e_wakeup, e_wakeup_one, or e_wakeup_w_result Kernel Service
        • e_wakeup_w_sig Kernel Service
        • eeh_broadcast Kernel Service
        • eeh_clear Kernel Service
        • eeh_disable_slot Kernel Service
        • eeh_enable_dma Kernel Service
        • eeh_enable_pio Kernel Service
        • eeh_enable_slot Kernel Service
        • eeh_init Kernel Service
        • eeh_init_multifunc Kernel Service
        • eeh_read_slot_state Kernel Service
        • eeh_reset_slot Kernel Service
        • eeh_slot_error Kernel Service
        • enque Kernel Service
        • errresume Kernel Service
        • errsave or errlast Kernel Service
      • f
        • facility_enable kernel service
        • facility_disable Kernel Service
        • fetch_and_add Kernel Services
        • fetch_and_and or fetch_and_or Kernel Services
        • fidtovp Kernel Service
        • find_input_type Kernel Service
        • fp_access Kernel Service
        • fp_close Kernel Service
        • fp_close Kernel Service for Data Link Control (DLC) Devices
        • fp_fstat Kernel Service
        • fp_fsync Kernel Service
        • fp_getdevno Kernel Service
        • fp_getea Kernel Service
        • fp_getf Kernel Service
        • fp_get_path Kernel Service
        • fp_hold Kernel Service
        • fp_ioctl Kernel Service
        • fp_ioctl Kernel Service for Data Link Control (DLC) Devices
        • fp_ioctlx Kernel Service
        • fp_listea Kernel Service
        • fp_lseek, fp_llseek Kernel Service
        • fp_open Kernel Service
        • fp_open Kernel Service for Data Link Control (DLC) Devices
        • fp_opendev Kernel Service
        • fp_poll Kernel Service
        • fp_read Kernel Service
        • fp_readv Kernel Service
        • fp_removeea Kernel Service
        • fp_rwuio Kernel Service
        • fp_select Kernel Service
        • fp_select Kernel Service notify Routine
        • fp_setea Kernel Service
        • fp_statea Kernel Service
        • fp_write Kernel Service
        • fp_write Kernel Service for Data Link Control (DLC) Devices
        • fp_writev Kernel Service
        • fskv_reg Kernel Service
        • fskv_unreg Kernel Service
        • fubyte Kernel Service
        • fuword Kernel Service
      • g
        • getblk Kernel Service
        • getc Kernel Service
        • getcb Kernel Service
        • getcbp Kernel Service
        • getcf Kernel Service
        • getcx Kernel Service
        • geteblk Kernel Service
        • geterror Kernel Service
        • getexcept Kernel Service
        • getfslimit Kernel Service
        • get_pag or get_pag64 Kernel Service
        • getpid Kernel Service
        • getppidx Kernel Service
        • getuerror Kernel Service
        • getufdflags and setufdflags Kernel Services
        • get_umask Kernel Service
        • gfsadd Kernel Service
        • gfsdel Kernel Service
        • gn_closecnt Subroutine
        • gn_common_memcntl Subroutine
        • gn_mapcnt Subroutine
        • gn_opencnt Subroutine
        • gn_unmapcnt Subroutine
        • groupmember, groupmember_cr Subroutines
      • h
        • heap_create Kernel Service
        • heap_destroy Kernel Service
        • heap_modify Kernel Service
        • hkeyset_add, hkeyset_replace, hkeyset_restore, or hkeyset_get Kernel Service
        • hkeyset_restore_userkeys Kernel Service
        • hkeyset_update_userkeys Kernel Service
      • i
        • i_clear Kernel Service
        • i_disable Kernel Service
        • i_enable Kernel Service
        • i_eoi Kernel Service
        • ifa_ifwithaddr Kernel Service
        • ifa_ifwithdstaddr Kernel Service
        • ifa_ifwithnet Kernel Service
        • if_attach Kernel Service
        • if_detach Kernel Service
        • if_down Kernel Service
        • if_nostat Kernel Service
        • ifunit Kernel Service
        • i_init Kernel Service
        • i_mask Kernel Service
        • in_localaddr Kernel Service
        • init_heap Kernel Service
        • initp Kernel Service
        • initp Kernel Service func Subroutine
        • io_map Kernel Service
        • io_map_clear Kernel Service
        • io_map_init Kernel Service
        • io_unmap Kernel Service
        • iodone Kernel Service
        • iostadd Kernel Service
        • iostdel Kernel Service
        • iowait Kernel Service
        • ip_fltr_in_hook, ip_fltr_out_hook, ipsec_decap_hook, inbound_fw, outbound_fw Kernel Service
        • i_sched Kernel Service
        • i_unmask Kernel Service
        • IS64U Kernel Service
      • k
        • k_cpuextintr_ctl Kernel Service
        • kcap_is_set and kcap_is_set_cr Kernel Service
        • kcid_curproc Kernel Service
        • kcred_genpagvalue Kernel Service
        • kcred_getcap Kernel Service
        • kcred_getgroups Kernel Service
        • kcred_getpag or kcred_getpag64 Kernel Service
        • kcred_getpagid Kernel Service
        • kcred_getpaginfo Kernel Service
        • kcred_getpagname Kernel Service
        • kcred_getppriv Kernel Service
        • kcred_getpriv Kernel Service
        • kcred_setcap Kernel Service
        • kcred_setgroups Kernel Service
        • kcred_setpag or kcred_setpag64 Kernel Service
        • kcred_setpagname Kernel Service
        • kcred_setppriv Kernel Service
        • kcred_setpriv Kernel Service
        • kern_soaccept Kernel Service
        • kern_sobind Kernel Service
        • kern_soclose Kernel Service
        • kern_soconnect Kernel Service
        • kern_socreate Kernel Service
        • kern_sogetopt Kernel Service
        • kern_solisten Kernel Service
        • kern_soreceive Kernel Service
        • kern_soreserve Kernel Service
        • kern_sosend Kernel Service
        • kern_sosetopt Kernel Service
        • kern_soshutdown Kernel Service
        • kgethostname Kernel Service
        • kgetpname Kernel Service
        • kgetrlimit64 Kernel Service
        • kgetsystemcfg Kernel Service
        • kgettickd Kernel Service
        • kkey_assign_private Kernel Service
        • kkeyset_add_key Kernel Service
        • kkeyset_add_set Kernel Service
        • kkeyset_create Kernel Service
        • kkeyset_delete Kernel Service
        • kkeyset_remove_key Kernel Service
        • kkeyset_remove_set Kernel Service
        • kkeyset_to_hkeyset Kernel Service
        • klpar_get_info Kernel Service
        • kmod_entrypt Kernel Service
        • kmod_load Kernel Service
        • kmod_unload Kernel Service
        • kmod_util Kernel Service
        • kmsgctl Kernel Service
        • kmsgget Kernel Service
        • kmsgrcv Kernel Service
        • kmsgsnd Kernel Service
        • kra_attachrset Subroutine
        • kra_creatp Kernel Service
        • kra_detachrset Subroutine
        • kra_getrset Subroutine
        • kra_thread_create Kernel Service
        • krs_alloc Subroutine
        • krs_free Subroutine
        • krs_getassociativity Subroutine
        • krs_get_homesrad Subroutine
        • krs_getinfo Subroutine
        • krs_getpartition Subroutine
        • krs_getrad Subroutine
        • krs_init Subroutine
        • krs_numrads Subroutine
        • krs_op Subroutine
        • krs_setpartition Subroutine
        • ksettickd Kernel Service
        • ksettimer Kernel Service
        • kthread_kill Kernel Service
        • kthread_start Kernel Service
        • kvmgetinfo Kernel Service
        • kwpar_checkpoint_status Kernel Service
        • kwpar_err Kernel Service
        • kwpar_getname Kernel Service
        • kwpar_getrootpath Kernel Service
        • kwpar_isappwpar Kernel Service
        • kwpar_r2vmap_devno Kernel Service
        • kwpar_r2vmap_pid Kernel Service
        • kwpar_r2vmap_tid Kernel Service
        • kwpar_regdevno Kernel Service
        • kwpar_reghook Kernel Service
        • kwpar_unregdevno Kernel Service
        • kwpar_unreghook Kernel Service
        • kwpar_v2rmap_devno Kernel Service
        • kwpar_v2rmap_pid Kernel Service
        • kwpar_v2rmap_tid Kernel Service
      • l
        • ldata_alloc Kernel Service
        • ldata_create Kernel Service
        • ldata_destroy Kernel Service
        • ldata_free Kernel Service
        • ldata_grow Kernel Service
        • ldmp_bufest, ldmp_timeleft, ldmp_xmalloc, ldmp_xmfree, and ldmp_errstr Kernel Services
        • ldmp_freeparms Kernel Service
        • ldmp_setupparms Kernel Service
        • limit_sigs or sigsetmask Kernel Service
        • livedump Kernel Service
        • lock_alloc Kernel Service
        • lock_clear_recursive Kernel Service
        • lock_done Kernel Service
        • lock_free Kernel Service
        • lock_init Kernel Service
        • lock_islocked Kernel Service
        • lockl Kernel Service
        • lock_mine Kernel Service
        • lock_read or lock_try_read Kernel Service
        • lock_read_to_write or lock_try_read_to_write Kernel Service
        • lock_set_recursive Kernel Service
        • lock_write or lock_try_write Kernel Service
        • lock_write_to_read Kernel Service
        • loifp Kernel Service
        • longjmpx Kernel Service
        • lookupvp, lookupname, lookupname_cur Kernel Services
        • looutput Kernel Service
        • ltpin Kernel Service
        • ltunpin Kernel Service
      • m
        • m_adj Kernel Service
        • mbreq Structure for mbuf Kernel Services
        • mbstat Structure for mbuf Kernel Services
        • m_cat Kernel Service
        • m_clattach Kernel Service
        • m_clget Macro for mbuf Kernel Services
        • m_clgetm Kernel Service
        • m_collapse Kernel Service
        • m_copy Macro for mbuf Kernel Services
        • m_copydata Kernel Service
        • m_copym Kernel Service
        • m_dereg Kernel Service
        • m_free Kernel Service
        • m_freem Kernel Service
        • m_get Kernel Service
        • m_getclr Kernel Service
        • m_getclust Macro for mbuf Kernel Services
        • m_getclustm Kernel Service
        • m_gethdr Kernel Service
        • M_HASCL Macro for mbuf Kernel Services
        • m_pullup Kernel Service
        • m_reg Kernel Service
        • md_restart_block_read Kernel Service
        • md_restart_block_upd Kernel Service
        • MTOCL Macro for mbuf Kernel Services
        • MTOD Macro for mbuf Kernel Services
        • M_XMEMD Macro for mbuf Kernel Services
        • mycpu Kernel Service
      • n
        • nameToXfid() Kernel Service
        • net_attach Kernel Service
        • net_detach Kernel Service
        • net_error Kernel Service
        • net_sleep Kernel Service
        • net_start Kernel Service
        • net_start_done Kernel Service
        • net_wakeup Kernel Service
        • net_xmit Kernel Service
        • net_xmit_trace Kernel Service
        • NLuprintf Kernel Service
        • ns_add_demux Network Kernel Service
        • ns_add_filter Network Service
        • ns_add_status Network Service
        • ns_alloc Network Service
        • ns_attach Network Service
        • ns_del_demux Network Service
        • ns_del_filter Network Service
        • ns_del_status Network Service
        • ns_detach Network Service
        • ns_free Network Service
      • p
        • __pag_getid System Call
        • __pag_getname System Call
        • __pag_getvalue System Call
        • __pag_setname System Call
        • __pag_setvalue System Call
        • panic Kernel Service
        • pci_cfgrw Kernel Service
        • pfctlinput Kernel Service
        • pffindproto Kernel Service
        • pgsignal Kernel Service
        • pidsig Kernel Service
        • pin Kernel Service
        • pin_context_stack or unpin_context_stack Kernel Service
        • pincf Kernel Service
        • pincode Kernel Service
        • Process State-Change Notification Routine
        • proch_reg Kernel Service
        • proch_unreg Kernel Service
        • prochadd Kernel Service
        • prochdel Kernel Service
        • probe or kprobe Kernel Service
        • purblk Kernel Service
        • putc Kernel Service
        • putcb Kernel Service
        • putcbp Kernel Service
        • putcf Kernel Service
        • putcfl Kernel Service
        • putcx Kernel Service
      • q
        • query_proc_info Kernel Service
      • r
        • RAS_BLOCK_NULL Exported Data Structure
        • ras_control Exported Kernel Service
        • ras_customize Exported Kernel Service
        • ras_path_control Exported Kernel Services
        • ras_register and ras_unregister Exported Kernel Services
        • ras_ret_query_parms Kernel Service
        • raschk_eaddr_hkeyset Kernel Service
        • raschk_eaddr_kkey Kernel Service
        • raschk_stktrace Kernel Service
        • raw_input Kernel Service
        • raw_usrreq Kernel Service
        • reconfig_register, reconfig_register_ext, reconfig_unregister, or reconfig_complete, reconfig_register_list Kernel Service
        • refmon Kernel Service
        • register_HA_handler Kernel Service
        • rmalloc Kernel Service
        • rmfree Kernel Service
        • rmmap_create Kernel Service
        • rmmap_getwimg Kernel Service
        • rmmap_remove Kernel Service
        • rtalloc Kernel Service
        • rtalloc_gr Kernel Service
        • rtfree Kernel Service
        • rtinit Kernel Service
        • rtredirect Kernel Service
        • rtrequest Kernel Service
        • rtrequest_gr Kernel Service
        • rusage_incr Kernel Service
      • s
        • schednetisr Kernel Service
        • selnotify Kernel Service
        • selreg Kernel Service
        • set_pag or set_pag64 Kernel Service
        • setioctlrv Subroutine
        • setjmpx Kernel Service
        • setpinit Kernel Service
        • setuerror Kernel Service
        • shutdown_notify_reg Kernel Service
        • shutdown_notify_unreg Kernel Service
        • sig_chk Kernel Service
        • simple_lock or simple_lock_try Kernel Service
        • simple_lock_init Kernel Service
        • simple_unlock Kernel Service
        • sleep Kernel Service
        • sleepx Kernel Service
        • subyte Kernel Service
        • suser Kernel Service
        • suword Kernel Service
      • t
        • TE_verify_reg Kernel Service
        • TE_verify_unreg Kernel Service
        • talloc Kernel Service
        • tfree Kernel Service
        • thread_create Kernel Service
        • thread_self Kernel Service
        • thread_setsched Kernel Service
        • thread_set_smt_priority or thread_read_smt_priority System Call
        • thread_terminate Kernel Service
        • timeout Kernel Service
        • timeoutcf Subroutine for Kernel Services
        • trc_ishookon Exported Kernel Service
        • trcgenk Kernel Service
        • trcgenkt Kernel Service
        • trcgenkt Kernel Service for Data Link Control (DLC) Devices
        • tstart Kernel Service
        • tstop Kernel Service
        • tuning Kernel Service
      • u
        • ue_proc_check Kernel Service
        • ue_proc_register Subroutine
        • ue_proc_unregister Subroutine
        • uexadd Kernel Service
        • User-Mode Exception Handler for the uexadd Kernel Service
        • uexblock Kernel Service
        • uexclear Kernel Service
        • uexdel Kernel Service
        • ufdcreate Kernel Service
        • ufdgetf Kernel Service
        • ufdhold and ufdrele Kernel Service
        • uiomove Kernel Service
        • unlock_enable Kernel Service
        • unlockl Kernel Service
        • unpin Kernel Service
        • unpincode Kernel Service
        • unregister_HA_handler Kernel Service
        • untimeout Kernel Service
        • uphysio or uphysio_fast Kernel Service
        • uphysio Kernel Service mincnt Routine
        • uprintf Kernel Service
        • ureadc Kernel Service
        • uwritec Kernel Service
      • v
        • validate_pag or validate_pag64 Kernel Service
        • vec_clear Kernel Service
        • vec_init Kernel Service
        • vfsrele Kernel Service
        • vm_att Kernel Service
        • vm_cflush Kernel Service
        • vm_det Kernel Service
        • vm_flushp Kernel Service
        • vm_galloc Kernel Service
        • vm_gfree Kernel Service
        • vm_guatt Kernel Service
        • vm_gudet Kernel Service
        • vm_handle Kernel Service
        • vm_invalidatep Kernel Service
        • vm_ioaccessp Kernel Service
        • vm_makep Kernel Service
        • vm_mem_policy System Call
        • vm_mount Kernel Service
        • vm_mounte Kernel Service
        • vm_move Kernel Service
        • vm_mvc Kernel Service
        • vm_pattr System Call and kvm_pattr Kernel Service
        • vm_protect_kkey Kernel Service
        • vm_protectp Kernel Service
        • vm_qmodify Kernel Service
        • vm_qpages Kernel Service
        • vm_readp Kernel Service
        • vm_release Kernel Service
        • vm_releasep Kernel Service
        • vm_segmap Kernel Service
        • vm_setdevid Kernel Service
        • vm_setseg_kkey Kernel Service
        • vm_thrpgio_pop Kernel Service
        • vm_thrpgio_push Kernel Service
        • vms_create Kernel Service
        • vms_delete Kernel Service
        • vms_iowait, vms_iowaitf Kernel Services
        • vm_uiomove Kernel Service
        • vm_umount Kernel Service
        • vm_write Kernel Service
        • vm_writep Kernel Service
        • vn_free Kernel Service
        • vn_get Kernel Service
        • vsx_disable Kernel Service
        • vsx_enable Kernel Service
      • w
        • waitcfree Kernel Service
        • waitq Kernel Service
        • WPAR_CKPT_QUERY (Checkpoint Query) Device Driver ioctl Operation
        • w_clear Kernel Service
        • w_init Kernel Service
        • w_setattr Kernel Service
        • w_start Kernel Service
        • w_stop Kernel Service
      • x
        • xfidToName() Kernel Service
        • xlate_create Kernel Service
        • xlate_pin Kernel Service
        • xlate_remove Kernel Service
        • xlate_unpin Kernel Service
        • xm_det Kernel Service
        • xm_mapin Kernel Service
        • xm_maxmap Kernel Service
        • xmalloc Kernel Service
        • xmattach Kernel Service
        • xmdetach Kernel Service
        • xmemdma Kernel Service
        • xmemdma64 Kernel Service
        • xmempin Kernel Service
        • xmemunpin Kernel Service
        • xmemzero Kernel Service
        • xmemin Kernel Service
        • xmemout Kernel Service
        • xmempsize Kernel Service
        • xmfree Kernel Service
        • xmgethkeyset Kernel Service
        • xmsethkeyset Kernel Service
    • Device Driver Operations
      • Standard Parameters to Device Driver Entry Points
      • buf Structure
      • bufx Structure
      • Character Lists Structure
      • ddclose Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddconfig Device Driver Entry Point
      • dddump Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddioctl Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddmpx Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddopen Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddread Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddrevoke Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddselect Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddstrategy Device Driver Entry Point
      • ddwrite Device Driver Entry Point
      • Select/Poll Logic for ddwrite and ddread Routines
      • uio Structure
    • Virtual File System Operations
      • vfs_aclxcntl Entry Point
      • vfs_cntl Entry Point
      • vfs_hold or vfs_unhold Kernel Service
      • vfs_init Entry Point
      • vfs_mount Entry Point
      • vfs_root Entry Point
      • vfs_search Kernel Service
      • vfs_statfs Entry Point
      • vfs_sync Entry Point
      • vfs_umount Entry Point
      • vfs_vget Entry Point
      • vnop_access Entry Point
      • vnop_close Entry Point
      • vnop_create Entry Point
      • vnop_create_attr Entry Point
      • vnop_fclear Entry Point
      • vnop_fid Entry Point
      • vnop_finfo Entry Point
      • vnop_fsync, vnop_fsync_range Entry Points
      • vnop_ftrunc Entry Point
      • vnop_getacl Entry Point
      • vnop_getattr Entry Point
      • vnop_getxacl Entry Point
      • vnop_hold Entry Point
      • vnop_ioctl Entry Point
      • vnop_link Entry Point
      • vnop_lockctl Entry Point
      • vnop_lookup Entry Point
      • vnop_map Entry Point
      • vnop_map_lloff Entry Point
      • vnop_memcntl Entry Point
      • vnop_mkdir Entry Point
      • vnop_mknod Entry Point
      • vnop_open Entry Point
      • vnop_rdwr, vnop_rdwr_attr Entry Points
      • vnop_readdir Entry Point
      • vnop_readdir_eofp Entry Point
      • vnop_readlink Entry Point
      • vnop_rele Entry Point
      • vnop_remove Entry Point
      • vnop_rename Entry Point
      • vnop_revoke Entry Point
      • vnop_rmdir Entry Point
      • vnop_seek Entry Point
      • vnop_select Entry Point
      • vnop_setacl Entry Point
      • vnop_setattr Entry Point
      • vnop_setxacl Entry Point
      • vnop_strategy Entry Point
      • vnop_symlink Entry Point
      • vnop_unmap Entry Point
    • Configuration Subsystem
      • Adapter-Specific Considerations for the Predefined Attribute (PdAt) Object Class
      • Adapter-Specific Considerations for the Predefined Devices (PdDv) Object Class
      • attrval Device Configuration Subroutine
      • busresolve Device Configuration Subroutine
      • Configuration Rules (Config_Rules) Object Class
      • Customized Attribute (CuAt) Object Class
      • Customized Dependency (CuDep) Object Class
      • Customized Device Driver (CuDvDr) Object Class
      • Customized Devices (CuDv) Object Class
      • Customized VPD (CuVPD) Object Class
      • Device Methods for Adapter Cards: Guidelines
      • genmajor Device Configuration Subroutine
      • genminor Device Configuration Subroutine
      • genseq Device Configuration Subroutine
      • getattr Device Configuration Subroutine
      • getminor Device Configuration Subroutine
      • How Device Methods Return Errors
      • loadext Device Configuration Subroutine
      • Loading a Device Driver
      • Machine Device Driver
      • ODM Device Configuration Object Classes
      • Predefined Attribute (PdAt) Object Class
      • Predefined Attribute Extended (PdAtXtd) Object Class
      • Predefined Connection (PdCn) Object Class
      • Predefined Devices (PdDv) Object Class
      • putattr Device Configuration Subroutine
      • reldevno Device Configuration Subroutine
      • relmajor Device Configuration Subroutine
      • Writing a Change Method
      • Writing a Configure Method
      • Writing a Define Method
      • Writing an Unconfigure Method
      • Writing an Undefine Method
      • Writing Optional Start and Stop Methods
    • SCSI Subsystem
      • IOCINFO (Device Information) tmscsi Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • Parallel SCSI Adapter Device Driver
      • scdisk SCSI Device Driver
      • SCIOCMD SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIODIAG (Diagnostic) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIODNLD (Download) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOEVENT (Event) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOGTHW (Gathered Write) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOHALT (Halt) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOINQU (Inquiry) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOREAD (Read) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIORESET (Reset) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOSTART (Start SCSI) Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOSTARTTGT (Start Target) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOSTOP (Stop) Device SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOSTOPTGT (Stop Target) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOSTUNIT (Start Unit) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOTRAM (Diagnostic) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • SCIOTUR (Test Unit Ready) SCSI Adapter Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • scsesdd SCSI Device Driver
      • scsidisk SAM Device Driver
      • scsisesdd SAM Device Driver
      • sctape FC Device Driver
      • tape SCSI Device Driver
      • TMCHGIMPARM (Change Parameters) tmscsi Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • TMGETSENS (Request Sense) tmscsi Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • TMIOASYNC (Async) tmscsi Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • TMIOCMD (Direct) tmscsi Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • TMIOEVNT (Event) tmscsi Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • TMIORESET (Reset Device) tmscsi Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • TMIOSTAT (Status) tmscsi Device Driver ioctl Operation
      • tmscsi SCSI Device Driver
    • NVMe Subsystem
      • NVMe storage (hdisk) device driver
      • NVMe controller device driver
    • USB Subsystem
      • Extensible Host Controller Adapter Device Driver
      • Enhanced Host Controller Adapter Device Driver
        • HCD_REQUEST_COMPANIONS
      • Open Host Controller Adapter Device Driver
      • HCD_REGISTER_HC
      • USB Audio Device Driver
      • USB Keyboard Client Device Driver
      • USB Mass Storage Client Device Driver
        • Error Conditions
      • USB Mouse Client Device Driver
      • USB Tape Client Device Driver
        • Error Conditions
      • USBD Protocol Driver
        • USBD ioctl Operations
          • USBD_OPEN_DEVICE
          • USBD_OPEN_DEVICE_EXT
          • USBD_REGISTER_MULTI_HC
          • USBD_REGISTER_SINGLE_HC
          • USBD_ENUMERATE_DEVICE
          • USBD_ENUMERATE_ALL
          • USBD_ENUMERATE_CFG
          • USBD_GET_DESCRIPTORS
          • USBD_CFG_CLIENT_UPDATE
      • USBLIBDD Passthru Driver
• Files Reference
  • What's new
  • System Files
    • access_lists File
    • acct.cfg File
    • admin File
    • aliases File for Mail
    • audit File for BNU
    • /etc/security/authorizations File
    • autosecrets File
    • backup File
    • bincmds File
    • BOOTP Relay Agent Configuration File
    • bootparams File for NFS
    • ca.cfg File
    • cdromd.conf File Format
    • ClientHostName.info File
    • clsnmp.conf File
    • Command (C.*) Files for BNU
    • compver File
    • config File
    • consdef File
    • copyright File
    • ct_class_ids File
    • ct_cssk.kf File
    • ct_has.pkf File
    • ct_has.qkf File
    • ct_has.thl File
    • ctfile.cfg File
    • ctgroups File
    • ctcas_hba2.map File
    • ctcasd.cfg File
    • ctrmc.acls File
    • ctrmc.rio File
    • ctsec.cfg File
    • ctsec_map.global File
    • ctsec_map.local File
    • Data (D.*) Files for BNU
    • /dev/hty File
    • /dev/rhp File
    • DHCP Client Configuration File
    • DHCP Server Configuration File
    • depend File
    • devexports File
    • dir File
    • /etc/security/domains File
    • /etc/security/domobjs File
    • dpid2.conf File
    • dsinfo File
    • dumpdates File
    • e789_ctbl File for HCON
    • e789_ktbl File for HCON
    • eimadmin.conf File
    • environ File
    • environment File
    • errors File for BNU
    • ethers File for NIS
    • events File
    • Execute (X.*) Files for BNU
    • exports File for NFS
    • .fig File
    • filesystems File
    • Foreign File for BNU
    • .forward File
    • ftpaccess.ctl File
    • /etc/group File
    • /etc/security/group File
    • Workload Manager groupings File
    • hostmibd.conf File
    • image.data File
    • /etc/security/.ids File
    • .info File
    • inittab File
    • isns_servers File
    • irs.conf File
    • ispaths File
    • isprime File
    • .kshrc File
    • lapi_subroutines Information
    • ldapid.ldif.template File
    • limits File
    • local_domain File
    • login.cfg File
    • lpacl Information
    • .maildelivery File for MH
    • /usr/lib/security/methods.cfg File
    • mhl.format File
    • .mh_profile File
    • mibII.my File
    • mkuser.default File
    • mtstailor File for MH
    • mrouted.conf File
    • netgroup File for NIS
    • netmasks File for NIS
    • netmon.cf File
    • netsvc.conf File
    • networks File for NFS
    • NLSvec File
    • /etc/nscontrol.conf File
    • ntp.conf File
    • ntp.conf4 File
    • Network Time Protocol (NTP)
    • ntp.keys File
    • objects File
    • pam_aix Module
    • pam_allow Module
    • pam_allowroot Module
    • pam_ckfile Module
    • pam_mkuserhome Module
    • pam_permission Module
    • pam_prohibit Module
    • pam_rhosts_auth Module
    • pam.conf File
    • /etc/passwd File
    • passwd_policy File
    • /etc/security/passwd File
    • pcnfsd.conf Configuration File
    • pkginfo File
    • pkgmap File
    • policy.cfg File
    • portlog File
    • /etc/security/privcmds File
    • /etc/security/privdevs File
    • /etc/security/privfiles File
    • /proc File
    • proxy.ldif.template File
    • prtglobalconfig File
    • pwdhist File
    • publickey File for NIS
    • /etc/security/pwdalg.cfg File
    • qconfig File
    • raspertune File
    • rc.boot File
    • rc.tcpip File for TCP/IP
    • realm.map File
    • remote.unknown File for BNU
    • resource_data_input Information
    • rmccli Information
    • rndc.conf File - BIND version 9.4
    • roles File
    • rpc File for NFS
    • sectoldif.cfg Configuration File
    • security_default File
    • sendmail.cf and submit.cf File
    • setinfo File
    • setup.csh File
    • setup.sh File
    • slp.conf File
    • smbctune.conf File
    • smi.my File
    • smitacl.group File
    • smitacl.user File
    • snmpd.conf File
    • snmpd.boots File
    • snmpdv3.conf File
    • snmpmibd.conf File
    • socks5c.conf File
    • space File
    • .srf File
    • streamcmds File
    • sysck.cfg File
    • syslog.conf File
    • targets File
    • Temporary (TM.*) Files for BNU
    • Workload Manager .times File
    • unix.map File
    • updaters File for NIS
    • user File
    • user.roles File
    • vfs File
    • Workload Manager classes File
    • Workload Manager limits File
    • Workload Manager rules File
    • Workload Manager shares File
    • xferstats File for BNU
    • xtab File for NFS
  • File Formats
    • .3270keys File Format for TCP/IP
    • acct File Format
    • ar File Format (Big)
    • ar File Format (Small)
    • ate.def File Format
    • audit File Format
    • bootptab File Format
    • cgaparams.sec File Format for TCP/IP
    • Character Set Description (charmap) Source File Format
    • core File Format
    • cpio File Format
    • cronlog.conf File
    • Devices File Format for BNU
    • Dialcodes File Format for BNU
    • Dialers File Format for BNU
    • Dialing Directory File Format for ATE
    • DOMAIN Cache File Format for TCP/IP
    • DOMAIN Data File Format for TCP/IP
    • DOMAIN Local Data File Format for TCP/IP
    • DOMAIN Reverse Data File Format for TCP/IP
    • eqnchar File Format
    • /etc/ftpd.cnf File Format for TCP/IP
    • /etc/security/rtc/rtcd.conf file format for real-time compliance
    • /etc/security/rtc/rtcd_policy.conf file format for real-time compliance
    • /etc/ftpd.cnf File Format for TCP/IP
    • /etc/tnc_config File
    • .ftpcnf File Format for TCP/IP
    • ftpusers File Format for TCP/IP
    • gated.conf File Format for TCP/IP
    • gateways File Format for TCP/IP
    • hosts File Format for TCP/IP
    • hosts.equiv File Format for TCP/IP
    • hosts.lpd File Format for TCP/IP
    • hty_config File Format
    • inetd.conf File Format for TCP/IP
    • lastlog File Format
    • ldap.cfg File Format
    • LDAP Attribute Mapping File Format
    • Locale Definition Source File Format
    • LC_COLLATE Category for the Locale Definition Source File Format
    • LC_CTYPE Category for the Locale Definition Source File Format
    • LC_MESSAGES Category for the Locale Definition Source File Format
    • LC_MONETARY Category for the Locale Definition Source File Format
    • LC_NUMERIC Category for the Locale Definition Source File Format
    • LC_TIME Category for the Locale Definition Source File Format
    • Locale Method Source File Format
    • magic File Format
    • .mailrc File Format
    • map3270 File Format for TCP/IP
    • Maxuuscheds File Format for BNU
    • Maxuuxqts File Format for BNU
    • .mh_alias File Format
    • mib.defs File Format
    • named.conf File Format for TCP/IP - BIND version 9.4
    • ndpdh.cnf File Format for TCP/IP
    • netcd.conf File Format for netcd
    • .netrc File Format for TCP/IP
    • networks File Format for TCP/IP
    • nroff or troff Input File Format
    • nterm File Format
    • Permissions File Format for BNU
    • phones File Format for tip
    • Poll File Format for BNU
    • profile File Format
    • protocols File Format for TCP/IP
    • queuedefs File Format
    • rc.net File Format for TCP/IP
    • rc.ntx File Format
    • remote File Format for tip
    • resolv.conf File Format for TCP/IP
    • resolv.ldap File Format for TCP/IP
    • rfc1108 table
    • .rhosts File Format for TCP/IP
    • sccsfile File Format
    • sendh_anchor File Format for TCP/IP
    • sendr_anchor File Format for TCP/IP
    • services File Format for TCP/IP
    • setmaps File Format
    • simprof File Format
    • Standard Resource Record Format for TCP/IP
    • Sysfiles File Format for BNU
    • Systems File Format for BNU
    • telnet.conf File Format for TCP/IP
    • tempaddr.conf File Format for TCP/IP
    • tepolicies.dat File Format
    • terminfo Directory
    • .tiprc File Format for tip
    • trcfmt File Format
    • troff File Format
    • troff Font File Format
    • tunables File Format
    • uconvdef Source File Format
    • UIL File Format
    • utmp, wtmp, failedlogin File Format
    • vgrindefs File Format
    • WML File Format
    • XCOFF Object File Format
  • Special Files
    • 3270cn Special File
    • bus Special File
    • cd Special File
    • console Special File
    • dials Special File
    • dump Special File
    • entn Special File
    • Error Logging Special Files
    • fd Special File
    • fddin Special File
    • GIO Special File
    • ide Special File
    • kbd Special File
    • lft Special File
    • lp Special File
    • lpfk Special File
    • lvdd Special File
    • mem or kmem Special File
    • mouse Special File
    • mpcn Special File
    • mpqi Special File
    • mpqn Special File
    • mstor Special File
    • null Special File
    • nvram Special File
    • random and urandom Devices
    • omd Special File
    • opn Special File
    • ops0 Special File
    • pty Special File
    • rcm Special File
    • rhdisk Special File
    • rmt Special File
    • scsi Special File
    • secvars.cfg File
    • tablet Special File
    • tap Special File
    • tmscsi Special File
    • tokn Special File
    • trace Special File
    • tty Special File
    • urandom and random Devices
    • usb0 Special File
    • usbhc Special File
    • usblibdev Special File
    • usbms Special File
    • vty_server Special File
  • Header Files
    • List of Major Control Block Header Files
    • ct_ffdc.h File
    • dirent.h File
    • dlfcn.h File
    • eucioctl.h File
    • fcntl.h File
    • filsys.h File
    • flock.h File
    • fullstat.h File
    • grp.h File
    • iconv.h File
    • inode.h File
    • inttypes.h File
    • ipc.h File
    • iso646.h File
    • ldr.h File
    • limits.h File
    • libperfstat.h File
    • math.h File
    • mode.h File
    • msg.h File
    • mtio.h File
    • param.h File
    • pmapi.h File
    • poll.h File
    • pollset.h File
    • pthread.h File
    • pwd.h File
    • pwdpolicy.h File
    • sem.h File
    • sgtty.h File
    • shm.h File
    • spc.h File
    • srcobj.h File
    • stat.h File
    • statfs.h File
    • statvfs.h File
    • systemcfg.h File
    • tar.h File
    • termio.h File
    • termios.h File
    • termiox.h File
    • threads.h File
    • trace.h File
    • types.h File
    • uchar.h File
    • unistd.h File
    • utmp.h File
    • values.h File
    • vmount.h File
    • wctype.h File
    • wlm.h File
  • Directories
    • /etc/locks Directory
    • /usr/lib/hcon Directory
    • /var/spool/mqueue Directory for Mail
    • /var/spool/uucp Directory for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucp/.Admin Directory for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucp/.Corrupt Directory for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucp/.Log Directories for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucp/.Old Directory for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucp/.Status Directory for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucp/SystemName Directories for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucp/.Workspace Directory for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucp/.Xqtdir Directory for BNU
    • /var/spool/uucppublic Directory for BNU